Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Multispecies Fishery; Framework Adjustment 50, 26171-26209 [2013-10460]
Download as PDF
Vol. 78
Friday,
No. 86
May 3, 2013
Part III
Department of Commerce
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 648
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions;
Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Multispecies
Fishery; Framework Adjustment 50; Interim Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26172
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 648
[Docket No. 130219149–3397–02]
RIN 0648–BC97
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
Provisions; Fisheries of the
Northeastern United States; Northeast
Multispecies Fishery; Framework
Adjustment 50
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Interim final rule; emergency
action; request for comments.
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
AGENCY:
SUMMARY: NMFS partially approves
Framework Adjustment 50 (Framework
50) to the Northeast (NE) Multispecies
Fishery Management Plan (FMP), and
implements the approved measures.
NMFS also implements three parallel
emergency actions to set fishing year
(FY) 2013 catch limits for Georges Bank
(GB) yellowtail flounder and white
hake, and to modify the maximum Gulf
of Maine (GOM) cod carryover available
to sectors from FY 2012 to FY 2013.
Framework 50 sets specifications for
FYs 2013–2015, including 2013 total
allowable catches (TACs) for U.S./
Canada stocks, and revises the
rebuilding program and management
measures for Southern New England/
Mid-Atlantic (SNE/MA) winter
flounder. This final rule also
implements FY 2013 management
measures for the recreational and
common pool fisheries and clarifies
how to account for sector carryover for
FY 2013 and for FY 2014 and beyond.
These actions are necessary to prevent
overfishing, rebuild overfished stocks,
achieve optimum yield (OY), and ensure
that management measures are based on
the best available scientific information.
DATES: Effective May 1, 2013, except for:
The amendment to § 648.87
(b)(1)(i)(C) is effective May 3, 2013,
through October 30, 2013.
The amendment to § 648.90 is
effective May 2, 2013.
The specification of the white hake
and GB yellowtail flounder catch limits
under ‘‘Annual Catch Limit
Specifications’’ in the preamble are
effective May 3, 2013, through October
30, 2013.
Comments on the carryover measures
for FY 2014 and beyond, and the reestimation of the SNE/MA yellowtail
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
flounder catch by scallop vessels, must
be received by June 17, 2013.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by NOAA–NMFS–2013–0053,
by any of the following methods:
• Electronic submissions: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal. Go to www.
regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;D=
NOAA–NMFS–2013–0053, click the
‘‘Comment Now!’’ icon, complete the
required fields, and enter or attach your
comments.
• Mail: Paper, disk, or CD–ROM
comments should be sent to John K.
Bullard, Regional Administrator,
National Marine Fisheries Service, 55
Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930. Mark the outside of the
envelope, ‘‘Interim Final Measures for
NE Multispecies Sector Carryover.’’
• Fax: (978) 281–9135, Attn: Sarah
Heil.
Instructions: Comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or
individual, or received after the end of
the comment period, may not be
considered by NMFS. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted for public
viewing on www.regulations.gov
without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address, etc.),
confidential business information, or
otherwise sensitive information
submitted voluntarily by the sender will
be publicly accessible. NMFS will
accept anonymous comments (enter
‘‘N/A’’ in the required fields if you wish
to remain anonymous). Attachments to
electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word, Excel, or Adobe PDF
file formats only.
Copies of Framework 50, associated
emergency rules, and other measures,
the environmental assessment (EA), its
Regulatory Impact Review (RIR), and the
Final Regulatory Flexibility Act (FRFA)
analysis prepared by the Council and
NMFS are available from John K.
Bullard, Regional Administrator, NMFS
Northeast Regional Office (NERO), 55
Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA
01930. The FRFA analysis consists of
the FRFA, public comments and
responses, and the summary of impacts
and alternatives contained in this final
rule and Framework 50, Associated
Emergency Rules, and Other Measures.
The EA/RIR/FRFA is also accessible via
the Internet at: https://
www.nero.noaa.gov/sfd/sfdmulti.html.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Sarah Heil, Fishery Policy Analyst,
phone: 978–281–9257, fax: 978–281–
9135.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Background
The FMP specifies management
measures for 16 species in Federal
waters off the New England and MidAtlantic coasts, including both largemesh and small-mesh species. Smallmesh species include silver hake
(whiting), red hake, offshore hake, and
ocean pout; and large-mesh species
include Atlantic cod, haddock,
yellowtail flounder, pollock, American
plaice, witch flounder, white hake,
windowpane flounder, Atlantic halibut,
winter flounder, Acadian redfish, and
Atlantic wolffish. Large-mesh species,
which are referred to as ‘‘regulated
species,’’ are divided into 19 fish stocks,
and along with ocean pout, make up the
groundfish complex.
The New England Fishery
Management Council (Council)
developed and adopted Framework 50,
in conjunction with Framework 48 to
the FMP (Framework 48), based on the
biennial review process established in
the FMP to set annual catch limits
(ACLs) and to revise management
measures necessary to rebuild
overfished groundfish stocks and
achieve the goals and objectives of the
FMP. The Council initially intended to
set the specifications for FYs 2013–
2015, including adoption of FY 2013
TACs for U.S./Canada stocks, through
Framework 48. Framework 48 also
includes measures to establish
allocations of SNE/MA windowpane
flounder and GB yellowtail flounder for
some non-groundfish fisheries, modify
sector management and groundfish
fishery accountability measures (AMs),
and help mitigate anticipated impacts of
the FY 2013 catch limits. At its
December 2012 meeting, the Council
voted to remove the specifications from
Framework 48 and initiate a separate
specifications package (Framework 50)
for final action at its January 2013
meeting. Due to the reductions in catch
limits anticipated for FY 2013, the
Council needed additional time to
explore any flexibility that may be
available for setting specifications, and
to complete the necessary analyses for
the proposed measures. The Council
also needed additional time to develop
new management measures for SNE/MA
winter flounder that were expected to
help mitigate the anticipated impacts of
the FY 2013 catch limits. In addition,
the results of the December 2012
benchmark assessments for GOM and
GB cod were not yet available when the
Council took final action on Framework
48, but became available prior to the
Council’s January 2013 meeting.
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Disapproved Measures
FY 2013 GB Yellowtail Flounder Catch
Limits
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
NMFS disapproves the FY 2013
Acceptable Biological Catch (ABC) of
1,150 mt (U.S. quota 495 mt) for GB
yellowtail flounder that the Council
proposed in Framework 50, on grounds
that it is inconsistent with the necessary
provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens
Fishery Conservation and Management
Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act),
particularly the National Standard 1
requirement to prevent overfishing, and
the National Standard 2 requirement to
use the best scientific information
available. During the development of
Framework 50, and in the proposed rule
for this action, NMFS expressed concern
about this ABC and cautioned that it
may not be approvable, as it did not
appear to be based on the best scientific
information available and could lead to
overfishing.
The 2012 Transboundary Resources
Assessment Committee (TRAC)
assessment for GB yellowtail flounder
was completed in June 2012. A detailed
summary of the 2012 TRAC assessment
can be found at: https://www2.mar.dfompo.gc.ca/science/trac/tsr.html. The
2012 TRAC noted that, in recent years,
catches based on the approved
assessment model (Split Series model)
have not reduced fishing mortality
below the fishing mortality limit
reference (Fref),1 or increased spawning
stock biomass (SSB) as expected. There
was also a significant retrospective
pattern in the 2012 assessment, which
causes SSB to be overestimated and
fishing mortality (F) to be
underestimated. As a result, the TRAC
recommended that 2013 catches should
not be based on the assessment results
without adjusting for the retrospective
bias. The 2013 unadjusted catch from
the Split Series model would be
approximately 882 mt. This is the catch
that would result from F that, if applied
over the long term, would result in
maximum sustainable yield (FMSY).
Based on the assessment results, 2013
catches should not be above 882 mt, and
in order to account for scientific
uncertainty in the assessment, should be
1 The fishing mortality limit reference (F ) for GB
ref
yellowtail flounder (0.25) was negotiated as part of
the U.S./Canada Resource Sharing Understanding.
The Transboundary Management Guidance
Committee’s harvest strategy is to maintain a low
to neutral risk of exceeding Fref. The Fref for GB
yellowtail flounder is equal to FMSY (0.25) that is
applied in the U.S. to calculate overfishing limits
consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act. See
Item 3 for more information on the joint (U.S./
Canada) management of transboundary GB
groundfish stocks.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
considerably below this level to help
ensure that overfishing does not occur.
The 2012 TRAC performed five
sensitivity analyses to attempt to
minimize the retrospective bias and
evaluate a few potential factors (i.e.,
missing catch, an increased natural
mortality rate (M), a combination of
missing catch and increased M) that
might explain the retrospective pattern
in the assessment. The results from the
sensitivity analyses help characterize
the scientific uncertainty and risk in the
2013 catch advice, and were used by the
TRAC as the basis of the 2013 catch
advice. Based on the sensitivity
analyses, a 2013 quota of 200 mt would
have a high probability that F would be
less than Fref, and that SSB would
increase. A 2013 quota between 400–
500 mt would result in an F that is
below Fref (in one of the five sensitivity
runs), or that SSB would increase (in the
other four sensitivity runs). The 2012
TRAC results indicate that the lower
end of the 2013 quota range would have
a greater probability that F would be
less than Fref, and that the adult biomass
would increase, than the higher end of
the range.
The Council’s Scientific and
Statistical Committee (SSC)
recommended a FY 2013 ABC for GB
yellowtail flounder of 200–1,150 mt and
determined that the overfishing limit
(OFL) is unknown. The SSC noted that
a 2013 catch limit of 200 mt would have
a low probability of overfishing and
would be expected to allow the stock to
increase, and that a 2013 catch limit of
400–500 mt would have a greater
probability of overfishing than 200 mt,
but would likely allow some rebuilding.
The SSC also noted that the rationale for
a FY 2013 ABC of 400–500 mt is similar
to the rationale of its ABC
recommendation for FY 2012. The SSC
recommended an ABC of 1,150 mt as a
backstop measure only, and noted that
unintentional bycatch may exceed 500
mt, but total removals should be less
than the FY 2012 ABC of 1,150 mt. The
SSC noted in its November 2012 report
that its recommendation for 1,150 mt
was qualitative and not based on the
2012 TRAC assessment, and concluded
that this ABC represented a status quo
catch limit relative to the FY 2012 ABC.
The SSC also recommended that there
should be no directed fishery for GB
yellowtail flounder, and that measures
should be taken to reduce bycatch as
much as possible. In its September 2012
report, the SSC noted that an ABC of
1,150 mt would only be appropriate
when management measures have a
high probability of resulting in low Fs.
The SSC did not provide any detail on
what it intended by its recommendation
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26173
for reducing bycatch, or what
management measures it expected the
Council to modify to meet this
recommendation. Nonetheless, the
Council did not adopt or modify any
management measures that would
necessarily prevent targeting of GB
yellowtail flounder, or result in a high
probability of low Fs under this ABC
alternative. The SSC did not endorse an
FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt as an
appropriate catch level for any directed
fishing, and as a result, the Council’s
proposed ABC of 1,150 mt is not
consistent with the SSC’s
recommendation.
Moreover, NMFS has determined that
the 2012 TRAC assessment for GB
yellowtail flounder represents the best
scientific information available, and
notes that the SSC did not reject the
2012 TRAC assessment. The
recommendation for a FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 mt is higher than the catch levels
suggested by the unadjusted Split Series
model results (882 mt). The TRAC
indicated that 2013 catches based on the
unadjusted model would likely fail to
achieve management objectives, and
would not appropriately account for the
retrospective bias in the assessment.
Therefore, based on the 2012
assessment, a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt
would almost certainly fail to prevent
overfishing. As a result, NMFS has
determined that a 2013 catch of 1,150
mt is inconsistent with National
Standards 1 and 2 of the MagnusonStevens Act, which requires that
management measures must prevent
overfishing and be based on the best
scientific information available. Thus,
NMFS disapproves the FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 mt adopted by the Council in
Framework 50.
Approved Measures
The Framework 50 measures that are
approved are described below. All of the
measures in Framework 50 are approved
except for the FY 2013 ABC for GB
yellowtail flounder that was described
in the previous section. This final rule
also implements FY 2013 management
measures for the common pool and
recreational fisheries. These measures
are not part of Framework 50, and are
being implemented under Regional
Administrator (RA) authority provided
by the FMP.
In addition, this final rule implements
three parallel emergency actions under
authority provided in section 305(c) of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The
Magnuson-Stevens Act authorizes the
Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) to
implement emergency rules or interim
measures if the Secretary finds that an
emergency involving a fishery exists, or
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26174
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
that interim measures are needed to
reduce overfishing. The Secretary can
also implement emergency rules or
interim measures if the Council finds
that one of these factors exists and
requests that the Secretary act. NMFS
issued guidance defining when an
emergency involving a fishery exists (62
FR 44421; August 21, 1997). This
guidance defines an emergency as a
situation that: (1) Arose from recent,
unforeseen events; (2) presents a serious
conservation or management problem in
the fishery; and (3) can be addressed
through interim emergency regulations
for which the immediate benefits
outweigh the value of advance notice,
public comment, and the deliberative
consideration of the impacts on
participants to the same extent as would
be expected under the formal
rulemaking process (if the emergency
rule is being implemented without the
opportunity for prior public comment).
NMFS policy guidelines also state that
an emergency action is justified for
certain situations where emergency
action would prevent significant direct
economic loss, or preserve a significant
economic opportunity that otherwise
might be lost.
NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, is
using section 305(c) emergency
rulemaking authority to:
• Implement FY 2013 GB yellowtail
flounder catch limits that differ from the
Council’s recommended levels;
• Increase the FY 2013 white hake
catch limits from those proposed in
Framework 50; and
• Modify the maximum allowable
carryover for GOM cod that is available
to sectors from FY 2012 to FY 2013.
Rationale for how each of these
actions satisfies the criteria for
emergency rulemaking is provided
within their respective sections later in
this preamble.
An additional set of measures to
modify sector carryover provisions for
FY 2014 and beyond are being
implemented under authority of section
305(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act,
which says that the Secretary may
independently promulgate regulations
necessary to ensure that fishery
management plans or amendments are
carried out, and implemented, in
accordance with the Magnuson-Stevens
Act. These measures are necessary to
reconcile conflicts between the sector
carryover program and the conservation
objectives of the FMP as well as to
clarify how to account for carryover
catch in a manner consistent with the
National Standards of the MagnusonStevens Act.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
1. SNE/MA Winter Flounder Rebuilding
Program
The current rebuilding strategy for
SNE/MA winter flounder was
implemented in 2004 with a targeted
rebuilding end date of 2014 with a
median probability of success. In 2008,
data showed that the stock would not
rebuild by 2014, even in the absence of
all fishing mortality, but would likely
rebuild between 2015 and 2016. As a
result, Amendment 16 to the FMP
(Amendment 16) adopted management
measures that would result in Fs as
close to zero as practicable. The stock is
not currently allocated to sectors, and
possession is prohibited by commercial
and recreational vessels.
A benchmark assessment was
completed in June 2011 for SNE/MA
winter flounder and concluded that
there was less than a 1-percent chance
that SNE/MA winter flounder would
rebuild by 2014, even if no fishing
mortality were allowed from 2012 to
2014. Based on the assessment results,
NMFS determined that SNE/MA winter
flounder was not making adequate
rebuilding progress. Section 304(e)(7) of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act says that, if
the Secretary finds that an FMP has not
resulted in adequate progress toward
ending overfishing and rebuilding, the
Secretary must immediately notify the
Council and recommend conservation
and management measures that would
achieve adequate progress. Therefore,
on behalf of the Secretary, NMFS
notified the Council in May 2012 that
the SNE/MA winter flounder rebuilding
program was not making adequate
progress. As a result, NMFS also
notified the Council that it must
implement a revised rebuilding plan for
the stock within 2 years, or by May 1,
2014, consistent with the rebuilding
requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act. In December 2012, the Council
developed a proposal to re-specify the
ABC for SNE/MA winter flounder to
achieve an ACL of at least 1,400 mt
while continuing to prevent overfishing.
The Council also proposed to allocate
this stock to sectors beginning in FY
2013. To allow the Council’s proposed
revisions to the management approach
for SNE/MA winter flounder (see Item 2
of this preamble for more information),
NMFS notified the Council that it must
revise the rebuilding program for this
stock.
Therefore, this action revises the
rebuilding strategy for SNE/MA winter
flounder to rebuild the stock by 2023
with a median probability of success.
During the rebuilding program, catch
limits will be set based on the F that
would rebuild the stock within its
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rebuilding timeframe (Frebuild). However,
groundfish stock projections have
recently demonstrated a tendency to
overestimate stock growth. Therefore,
short-term catch advice for SNE/MA
winter flounder could reduce catches
from Frebuild in order to account for the
scientific uncertainty in the projections.
If SNE/MA winter flounder stock size
increases more rapidly than originally
projected, Frebuild will be recalculated,
which could allow increased catch
limits in the future.
The minimum rebuilding time (Tmin)
is the amount of time a stock is expected
to take to rebuild to its MSY biomass
level in the absence of any fishing
mortality. For SNE/MA winter flounder,
Tmin is 6 years (from 2013), or 2019.
Because the stock can rebuild in less
than 10 years in the absence of all
fishing mortality, the maximum
rebuilding period for SNE/MA winter
flounder is 10 years. A rebuilding end
date of 2023 rebuilds the stock as
quickly as possible taking into account
the needs of fishing communities. This
rebuilding strategy would return greater
net benefits than a rebuilding strategy
that targets an end date between 2019
and 2023.
2. SNE/MA Winter Flounder
Management Measures
Landing Restrictions
As described in Item 1 of this
preamble, the prohibition on retention
for SNE/MA winter flounder was
adopted by Amendment 16 to keep Fs
as close to zero as practicable in order
to rebuild this stock. This measure has
effectively reduced fishing mortality
and overfishing is not occurring for this
stock. At its December 2012 meeting,
the Council developed measures to
modify the management program for
SNE/MA winter flounder as one way to
help mitigate the anticipated impacts of
the reductions in the FY 2013 catch
limits.
This action allocates SNE/MA winter
flounder to sectors, and as described
below, subjects the stock to an inseason
AM that closes the stock area to sectors
once their Annual Catch Entitlement is
caught. As adopted by Amendment 16,
each vessel’s potential sector
contribution (PSC) for SNE/MA winter
flounder will be calculated using dealer
landings during FYs 1996 through 2006.
In addition, this action allows
commercial and recreational vessels to
land SNE/MA winter flounder. Sector
vessels are required to land all legalsized SNE/MA winter flounder, and
common pool vessels may land legalsized fish within the trip limit, or any
other inseason restrictions, specified by
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
the RA. The minimum fish size for SNE/
MA winter flounder for both
commercial and recreational vessels is
12 inches (30.5 cm). Initial FY 2013 trip
limits for common pool vessels are
provided in Item 8 of this preamble.
Allowing landings of SNE/MA winter
flounder is expected to provide
additional fishing opportunities for
groundfish vessels in FY 2013 that will
help offset low quotas for some
groundfish stocks, and promote OY in
the fishery. Landings of the stock will
also provide the opportunity to collect
biological samples from landed fish
after possession has been prohibited in
recent years.
Commercial Fishery AMs
Since Amendment 16, the AM for
SNE/MA winter flounder has been zero
possession, and there was no reactive
AM for the stock. In December 2011, a
Court order in Oceana v. Locke required
that reactive AMs be developed for all
of the stocks not allocated to sectors. As
a result, Framework 48 proposed an
area-based AM for commercial
groundfish vessels that would
implement gear restrictions for common
pool and sector vessels in certain areas
if the total ACL for SNE/MA winter
flounder was exceeded. This action
replaces this area-based AM for sector
vessels with the standard inseason
sector AM, since the stock is being
allocated to sectors. All catch (landings
and discards) of SNE/MA winter
flounder will be attributed to a sector’s
ACE. Sector vessels will be required to
stop fishing inseason in the SNE/MA
winter flounder stock area once the
entire sector’s ACE is caught, unless the
sector leases additional ACE. If a sector
exceeds its ACE for the fishing year, it
will be subject to an additional AM that
will reduce the sector’s ACE in the
following fishing year by the amount of
the overage.
This action also implements an areabased AM for common pool vessels. The
AM will be triggered if the common
pool sub-ACL is exceeded by more than
the management uncertainty buffer.
Currently, the management uncertainty
buffer for the common pool fishery is 5
percent for SNE/MA winter flounder.
The management uncertainty buffers
can be revised each time the
specifications are set, so the buffer used
for the common pool fishery could
change in future actions. The common
pool fishery makes up only about 2
percent of the total catch of SNE/MA
winter flounder, and other components
of the fishery typically underharvest
their portions of the ABC. As a result,
triggering the common pool AM for this
stock by an overage of the sub-ACL that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
exceeds the management uncertainty
buffer is not expected to increase the
likelihood that the total ACL would be
exceeded, or that overfishing would
occur, and will help achieve OY in the
fishery.
The AM for common pool vessels
requires that trawl vessels fishing on a
NE multispecies day-at-sea (DAS) must
use approved selective trawl gear in the
SNE/MA Winter Flounder AM Areas.
Approved gears include the separator
trawl, the Ruhle trawl, the mini-Ruhle
trawl, rope trawl, and any other gear
authorized by the Council in a
management action, or approved for use
consistent with the process defined in
§ 648.85(b)(6). This area-based AM does
not restrict common pool vessels fishing
with longline or gillnet gear. If triggered,
the AM will be implemented in the
fishing year following the overage, and
would be effective for the entire fishing
year. The AM would account for an
overage of the common pool sub-ACL of
up to 20 percent. If the common pool
fishery exceeds its sub-ACL by 20
percent or more, the AM will be
implemented, and this measure will be
reconsidered by the Council in a future
action.
As adopted by Amendment 16, if the
total ACL is exceeded, and the overage
is caused by a sub-component of the
fishery that is not allocated a sub-ACL,
and does not have an AM, the overage
will be distributed among the
components of the fishery that do have
a sub-ACL, and if necessary, the
pertinent AM will be triggered. If subACLs are allocated to additional
fisheries in the future, and AMs
developed for those fisheries, the AM
for any fishery would only be
implemented if it exceeds its sub-ACL,
or if the total ACL for the stock is
exceeded. If only one fishery exceeds it
sub-ACL, only the AM for that fishery
will be implemented.
3. U.S./Canada TACs
Eastern GB cod, eastern GB haddock,
and GB yellowtail flounder are managed
jointly with Canada through the U.S./
Canada Resource Sharing
Understanding (Understanding). Each
year the Transboundary Management
Guidance Committee (TMGC), a
government-industry committee made
up of representatives from the United
States and Canada, recommends a
shared TAC for each stock based on the
most recent stock information and the
TMGC harvest strategy. The TMGC’s
harvest strategy for setting catch levels
is to maintain a low to neutral risk (less
than 50 percent) of exceeding the
fishing mortality limit reference for each
stock (Fref = 0.18, 0.26, and 0.25 for cod,
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26175
haddock, and yellowtail flounder,
respectively). The TMGC’s harvest
strategy also specifies that when stock
conditions are poor, fishing mortality
should be further reduced to promote
rebuilding. The shared TACs are
allocated between the United States and
Canada based on a formula that
considers historical catch percentages
(10-percent weighting) and the current
resource distribution based on trawl
surveys (90-percent weighting). The
U.S./Canada Management Area
comprises the entire stock area for GB
yellowtail flounder; therefore, the U.S.
TAC for this stock is also the U.S. ABC.
Eastern GB cod and haddock are subunits of the total GB cod and haddock
stocks. The U.S./Canada TACs for these
stocks are a portion of the total ABC.
Assessments for the three
transboundary stocks were completed in
June 2012 by the TRAC. A detailed
summary of the 2012 TRAC assessment
can be found at: https://www2.mar.dfompo.gc.ca/science/trac/tsr.html. The
TMGC met in September 2012 to
recommend shared TACs for FY 2013.
Based on the results of the 2012 TRAC
assessment, the TMGC recommended a
shared TAC of 600 mt for eastern GB
cod, 10,400 mt for eastern GB haddock,
and 500 mt for GB yellowtail flounder.
At its November 14, 2012, meeting, the
Council recommended the TMGC’s
guidance for eastern GB cod and
haddock for FY 2013, but it did not
recommend the TMGC’s guidance for
GB yellowtail flounder. The Council
selected a preferred-alternative for GB
yellowtail flounder of 1,150 mt for FY
2013, which is more than double the
TMGC’s recommendation of 500 mt.
The 2013 U.S./Canada TACs and the
percentage share for each country are
listed in Table 1. This action approves
the eastern GB cod and haddock TACs
adopted in Framework 50. However, as
described previously in this preamble,
NMFS disapproves the FY 2013 GB
yellowtail flounder ABC (1,150 mt)
adopted by the Council in Framework
50. Because the Council typically sets
specifications for multiple years at a
time, Framework 47 to the FMP
(Framework 47) (77 FR 26104; May 2,
2012) specified an ABC of 1,150 mt for
GB yellowtail flounder for FYs 2012–
2013. The FY 2013 ABC was based on
the 2011 TRAC assessment, which was
the best scientific information available,
and the SSC and the Council fully
intended to replace this ABC in a future
management action based on the 2012
TRAC assessment. The FY 2013 ABC
that was previously specified in
Framework 47 (1,150 mt) is identical to
the ABC proposed by the Council in
Framework 50 that NMFS is
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26176
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
disapproving because it is would likely
result in overfishing and would not be
based on the best scientific information
available. Thus, NMFS’s disapproval of
the FY 2013 ABC proposed in
Framework 50 leaves the fishery with
the same catch limit for this stock, as
adopted by, and approved in,
Framework 47. Due to serious
conservation concerns, and the potential
for this catch limit to cause harm to the
resource, NMFS is instead
implementing a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt
(U.S. TAC 215 mt) through emergency
rulemaking, as more fully discussed
later in this preamble (see Item 4).
The Understanding requires that any
overages of the U.S. TACs for eastern GB
cod, eastern GB haddock, or GB
yellowtail flounder be deducted from
the U.S. TAC in the following fishing
year. If FY 2012 catch information
indicates that the U.S. fishery exceeded
its TAC for any of the shared stocks,
NMFS is required to reduce the FY 2013
U.S. TAC for that stock. If an overage
occurs, NMFS will announce the
necessary overage deduction as soon as
possible in FY 2013. As adopted in
Framework 48, if any fishery that is
allocated a portion of the U.S. TAC
exceeds its allocation, which causes an
overage of the U.S. TAC, the overage
deduction will be applied to this
fishery’s sub-ACL in the following
fishing year.
TABLE 1—FY 2013 U.S./CANADA TACS (MT, LIVE WEIGHT) AND PERCENTAGE SHARES
Eastern
GB cod
TAC
Total Shared TAC ...............................................................................................................................
U.S. TAC .............................................................................................................................................
Canada TAC .......................................................................................................................................
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
4. OFLs and ABCs
The OFL for each stock in the FMP is
calculated using the estimated stock size
and FMSY. The SSC recommends ABCs
for each stock that are lower than the
OFLs to account for scientific
uncertainty. In most cases, the ABCs are
calculated using the estimated stock size
for a particular year, and are based on
the catch associated with 75 percent of
FMSY, or Frebuild, whichever is lower.
This is the Council’s default ABC
control rule that was adopted by
Amendment 16. However, in recent
years, catch projections for groundfish
stocks have been overly optimistic.
Catch projections often overestimate
stock growth and underestimate fishing
mortality. As a result, even catches that
were substantially lower than the
projected catch resulted in overfishing
for some stocks. So, in many cases, the
SSC has recommended ABCs that are
lower than the catch associated with 75
percent of FMSY or Frebuild, or constant
catches for FYs 2013–2015, in order to
further account for scientific
uncertainty. Appendix III to the
Framework 50 EA provides additional
detail on the OFLs and ABCs adopted
by the Council for each stock (see
ADDRESSES for information on how to
get this document).
As part of the biennial review process
for the FMP, the Council adopts OFLs
and ABCs for 3 years at a time.
Although it is expected that the Council
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
will adopt new catch limits every 2
years, specifying catch levels for a third
year ensures there are default catch
limits in place in the event that a
management action is delayed. This
action adopts OFLs and ABCs for FYs
2013–2015 for most groundfish stocks,
which are presented in Table 2, with a
few exceptions that are described below.
For GB cod, haddock, and yellowtail
flounder, the Canadian share is
deducted from the total ABC (see Table
1 for the Canadian share of these
stocks). The U.S. ABC is the amount
available to the U.S. fishery after
accounting for Canadian catch.
FYs 2013–2014 catch limits for GB
and GOM winter flounder and pollock
were adopted in Framework 47 and are
restated here. Also, as mentioned above,
GB yellowtail flounder is managed
jointly with Canada, and a TRAC
assessment is conducted each year for
the stock. As a result, catch limits are
set annually for this stock, and this
action only adopts catch limits for FY
2013. As described earlier in this rule,
NMFS is disapproving the FY 2013 ABC
for GB yellowtail flounder adopted by
the Council in Framework 50 (1,150 mt).
This action instead implements an OFL
of 882 mt and an ABC of 500 mt through
emergency rulemaking, based on the
most recent assessment information, as
more fully discussed later in this
section.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Eastern
GB haddock
GB yellowtail
flounder
emergency
action
600
96 (16%)
504 (84%)
10,400
3,952 (38%)
6,448 (62%)
500
215 (43%)
285 (57%)
Framework 50 adopted an FY 2013
ABC for white hake based on the 2008
benchmark assessment for this stock,
which was the best scientific
information available to the Council
when it developed and took final action
on Framework 50. National Standard 2
guidelines (50 CFR 600.315) require that
each FMP (and by extension
amendment and framework) must take
into account the best scientific
information available at the time, or
preparation, of an action. The guidelines
recognize that new information often
becomes available between the initial
drafting of an action and its submission
to NMFS for final review. As a result,
and based on established policy, this
action approves the FY 2013 ABC for
white hake that was adopted by the
Council in Framework. However, a new
stock assessment for white hake was
completed in February 2013, and the
final results of this assessment became
available in April 2013. The assessment
results support a higher FY 2013 ABC
than what was adopted by the Council
in Framework 50. Therefore, although
this action technically approves the FY
2013 ABC for white hake specified in
Framework 50, NMFS is simultaneously
implementing an emergency rule, as
requested by the Council at its April
2013 meeting, to increase the FY 2013
ABC for white hake based on the recent
assessment. This emergency rule is
described in detail later in this section.
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26177
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—FYS 2013–2015 OFLS AND U.S. ABCS
[Live weight, mt]
2013
2014
2015
Stock
OFL
GB Cod ....................................................................................................
GOM Cod .................................................................................................
GB Haddock .............................................................................................
GOM Haddock .........................................................................................
GB Yellowtail Flounder Emergency Action ..............................................
SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder ....................................................................
Cape Cod (CC)/GOM Yellowtail Flounder ...............................................
American Plaice .......................................................................................
Witch Flounder .........................................................................................
GB Winter Flounder .................................................................................
GOM Winter Flounder ..............................................................................
SNE/MA Winter Flounder ........................................................................
Redfish .....................................................................................................
White Hake Emergency Action ................................................................
White Hake Proposed in Framework 50 .................................................
Pollock ......................................................................................................
Northern Windowpane Flounder ..............................................................
Southern Windowpane Flounder .............................................................
Ocean Pout ..............................................................................................
Atlantic Halibut .........................................................................................
Atlantic Wolffish .......................................................................................
3,279
1,635
46,185
371
882
1,021
713
2,035
1,196
4,819
1,458
2,732
15,468
5,462
5,306
20,060
202
730
313
164
94
U.S. ABC
2,002
1,550
29,335
290
215
700
548
1,557
783
3,750
1,078
1,676
10,995
4,177
3,638
15,600
151
548
235
99
70
OFL
U.S. ABC
OFL
U.S. ABC
3,570
1,917
46,268
440
................
1,042
936
1,981
1,512
4,626
1,458
3,372
16,130
................
................
20,554
202
730
313
180
94
2,002
1,550
35,699
341
................
700
548
1,515
783
3,598
1,078
1,676
11,465
................
................
16,000
151
548
235
109
70
4,191
2,639
56,293
561
................
1,056
1,194
2,021
1,846
................
................
4,439
16,845
................
................
................
202
730
313
198
94
2,002
1,550
43,606
435
................
700
548
1,544
783
................
................
1,676
11,974
................
................
................
151
548
235
119
70
Note: An empty cell indicates that no catch limit is adopted for these years. These catch limits will be specified in a future action.
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
FYs 2013–2015 Catch Limits for GOM
Cod
A benchmark assessment was
completed for GOM cod in December
2012, and the 55th Stock Assessment
Review Committee (SARC 55) approved
two different assessment models. One
assessment model (base case model)
assumes M = 0.2. The second
assessment model (Mramp model)
assumes that M has increased from 0.2
to 0.4 in recent years, though the SARC
did not conclude that M would remain
0.4 indefinitely. As a result, fishing
mortality targets used in the catch
projections from both models are based
on biological reference points that
assume M = 0.2. A detailed summary of
the benchmark assessment is available
from the Northeast Fisheries Science
Center (NEFSC) at: https://
www.nefsc.noaa.gov/saw/saw55/
crd1301.pdf.
As more fully explained below, the
SSC recommended two GOM cod
constant catch ABC alternatives for FYs
2013–2015: 1,249 and 1,550 mt. The
SSC noted that it preferred an ABC of
1,249 mt because it would help
conserve the stock and increase the
likelihood of rebuilding. Based on the
two recommendations from the SSC, the
Council selected a preferred alternative
for a constant catch of 1,550 mt for FYs
2013–2015. Under the base case model,
a constant ABC of 1,550 mt will have at
least a 50-percent probability of
avoiding overfishing. An ABC of 1,550
mt will be higher than 75% FMSY until
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
FY 2015, which is the Council’s ABC
control rule adopted in Amendment 16.
Under the Mramp model, the ABC
implemented in this action is the FMSY
catch level in FY 2015, and is above
FMSY in FY 2013 and FY 2014. An ABC
of 1,550 mt is expected to result in a
dramatic reduction from current fishing
mortality estimates and would also
allow stock growth, but is a departure
from the ABC control rule adopted by
the Council in Amendment 16.
Amendment 16 specified that the
ABC control rule should be used in the
absence of information that allows a
more explicit determination of scientific
uncertainty for a stock. Amendment 16
also stated that, if information was
available to more accurately
characterize scientific uncertainty, it
could be used by the SSC to set the
ABC. Furthermore, National Standard 1
gives deference to SSCs to recommend
ABCs to Fishery Management Councils
that are departures from established
control rules. In such situations, SSCs
are expected to make use of the best
scientific information available, and to
provide ample justification on why the
control rule is not the best approach for
the particular circumstances.
The SSC determined that having two
assessment models for GOM cod
allowed for a better understanding of
the nature and extent of the scientific
uncertainty. As a result, the SSC
concluded that both ABC alternatives
appropriately use the assessment
outcomes and account for scientific
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
uncertainty. In addition, although
multiple catch projections are available
for GOM cod, the assessment did not
evaluate an averaged output and did not
recommend using an average of the two
assessment models. Thus, in this case,
NMFS has determined it is not
appropriate to average the catch
projections for GOM cod, and that all of
the information must be considered.
Lower catch limits will always increase
the likelihood that stock growth will
occur, and under this rationale, an ABC
of 1,249 mt would have greater, and
more immediate, increases in biomass
than an ABC of 1,550 mt. However, in
considering the assessment results and
catch projections for both ABC
alternatives, a constant catch ABC of
1,550 mt for FYs 2013–2015 will likely
end overfishing and result in some stock
rebuilding. This constant catch scenario
also accounts for the uncertainty in the
assessment and the SARC’s conclusion
that although M may have increased in
recent years, it will likely return to 0.2
in the future.
Emergency Rule To Set FY 2013 GB
Yellowtail Flounder Catch Limits
As noted earlier in this preamble,
NMFS is disapproving the FY 2013 ABC
for GB yellowtail flounder that the
Council adopted in Framework 50
(1,150 mt), and is instead implementing
a FY 2013 OFL of 882 mt and an ABC
of 500 mt through emergency
rulemaking. This situation meets the
criteria for emergency action because it
is necessary to address serious
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26178
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
conservation and management concerns
resulting from recent, unexpected
events. As noted earlier, the Council
typically sets specifications for
groundfish stocks for multiple years at
a time. Although catch limits are set
annually for GB yellowtail flounder
because the stock is managed jointly
with Canada, Framework 47 adopted
ABCs for FYs 2012–2013 for the stock.
The SSC recommended, and the Council
adopted, a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt in
Framework 47 as a default catch limit
with the intention that this ABC would
be updated in a future management
action based on the 2012 TRAC
assessment. The ABCs adopted for GB
yellowtail flounder in Framework 47
were based on the 2011 TRAC
assessments and were consistent with
the best scientific information available
to the Council when it developed and
took final action on Framework 47.
The proposed rule for this emergency
action incorrectly described that if
NMFS disapproved the ABC for GB
yellowtail flounder proposed by the
Council in Framework 50, there would
be no catch limit specified for the
fishery. Rather, since NMFS is
disapproving the FY 2013 ABC for GB
yellowtail flounder in Framework 50,
the FY 2013 ABC previously specified
in Framework 47 would go into effect
on May 1, 2013. This ABC is identical
to the ABC that NMFS is disapproving
in Framework 50. As a result, based on
the 2012 TRAC assessment, the default
ABC would likely result in overfishing,
which poses a serious conservation
concern for the stock, and has the
potential to cause harm to the resource.
This would undermine the joint
management of this stock with Canada
under the Understanding, fail to end
overfishing for the stock, and may not
allow for any stock rebuilding.
In addition, this issue was
controversial during the development of
Framework 50, and both an ABC of 500
and 1,150 mt were considered by the
Council based on the SSC’s
recommendations. The Council selected
an FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt as the
preferred alternative in Framework 50 at
its November meeting. However, the
Council delayed final action on
Framework 50 until its January 2013
meeting. Due to the controversial nature
of this issue, until the Council took final
action on Framework 50, it was unclear
whether the Council would select a
different preferred alternative for GB
yellowtail flounder. Although initial
review by NMFS suggested that the
Council’s preferred alternative of 1,150
mt did not appear to be consistent with
the best scientific information available,
the SSC’s recommendation was difficult
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
to interpret, and NMFS requested
specific public comment on this
determination, and other factors that
should be considered in setting the FY
2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder.
NMFS proactively proposed an
emergency rulemaking for concern that,
in the event the FY 2013 ABC of 1,150
mt was disapproved, the Council would
not have sufficient time to complete a
management action and adopt a FY
2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder by
May 1, 2013. Normally, the Council
takes final action on a framework in
November, and the action is submitted
to NMFS in December for approval for
the upcoming fishing year beginning on
May 1. However, the Council did not
take final action on Framework 50 until
January 2013, and did not submit the
document to NMFS for review and
approval until March 22, 2013, which is
nearly 3 months after NMFS typically
receives the document. Thus, the
lateness of the Council’s decision, and
the difficulty in interpreting the SSC’s
recommendation for GB yellowtail
flounder, resulted in unforeseen events.
As a result of the default FY 2013ABC
adopted in Framework 47 that would
pose serious conservation concerns, and
the unforeseen events described above,
NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, finds
that a fishery-related emergency exists,
and has determined that this situation
meets the emergency criteria set forth by
NMFS for emergency rulemaking (62 FR
44421; August 21, 1997).
This final rule implements a FY 2013
OFL of 882 mt and ABC of 500 mt. This
ABC results in a U.S. quota of 215 mt
after accounting for the Canadian share
(see Table 1). The SSC determined that
the OFL was unknown. However, the
SSC’s recommendation for FY 2013 was
not based on the 2012 TRAC
assessment, and the SSC noted that its
ABC recommendation was qualitative.
Based on the 2012 TRAC results, which
NMFS has determined is the best
scientific information available, and
using the approved benchmark model
that is used to determine stock status,
NMFS has calculated the OFL using the
standard methodology as defined by
Amendment 16. As noted earlier in this
section, and defined in Amendment 16,
the OFL is calculated by applying FMSY
to a biomass estimate. The current
assessment for GB yellowtail flounder
uses the Split Series model to estimate
current stock size and fishing mortality,
and this model was approved at the last
benchmark assessment for the stock.
Using the split series model, the FY
2013 catches at FMSY are 882 mt. Thus,
NMFS is implementing a FY 2013 OFL
of 882 mt through this final rule.
However, as noted earlier in the
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
summary of the 2012 assessment results,
the 2012 TRAC recommended that 2013
catches should be considerably below
this level to help ensure that overfishing
does not occur.
A FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt is
consistent with both the TMGC and
SSC’s recommendations, and is within
the range of 2013 catch levels suggested
by the sensitivity analyses conducted at
the 2012 TRAC assessment. A 2013
catch level of 500 mt would allow some
stock rebuilding, and is less than the
2013 catch level based on the
unadjusted model results (882 mt) that
the TRAC recommended should not be
used as the basis for 2013 catch advice.
The lower quota of 200 mt included in
the 2012 TRAC results has a higher
probability of not exceeding Fref. But, a
2013 catch of 500 mt would have only
a 4-percent chance of exceeding Fref
(0.25) in one of the sensitivity analyses
performed by the TRAC. This catch
level would also result in some stock
rebuilding in the other four sensitivity
analyses. The 2012 TRAC assessment
did not calculate an average output for
the models presented, and did not
recommend averaging the sensitivity
analyses as a basis for catch advice.
Thus, NMFS has determined that it is
not appropriate to average the five
sensitivity analyses, and that all of the
analyses should be considered in setting
the 2013 ABC. A catch limit of 500 mt
would balance the need to account for
the retrospective bias in the assessment
and allow some stock rebuilding, and
would be substantially below the OFL
for the stock.
The total ACL and the sub-ACLs for
each component of the fishery that are
implemented in this final rule under
emergency authority based on a FY 2013
ABC of 500 mt are presented in Table
3 (Item 5 of this preamble). The
common pool’s sub-ACL is further
divided into Trimester TACs (Table 7)
and Incidental Catch TACs for the
special management programs (Tables 6
and 8). The resultant ACLs
implemented under Secretarial
emergency authority are consistent with
the Council’s ACL derivation process
adopted in Framework 50, and
allocations of GB yellowtail flounder to
the scallop and small-mesh fisheries
adopted in Framework 48, and are based
on the best scientific information
available.
Emergency Rule To Set FY 2013 White
Hake Catch Limits
A white hake benchmark stock
assessment (SARC 56) was completed in
February 2013. The results of the
assessment just recently became
available and were published in April
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
2013. The results of the assessment can
be found on the NEFSC’s Web site at:
https://www.nefsc.noaa.gov/
publications/crd/crd1304/. This new
assessment indicates the white hake
stock is no longer overfished and not
subject to overfishing. The current
projection indicates the stock should
achieve its rebuilding target in 2014. In
addition, the results of the assessment
indicate that the FY 2013 ABC can be
increased to 4,177 mt from the ABC that
was proposed by the Council in
Framework 50 (3,638 mt).
During the development of
Framework 50, the Council and NMFS
were aware that the new assessment
could result in different status
determination criteria, status, and catch
advice for white hake. However, it was
expected that a final report from the
56th SARC would not be available until
late spring 2013. This is well after the
Council took final action on Framework
50 in January 2013. Thus, as previously
discussed, based on National Standard 2
guidelines and established policy, the
Council proposed a FY 2013 ABC for
white hake based on the 2008
benchmark assessment, which was the
best scientific information available to
the Council during the development of
Framework 50.
The recently completed assessment
for white hake is new information that
was previously unavailable to either the
Council, when it developed and took
final action on Framework 50, or NMFS.
Although the Council and NMFS
anticipated the new assessment would
be completed in February 2013, the final
results of the assessment could not be
predicted. In addition, because the final
results of the assessment just recently
became available in April 2013, there
was no way for the Council to
incorporate this new information and
submit a management action to NMFS
for consideration and implementation
by the start of FY 2013 on May 1, 2013.
The stock status change and higher
catch available for FY 2013 are recently
discovered and unforeseen
circumstances and events.
NMFS has determined that the
current situation is justified as an
emergency action resulting from recent,
unforeseen events because, by quickly
implementing a quota increase for white
hake based on the new assessment,
economic opportunity that might
otherwise be foregone can be avoided.
An emergency action to increase the FY
2013 quota for white hake addresses a
serious management concern regarding
the severe negative impacts caused by
low catch limits for many groundfish
stocks, and, as explained in this section,
the benefits of providing prior public
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
comment on this action are outweighed
by the immediate benefits accruing to
fishermen. If the normal regulatory
process were undertaken to implement
the higher white hake catch limit, the
increase would not be available until
well after the start of FY 2013. White
hake is a ubiquitous species in NE
waters and, in recent fishing years, the
utilization of the white hake catch limit
has been high. The FMP requires that
fishing effort be reduced, or stopped, if
catch of a single stock is projected to
reach an ACL, and that AMs be
implemented if an ACL is exceeded, to
payback an overage and to prevent the
ACL from being exceeded again. In
addition, some sectors have very small
white hake ACE. By ensuring timely
implementation of the higher catch
limit, the likelihood that fishing
operations will be constrained in some
way by available white hake quota is
reduced. Furthermore, the catch limit
reductions for many key groundfish
stocks will have substantial economic
impacts on fishing operations in FY
2013. Thus, the timely implementation
of the higher white hake quota may
provide much needed and immediate
economic benefits both as directed catch
and on the sector lease market. At the
request of the Council, NMFS is taking
emergency action under section 305(c)
of the Magnuson-Stevens Act to increase
the FY 2013 catch limit from levels
proposed in Framework 50 (78 FR
19368; March 29, 2013).
This final rule implements a FY 2013
ABC of 4,177 mt, in place of the FY
2013 ABC of 3,638 mt that was adopted
by the Council in Framework 50, based
on the recent assessment completed in
February 2013. This ABC is based on 75
percent of FMSY, which is the Council’s
ABC control rule. The FY 2013 ABC for
white hake implemented through this
emergency rule is 539 mt higher than
the ABC proposed in Framework 50,
which is a 15-percent increase. The ABC
is further divided among the various
components of the fishery based on the
ACL derivation adopted by the Council
in Framework 50. The total ACL and the
sub-ACLs for each component of the
fishery that are implemented through
this emergency rule are presented in
Table 3 (see Item 5). The common pool
fishery’s sub-ACL for white hake is
further divided into Trimester TACs,
which are presented in Table 7 (see
Item 6).
The ABC and resultant ACLs
implemented under Secretarial
emergency authority are consistent with
the Council’s ABC control rule and ACL
derivation process, and are based on the
best scientific information available. In
anticipation of potential changes to the
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26179
status determination criteria (SDC) for
white hake as a result of the new
assessment, the Council included a
preferred alternative in Framework 48
that would allow NMFS to implement
updated white hake SDC for FY 2013 if
the results were available prior to final
rulemaking. As a result, and based on
the final assessment report, NMFS
published new white hake SDC in the
final rule for Framework 48.
5. Annual Catch Limits
Unless otherwise noted below, the
U.S. ABC for each stock (for each fishing
year) is divided into the following
fishery components to account for all
sources of fishing mortality: State waters
(portion of ABC expected to be caught
from state waters by vessels that are not
subject to the FMP); other subcomponents (expected catch by nongroundfish fisheries); Atlantic sea
scallop fishery; mid-water trawl fishery;
small-mesh fisheries; commercial
groundfish fishery; and recreational
groundfish fishery. Expected catch from
state waters and other sub-components
is deducted from the ABC first, and the
remaining portion of the ABC is the
amount available to the fishery
components that receive an allocation
for the stock and that are subject to
AMs. The scallop fishery receives an
allocation for GB and SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder and SNE/MA
windowpane flounder. The mid-water
trawl fishery receives an allocation for
GB and GOM haddock, the recreational
groundfish fishery receives an allocation
for GOM cod and haddock, and the
small-mesh fisheries receive an
allocation for GB yellowtail flounder.
Once the ABC is divided, sub-annual
catch limits (sub-ACLs) are set by
reducing the amount of the ABC
distributed to each component of the
fishery to account for management
uncertainty. Management uncertainty is
the likelihood that management
measures will result in a level of catch
greater than expected. For each stock,
management uncertainty is estimated
using the following criteria:
Enforceability, monitoring adequacy,
precision of management tools, latent
effort, and catch of groundfish in nongroundfish fisheries. Appendix III of the
Framework 50 EA provides a detailed
description of the process used to
estimate management uncertainty and
calculate ACLs for this action (see
ADDRESSES for information on how to
get this document).
The total ACL is the sum of all of the
sub-ACLs and ACL sub-components,
and is the catch limit for a particular
year after accounting for both scientific
and management uncertainty. Landings
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26180
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
and discards from all fisheries
(commercial and recreational
groundfish fishery, state waters, and
non-groundfish fisheries) are counted
against the catch limit for each stock.
Components of the fishery that are
allocated a sub-ACL for a particular
stock are subject to AMs if the catch
limit is exceeded. The state waters and
other sub-components are not
considered ACLs, and represent the
expected catch by components of the
fishery outside of the FMP that are not
subject to AMs.
This action implements ACLs for each
groundfish stock based on the ABCs
implemented in Item 4 of this preamble.
The ACLs for FYs 2013–2015 are listed
in Tables 3 through 5. For stocks
allocated to sectors, the commercial
groundfish sub-ACL is further divided
into the non-sector (common pool) subACL and the sector sub-ACL, based on
the total vessel enrollment in all sectors
and the cumulative PSCs associated
with those sectors. The distribution of
the groundfish sub-ACL between the
common pool and sectors shown in
Tables 3 through 5 are based on FY 2013
PSCs and FY 2012 sector rosters. FY
2013 sector rosters will not be finalized
until May 1, 2013, because owners of
individual permits signed up to
participate in sectors have until the end
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
of FY 2012, or April 30, 2013, to drop
out of a sector and fish in the common
pool for FY 2013. Therefore, it is
possible that the sector and common
pool sub-ACLs listed in the tables below
may change due to changes in the sector
rosters. Updated sub-ACLs will be
published in early May, if necessary, to
reflect the final FY 2013 sector rosters
as of May 1, 2013.
This action also adds SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder to the annual
process that re-estimates the expected
scallop fishery catch in the fishing year.
This process was originally adopted by
the Council for GB yellowtail flounder
in Framework 47. In Framework 50, as
part of the specifications for the scallop
fishery, the Council expanded this
annual process to include SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder. This measure was
inadvertently omitted from the
proposed rule, and as a result, is
implemented in this action as an
interim final rule. NMFS is accepting
public comments on this measure for 45
days. The regulations implementing this
measure have been deemed by the
Council to be necessary and
appropriate. A description of the
method, consistent with the measure
adopted in Framework 47, is below.
By January 15 of each fishing year,
NMFS will re-estimate the scallop
fishery’s catch of SNE/MA yellowtail
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
flounder. If projected catch by the
scallop fishery is less than 90 percent of
the scallop fishery’s sub-ACL for SNE/
MA yellowtail flounder, NMFS may
reduce the scallop fishery sub-ACL to
the amount expected to be caught, and
increase the groundfish fishery sub-ACL
for SNE/MA yellowtail flounder up to
the difference between the original and
revised estimates of the scallop fishery’s
catch. Any increase to the groundfish
fishery sub-ACL will be distributed to
sectors and the common pool. NMFS
will not make any changes to the SNE/
MA yellowtail flounder sub-ACL for the
scallop fishery if the revised estimate
indicates that the scallop fishery will
catch 90 percent or more of its sub-ACL.
Consistent with the Administrative
Procedure Act (APA), NMFS will notify
the public of any changes to the SNE/
MA yellowtail flounder sub-ACLs. This
measure is expected to prevent any loss
of SNE/MA yellowtail flounder yield
that may occur if the initial catch
estimate of this stock by the scallop
fishery is too high. Re-estimating the
expected SNE/MA yellowtail flounder
catch by the scallop fishery mid-season
could allow additional SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder yield by the
commercial groundfish fishery, and will
help achieve OY for this stock.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Preliminary
Sector
sub-ACL
Common
Pool
sub-ACL
116.8
115.4
1.3
665
570
456
114
Recreational
Fishery
sub-ACL
Scallop
Fishery
sub-ACL
SmallMesh
State Waters
sub-component
Other
sub-component
Jkt 229001
Groundfish
sub-ACL
208.5
Stock
Total
ACL
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Action
SNEIMA Yellowtail
Flounder
CC/GOM Yellowtail
-
83.4
••111 1II111UI
61
4.0
4.3
7
28
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
84
73
03MYR3
44
186
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
14:56 May 02, 2013
Table 3 - FY 2013 Total ACLs, sub-ACLs, and ACL sub-components (mt, live weight)
26181
ER03MY13.013
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26182
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Stock
Total
ACL
Groundfish
sub-ACL
Jkt 229001
Preliminary
Sector
sub-ACL
Midwater
Recreational
sub-ACL
Scallop
Fishery
sub-ACL
SmallMesh
State Waters
sub-component
Other
sub-component
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
14:56 May 02, 2013
ER03MY13.014
Table 4 - FY 2014 Total ACLs, sub-ACLs, and ACL sub-components (mt, live weight)
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Jkt 229001
Stock
Total
ACL
Groundfish
sub-ACL
Preliminary
Sector
sub-ACL
Recreational
sub-ACL
Scallop
Fishery
sub-ACL
SmallMesh
State Waters
sub-component
Other
sub-component
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
14:56 May 02, 2013
Table 5 - FY 2015 Total ACLs, sub-ACLs, and ACL sub-components (mt, live weight)
26183
ER03MY13.015
26184
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
6. Common Pool Trimester Total
Allowable Catches
The common pool sub-ACL for each
stock (except for SNE/MA winter
flounder, windowpane flounder, ocean
pout, Atlantic wolffish, and Atlantic
halibut) is divided into trimester TACs.
Table 6 shows the percentage of the
common pool sub-ACL that is allocated
to each trimester for each stock. The
distribution of the common pool subACLs into trimesters was adopted by
Amendment 16 and is based on recent
landing patterns. Once NMFS projects
that 90 percent of the trimester TAC is
caught for a stock, the trimester TAC
area for that stock is closed for the
remainder of the trimester. The area
closure applies to all common pool
vessels fishing with gear capable of
catching the pertinent stock. The
trimester TAC areas for each stock, as
well as the applicable gear types, are
defined at § 648.82(n)(2). This
information can also be obtained from
NERO (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT). Any uncaught portion of the
trimester TAC in Trimester 1 or
Trimester 2 will be carried forward to
the next trimester (e.g., any remaining
portion of the Trimester 1 TAC will be
added to the Trimester 2 TAC).
Overages of the trimester TAC in
Trimester 1 or Trimester 2 will be
deducted from the Trimester 3 TAC.
Any overages of the total sub-ACL will
be deducted from the following fishing
year’s common pool sub-ACL for that
stock. Uncaught portions of the
Trimester 3 TAC will not be carried over
into the following fishing year.
The FYs 2013–2015 common pool
trimester TACs are listed in Table 7
based on the ACLs and sub-ACLs
implemented in this action (see Item 5
of this preamble). As described earlier,
vessels have until April 30, 2013, to
drop out of a sector, and common pool
vessels may join a sector through April
30, 2013. If the sub-ACLs included in
this rule change as a result of changes
to FY 2013 sector rosters, the trimester
TACs will also change. Based on the
final sector rosters, NMFS will publish
a rule in early May 2013, if necessary,
to update the common pool trimester
TACs, and notify the public of these
changes.
TABLE 6—PERCENTAGE OF COMMON POOL SUB-ACL DISTRIBUTED TO EACH TRIMESTER
Percentage of common pool sub-ACL
Stock
Trimester 1
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
GB Cod ........................................................................................................................................
GOM Cod .....................................................................................................................................
GB Haddock ................................................................................................................................
GOM Haddock .............................................................................................................................
GB Yellowtail Flounder ................................................................................................................
SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder .......................................................................................................
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder ......................................................................................................
American Plaice ...........................................................................................................................
Witch Flounder .............................................................................................................................
GB Winter Flounder .....................................................................................................................
GOM Winter Flounder .................................................................................................................
Redfish .........................................................................................................................................
White Hake ..................................................................................................................................
Pollock .........................................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
25
27
27
27
19
21
35
24
27
8
37
25
38
28
03MYR3
Trimester 2
37
36
33
26
30
37
35
36
31
24
38
31
31
35
Trimester 3
38
37
40
47
52
42
30
40
42
69
25
44
31
37
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Jkt 229001
2013
2014
2015
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
I
I Trimester
1
7.4
Trimester
2
10.9
Trimester
3
11.2
Trimester
1
7.4
Trimester
2
10.9
Trimester
3
11.2
Trimester
1
7.4
Trimester
2
10.9
Trimester
3
11.2
GOMCod
4.21
5.62
5.77
4.2
5.6
5.8
4.2
5.6
5.8
GB Haddock
19.4
23.7
28.7
23.6
28.9
35.0
28.8
35.2
42.7
GOMHaddock
GB Yellowtail Flounder
Action
SNEIMA Yellowtail Flounder
0.4
0.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.7
0.5
0.5
0.9
0.3
0.4
0.7
23.9
42.2
47.9
23.7
41.8
47.4
23.8
41.9
47.6
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder
4.1
4.1
3.5
4.1
4.1
3.5
4.1
4.1
3.5
American Plaice
5.7
8.5
9.5
5.5
8.3
9.2
5.6
8.5
9.4
Witch Flounder
2.5
2.9
3.9
2.5
2.9
3.9
2.5
2.9
3.9
GB Winter Flounder
1.6
4.9
14.1
1.6
4.7
13.6
GOM Winter Flounder
9.0
9.3
6.1
9.0
9.3
6.1
Redfish
White Hake
10.3
12.7
18.1
11.8
9.6
9.6
10.2
8.3
8.3
23.3
29.1
30.8
Stock
GBCod
03MYR3
in Framework 50
Pollock
I
I
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
14:56 May 02, 2013
Table 7-FYs 2013-2015 Common Pool Trimester TACs (mt, live weight)
26185
ER03MY13.016
26186
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
7. Common Pool Incidental Catch Total
Allowable Catches and Allocations to
Special Management Programs
Incidental catch TACs are specified
for certain stocks of concern (i.e., stocks
that are overfished or subject to
overfishing) for common pool vessels
fishing in the special management
programs (i.e., special access programs
(SAPs) and the Regular B DAS Program),
in order to limit the catch of these
stocks under each program. Table 8
shows the percentage of the common
pool sub-ACL allocated to the special
management programs and the FYs
2013–2015 Incidental Catch TACs for
each stock. Beginning in FY 2013, GB
winter flounder and SNE/MA yellowtail
flounder are removed from the list of
stocks of concern because the stocks are
no longer overfished and overfishing is
not occurring. In addition, the
emergency rulemaking to increase the
FY 2013 ABC for white hake removes
white hake from the list of stocks of
concern because the stock is no longer
overfished and overfishing is not
occurring. GB winter flounder and
white hake are projected to be rebuilt by
2014, and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder
was declared rebuilt in November 2012.
Any catch on a trip that ends on a
Category B DAS (either Regular or
Reserve B DAS) is attributed to the
Incidental Catch TAC for the pertinent
stock. Catch on a trip that starts under
a Category B DAS and then flips to a
Category A DAS is not counted against
the Incidental Catch TACs. Any catch
from these trips would be counted
against the common pool sub-ACL.
The Incidental Catch TAC is further
divided among each special
management program based on the
percentages listed in Table 9. The FYs
2013–2015 Incidental Catch TACs for
each special management program are
listed in Table 10. The FY 2013 sector
rosters will not be finalized until May
1, 2013, for the reasons mentioned
earlier in this preamble. Therefore, the
common pool sub-ACL may change due
to changes to the FY 2013 sector rosters.
Updated incidental catch TACs will be
published in a future adjustment rule, if
necessary, based on the final sector
rosters as of May 1, 2013.
TABLE 8—FYS 2013–2015 COMMON POOL INCIDENTAL CATCH TACS
[Mt, live weight]
Percentage of
common pool
sub-ACL
Stock
GB Cod ......................................................................................................
GOM Cod ...................................................................................................
GB Yellowtail Flounder Emergency Action ...............................................
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder ....................................................................
American Plaice .........................................................................................
Witch Flounder ...........................................................................................
SNE/MA Winter Flounder ..........................................................................
2013
2
1
2
1
5
5
1
2014
0.6
0.2
0.03
0.1
1.2
0.5
1.4
2015
0.6
0.2
0.6
0.2
0.1
1.2
0.5
1.4
0.1
1.2
0.5
1.4
TABLE 9—PERCENTAGE OF INCIDENTAL CATCH TACS DISTRIBUTED TO EACH SPECIAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
Regular
B DAS
program
(percent)
Stock
GB Cod ........................................................................................................................................
GOM Cod .....................................................................................................................................
GB Yellowtail Flounder ................................................................................................................
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder ......................................................................................................
American Plaice ...........................................................................................................................
Witch Flounder .............................................................................................................................
SNE/MA Winter Flounder ............................................................................................................
Closed area I
hook gear
haddock SAP
(percent)
Eastern
US/CA
haddock SAP
(percent)
16
34
50
100
50
100
100
100
100
50
TABLE 10—FYS 2013–2015 INCIDENTAL CATCH TACS FOR EACH SPECIAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
[Mt, live weight]
Regular B DAS
program
Stock
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
2013
GB Cod ........................................................................
GOM Cod .....................................................................
GB Yellowtail Flounder Emergency Action ..................
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder .......................................
American Plaice ...........................................................
Witch Flounder .............................................................
SNE/MA Winter Flounder .............................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Eastern U.S./Canada
haddock SAP
2014
0.3
0.2
0.01
0.1
1.2
0.5
1.4
Frm 00016
Closed area I hook gear
haddock SAP
2015
2013
2014
2015
2013
2014
2015
0.3
0.2
............
0.1
1.2
0.5
1.4
0.3
0.2
............
0.1
1.2
0.5
1.4
0.1
............
............
............
............
............
............
0.1
............
............
............
............
............
............
0.1
............
............
............
............
............
............
0.2
..............
0.01
..............
..............
..............
..............
0.2
............
............
............
............
............
............
0.2
............
............
............
............
............
............
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
8. Annual Measures for FY 2013 Under
RA Authority
The FMP provides authority for the
RA to implement certain types of
management measures for the common
pool fishery, the U.S./Canada
Management Area, and Special
Management Programs on an annual
basis, or as needed. These measures are
not part of Framework 50, and were not
specifically proposed by the Council,
but are implemented in conjunction
with Framework 50 for expediency
purposes and because they relate to the
specifications adopted in Framework
50. The RA can modify these measures
if current information indicates changes
are necessary. Any inseason
adjustments to these measures will be
implemented through an inseason
action consistent with the APA.
The RA has the authority to modify
common pool trip limits in order to
prevent exceeding the common pool
sub-ACLs and facilitate harvest so total
catch approaches the common pool subACLs. Table 11 provides the initial FY
2013 trip limits for common pool
vessels. Table 12 provides the initial FY
2013 cod trip limits for vessels fishing
with a Handgear A, Handgear B, or
Small Vessel Category permit. These FY
2013 trip limits were developed after
considering changes to the FY 2013
common pool sub-ACLs and sector
rosters, trimester TACs for FY 2013,
catch rates of each stock during FY
2012, public comments received, and
other available information. NMFS will
monitor common pool catch using
dealer-reported landings, VMS catch
reports, and other available information,
and if necessary, will adjust the
common pool management measures to
help ensure the common pool fishery
catches, but does not exceeds its subACLs.
The default cod trip limit is 300 lb
(136.1 kg) per trip for Handgear A
vessels, unless either the GOM or GB
cod trip limit applicable to vessels
fishing under a NE multispecies DAS is
adjusted below 300 lb (136.1 kg). If the
trip limit for NE multispecies DAS
vessels drops below 300 lb (136.1 kg),
the Handgear A trip limit must be
adjusted to be the same. The regulations
also require that the Handgear B vessel
trip limit for GOM and GB cod be
adjusted proportionally (rounded up to
the nearest 25 lb (11.3 kg)) to the default
cod trip limits applicable to NE
multispecies DAS vessels. The default
26187
cod trip limit for NE multispecies
common pool vessels fishing under a
Category A DAS is 800 lb (362.9 kg) per
DAS for GOM cod and 2,000 lb (907.2
kg) per DAS for GB cod. For vessels
fishing under a Category A DAS, the
initial FY 2013 trip limit for GOM cod
is 88 percent lower than the default
limit specified in the regulations.
Therefore, the initial FY 2013 GOM cod
trip limits for Handgear A and B vessels
are adjusted downwards, as required,
from the default cod trip limit for these
vessels. The default cod trip limits for
GB cod for Handgear A and B vessels
are implemented for FY 2013.
Vessels with a Small Vessel category
permit can possess up to 300 lb (136.1
kg) of cod, haddock, and yellowtail
flounder combined per trip. For FY
2013, the maximum amount of cod and
haddock (within the 300-lb (136.1-kg)
trip limit) is adjusted proportionally to
the trip limits applicable to NE
multispecies DAS vessels (see Table 12).
Vessels with a Small Vessel category
permit can possess a maximum of 100
lb (45.4 kg) of GOM cod and 100 lb (45.4
kg) of GOM haddock within their 300lb (136.1-kg) trip limit of cod, haddock,
and yellowtail flounder, combined.
TABLE 11—INITIAL FY 2013 COMMON POOL TRIP LIMITS
Stock
Initial FY 2013 trip limit
GOM cod ..................................................................................................
GB cod ......................................................................................................
GOM haddock ..........................................................................................
GB haddock ..............................................................................................
GOM winter flounder ................................................................................
SNE/MA winter flounder ...........................................................................
GB winter flounder ....................................................................................
CC/GOM yellowtail flounder .....................................................................
GB yellowtail flounder ...............................................................................
SNE/MA yellowtail flounder ......................................................................
American plaice ........................................................................................
Pollock ......................................................................................................
Witch flounder ...........................................................................................
White hake ................................................................................................
Redfish ......................................................................................................
100 lb (45.4 kg) per DAS, up to 300 lb (136.1 kg) per trip.
2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per DAS, up to 20,000 lb (9,072 kg) per trip.
100 lb (45.4 kg) per trip.
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) per trip.
500 lb (226.8 kg) per trip.
5,000 lb (2,268 kg) per DAS up to 15,000 lb (6,804 kg) per trip.
1,000 lb (453.6 kg) per trip.
500 lb (226.8 kg) per DAS, up to 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per trip.
100 lb (45.4 kg) per trip.
2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per DAS, up to 6,000 lb (2,722 kg) per trip.
unrestricted.
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) per trip.
500 lb (226.8 kg) per trip.
500 lb (226.8 kg) per trip.
unrestricted.
TABLE 12—INITIAL FY 2013 COD TRIPS LIMITS FOR HANDGEAR A, HANDGEAR B, AND SMALL VESSEL CATEGORY
PERMITS
FY 2013 GOM cod trip limit
Handgear A .............................................................................................
Handgear B .............................................................................................
100 lb (45.4 kg) per trip .................
25 lb (11.3 kg) per trip ...................
Small Vessel Category ............................................................................
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Permit
300 lb (136.1 kg) of cod, haddock, and yellowtail flounder combined;
Maximum of 100 lb (45.4 kg) of GOM cod and 100 lb (45.4 kg) of
GOM haddock within the 300-lb combined trip limit.
The RA has the authority to determine
the allocation of the total number of
trips into the Closed Area II Yellowtail
Flounder/Haddock SAP based on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
several criteria, including the GB
yellowtail flounder TAC and the
amount of GB yellowtail flounder
caught outside of the SAP. In 2005,
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FY 2013 GB cod trip limit
300 lb (136.1 kg) per trip.
75 lb (34.0 kg) per trip.
Framework 40B to the FMP (70 FR
31323; June 1, 2005) implemented a
provision that no trips should be
allocated to the Closed Area II
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26188
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Yellowtail Flounder/Haddock SAP if
the available GB yellowtail flounder
catch is insufficient to support at least
150 trips with a 15,000-lb (6,804-kg) trip
limit (i.e., 150 trips of 15,000 lb (6,804
kg)/trip, or 2,250,000 lb (1,020,583 kg).
This calculation accounts for the
projected catch from the area outside of
the SAP. Based on the GB yellowtail
flounder sub-ACL implemented in this
action through emergency rulemaking
(257,500 lb (116,800 kg)), there is
insufficient GB yellowtail flounder to
allocate any trips to the SAP, even if the
projected catch from outside the SAP
area is zero. Therefore, this action
allocates zero trips to the Closed Area II
Yellowtail Flounder/Haddock SAP for
FY 2013. Vessels could still fish in this
SAP in FY 2013 using a haddock
separator trawl, a Ruhle trawl, or hook
gear. Vessels may not fish in this SAP
using flounder nets.
9. FY 2013 Recreational Fishing
Measures
Framework 48 modified the
recreational fishery AM and gave the RA
authority to adjust recreational
management measures for the upcoming
fishing year to ensure the recreational
fishery catches, but does not exceed, its
sub-ACL. These measures are not part of
Framework 50, but are implemented in
conjunction with Framework 50 for
expediency purposes and because they
relate to the specifications adopted in
Framework 50. The Council convened
its Recreational Advisory Panel (RAP)
on February 15, 2013, in order to
provide NMFS guidance on FY 2013
management measures. For GOM cod,
the RAP recommended a 9-fish
possession limit and a minimum fish
size of 19 in (48.3 cm). These are status
quo management measures from FY
2012. For GOM haddock, the RAP
recommended an unlimited possession
limit (status quo from FY 2012) and an
increase to the minimum fish size from
18 in (45.7 cm) to 21 in (53.3 cm).
Consistent with the RAP’s
recommendation, this action
implements a 9-fish possession limit
and a minimum fish size of 19 in (48.3
cm) for GOM cod in FY 2013. For GOM
haddock, this action implements an
unlimited possession limit and a
minimum fish size of 21 in (53.3 cm) for
FY 2013. The FY 2013 recreational
management measures are presented in
Table 13. These measures were
developed using the Bio-economic
Length-Structured Angler Simulation
Tool, which was developed by the
NEFSC. This model was peer-reviewed
by a panel that consisted of members of
the New England Fishery Management
Council and Mid-Atlantic Fishery
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
Management Council’s SSCs, as well as
an outside expert in recreational
fisheries economics.
Analysis shows that recreational
removals would likely decline in FY
2013, primarily due to changing stock
conditions. As a result, FY 2013
recreational measures are not drastically
different than the FY 2012 measures,
even though the reductions in the FY
2013 catch limits are relatively large.
This action increases the minimum fish
size from 18 in (45.7 cm) to 21 in (53.3
cm), for GOM haddock, with no bag
limit. The bag limit for GOM haddock
does not affect recreational haddock
mortality very much because analysis
shows that there would be fewer trips
encountering legal-sized haddock in FY
2013. This translates into lower
expected fishing effort and landings.
The minimum fish size for GOM
haddock has a greater impact on
recreational haddock and cod catch, as
well as the total number of recreational
trips. Analysis shows that the FY 2013
recreational measures in this action
would have more than a 50-percent
probability of preventing overages of the
recreational sub-ACLs for GOM cod and
haddock.
TABLE 13—FY 2013 RECREATIONAL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES FOR GOM
COD AND HADDOCK
Stock
Bag limit
GOM Cod .....
9 ...................
GOM Haddock.
Unlimited ......
Minimum size
19 in (48.3
cm).
21 in (53.3
cm).
10. Carryover of Unused Sector Annual
Catch Entitlement
Overview of measures for FY 2013.
NMFS is taking the carryover-related
actions described in the Framework 50
proposed rule (78 FR 19368; March 29,
2013). Specifically, NMFS is using
emergency rulemaking authority to
reduce the amount of unused FY 2012
GOM cod sector ACE that may be
carried over for use in FY 2013. This is
necessary to ensure the total potential
catch (i.e., ACL + potential carryover
catch) does not exceed the stock’s
overfishing limit. Consistent with the
approach outlined in the proposed rule,
NMFS is not modifying the status quo
carryover amounts specified at
§ 648.87(a)(1)(i)(C) for all other
carryover-eligible stocks. In addition,
under its rulemaking authority at
section 305(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act, NMFS clarifies that it will account
for any carryover used by sectors in FY
2013 consistent with the past two
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fishing years (2011 and 2012) by not
attributing the 2012 carryover to the
sector sub-ACL in determining if an
overage has occurred and AMs
triggered. NMFS also clarifies how it
will account for carryover catch for FY
2014 and beyond.
The emergency action and carryover
accounting practice for FY 2013, as
more fully explained in the proposed
rule and Comments and Responses, are
a 1-year bridge to FY 2014 accounting
practices to ensure stability and
predictability for sectors in transitioning
from FY 2012 to FY 2013. As explained
below, NMFS is using its 305(d)
authority to ensure that carryover
provisions are fully consistent with
National Standard 1 guidance, other
National Standards and the MagnusonStevens Act in the context of the
unusual circumstances presented this
fishing year.
GOM cod emergency measures.
Pursuant to NMFS emergency
rulemaking authority at section 305(c) of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act, this action
reduces the 10-percent maximum
carryover allowance from FY 2012 to FY
2013. The carryover provided under
§ 648.87(a)(1)(i)(C) for GOM cod ACE is
reduced from 10 percent to 1.85 percent.
This action is necessary to better ensure
that the GOM cod stock is no longer
subject to overfishing in FY 2013.
To utilize Magnuson-Stevens Act
section 305(c) emergency rulemaking,
NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, must
make determinations that a situation
satisfies the emergency criteria set forth
in statute and NMFS policy guidance.
NMFS guidance (62 FR 44421; August
21, 1997) for defining an emergency
establishes than an emergency situation
exists as situations that result from
recent, unforeseen event(s), poses a
serious conservation or management
problem in the fishery in question, and
can be addressed through emergency
rulemaking whose benefits outweigh the
value of the normal Administrative
Procedure Act (APA) notice-andcomment rulemaking process if the
emergency is implemented without
prior public comment. Because this
emergency is being implemented after
the opportunity for public comment, it
is not necessary to show the benefits of
the emergency action outweigh the
value of the normal APA process.
Analysis indicates that providing up
to 10 percent of the FY 2012 GOM cod
sector ACE as carryover in FY 2013
would result in a total potential catch
that is 12 percent above the OFL of
1,635 mt. Though the potential catch
may not be fully caught in FY 2013,
NMFS considers that allowing a
potential catch in excess of OFL poses
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
a serious conservation and management
threat to the GOM cod fishery that
results from recent, unforeseen events.
The updated stock status and catch
advice resulting from the December
2012 SARC 55 GOM cod stock
assessment was not finalized and
presented until January 2013 just before
the January 29–31 Council meeting.
Consequently, the potential impact of a
full 10-percent carryover was not fully
evaluated until March 22, 2013, when
the Council formally submitted
Framework 50. The submitted analysis
contained the critical examination of the
potential impact of not only the
Council’s recommended catch limits,
but also the potential impact of allowing
up to 10 percent carryover for all stocks.
By this time it was clearly too late for
the Council to act before the beginning
of FY 2013 and the only recourse to
address the very real potential of
overfishing of GOM cod due to the
carryover provision was this emergency
action. Accordingly, NMFS finds that all
the necessary criteria set forth in statute
and guidance concerning emergency
actions under section 305(c) have been
met. Therefore, to prevent potential
overfishing the GOM cod stock in FY
2013, NMFS is compelled, and
authorized, to take action to reduce
GOM cod maximum carryover to 1.85
percent.
Carryover for other stocks in FY 2013.
Current regulatory provisions based on
Amendment 16, allow up to 10 percent
of unused FY 2012 ACE for all stocks
except GB yellowtail flounder to be
carried over for use in FY 2013. GB
yellowtail flounder ACE is not eligible
to be carried over because no such
provision exists in the Understanding,
under which the stock is jointly
managed. Neither Amendment 16, nor
the implementing regulations, however,
clarified how allowed carryover was to
be accounted for in light of ACEs and
ACLs and AMs. Without such
clarification, as NMFS has recently
advised on several occasions, carryover
may result in sectors exceeding their
ACEs and ACLs without triggering AMs
thus potentially jeopardizing
conservation objectives. Further, if all
catch, including carryover is attributed
to ACLs the potential catch would often
exceed ACLs and in some circumstances
like FY 2013 exceed ABC. NMFS has
determined that allowing a carryover
system that provides a potential catch
level greater than ACL or ABC is not
consistent with National Standard 1.
More extensive discussion of why the
Amendment 16 carryover program is
inconsistent with National Standard 1
can be found in the preamble of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
proposed rule and in the Comments and
Responses section of this rule.
This action provides clarification for
2013 on a transitional basis, and for
2014 and beyond if the Council fails to
take action to address carryover
concerns to address the apparent
conflict between the implementation of
the carryover provision and the National
Standard 1 Guidelines.
As more fully explained and justified
in the proposed rule, and taking into
account comments on the proposed
rule, NMFS will continue in FY 2013 to
account for any carryover catch used
independent of the sector sub-ACL as it
has in the last 2 years. This means that
for carryover amounts for FY 2013 only,
up to 1.85 percent for GOM cod and up
to 10 percent of the FY 2012 sector ACE
for all other carryover-eligible stocks,
NMFS will first attribute FY 2013
catches to the available carryover for
each stock but not against the FY 2013
ACEs and ACLs for accountability
purposes. For example, if a sector
harvests 97 percent of a carryovereligible stock other than GOM cod, the
sector would be permitted to use 3
percent of its FY 2012 ACE in FY 2013.
NMFS would count this 3 percent first
and, once the 3 percent is fully utilized,
begin counting any catch thereafter
against the sector’s FY 2013 ACE. AMs
would not be triggered using catches
attributed to carryover amounts in FY
2013.
This approach has not been
problematic for the last two years as the
total catch, inclusive of carryover
utilized, has not caused any fisherylevel ACLs to be exceeded. The use of
carryover caused the total sector catch
of white hake to exceed the sector subACL in 2011; however, given NMFS’
carryover accounting practice and that
the total white hake ACL was not
exceeded, no AM was required.
Additional information and discussion
on the FYs 2010 and 2011 carryover
accounting is provided in the proposed
rule preamble and Appendix V to the
Framework 50 EA and is not repeated
here.
As more fully explained and justified
in the proposed rule and the responses
to comments, NMFS found the timing
complications previously outlined in
this section, at-sea safety concerns, and
the need to provide a reasonable and
fair transition from the current carryover
accounting method to that for 2014 and
beyond compelling reasons to not
change for FY 2013 how carryover has
been accounted for in FYs 2011 and
2012.
NMFS is confident that continuing
the past carryover accounting practice
on a transitional 1-year basis only will
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26189
not result in overfishing in FY 2013 and
will not undermine longer term
conservation objectives. More extensive
discussion and rationale for this
conclusion is provided in Appendix V
to the Framework 50 EA, and is not
repeated here. NMFS acknowledges that
this approach for FY 2013 does not
precisely meet all provisions of the
National Standard 1 guidelines or
previously provided NMFS guidance.
National Standard 1 guidelines specify
at 50 CFR 600.310(h)(3) that there are
limited circumstances that may not fit
standard approaches to management
measures set forth in the guidelines,
and, that alternative approaches may be
used if they are consistent with the
Magnuson-Stevens Act. Although NMFS
recognizes that varying from the
standard approach to management
measures specified in National Standard
1 Guidelines is not favored and should
be undertaken very sparingly, the
unusual and intractable circumstances
presented for FY 2013 clearly qualify as
the limited circumstances contemplated
by the guidelines for flexibility in
complying with the standard approach.
NMFS finds, therefore, that it has
authority and justification for
accounting for carryover catch in FY
2013 as proposed and that this approach
is consistent with the MagnusonStevens Act.
Carryover From FY 2013 to FY 2014
and Beyond
NMFS proposed new regulatory text
under its Magnuson-Stevens Act section
305(d) authority to clarify how to
account for carryover for purposes or
ACE and ACLs beginning in FY 2014
and beyond in the March 29, 2013,
proposed rule (62 FR 44421). Neither
Amendment 16, nor its implementing
regulations, provided any type of
implementation provisions with respect
to carryover, leaving it to NMFS to fill
in the regulatory gaps. As more fully
explained in the proposed rule and in
response to comments, NMFS concludes
that the application of the current
carryover provision, without this
clarification, could lead to
inconsistencies with overarching
provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act
and National Standard 1 concerning
overfishing and appropriate catch
limits. The clarification provided by this
action, therefore, is not only justified,
but compelled, by section 305(d) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, which
authorizes NMFS, by delegation from
the Secretary, to promulgate regulations
to ensure that carrying out Council
recommended measures are consistent
with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and
other applicable law.
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26190
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
To be clear, the new regulatory text
does not change the allowance of up to
10 percent carryover of uncaught
allocations from the previous year as
contended by the Council and others in
comments on the proposed rule. Rather,
the regulatory text specifies how
carryover accounting is to be
approached for purposes of ACE and
ACL. The new text specifies that an
automatic de minimus amount of
carryover will not be counted against
ACE or ACL in order to provide some
incentive for vessels not to risk safety at
sea in the last part of the fishing year.
The de minimus amount has not yet
been determined and NMFS is seeking
additional comment on this before
deciding the amount. The final rule
specifies that changes to the de minimus
amount shall be specified and
announced at least 6 months before the
end of a FY consistent with the APA.
For carryover used above this de
minimus amount, NMFS would count
any used carryover catch against the
sector sub-ACL for the purposes of
determining the appropriate AMs, but
not against the sector’s ACE. If the
overall ACL for a stock is not exceeded,
carryover would not be counted toward
the AM determination even if a
particular sub-ACL was exceeded. In a
change from the proposed rule, to
ensure that this new text is a
clarification and not a change to existing
carryover provisions, it provides that
the amount of permissible carryover
could be reduced, on an annual basis, if
requested by the Council. Such a
reduction may be warranted, for
example, in years where the catch limit
is substantially reduced from one year
to the next (e.g., FY 2012 to FY 2013
catch reductions).
Based on the public comments
received and in acknowledgement that
there is sufficient time for carryover to
be further discussed and revised
through the Council process, NMFS is
implementing the proposed measures as
an interim final rule to become effective
at the start of FY 2014 on May 1, 2014.
Additional public comment will be
solicited on NMFS’s proposed measures
for an additional 45 days. NMFS views
this as an appropriate approach to foster
additional public discussion and allow
for possible Council development of
carryover provisions that are consistent
with applicable legal requirements
while ensuring approvable carryover
provisions act as a backstop should the
Council elect not to develop a new
carryover approach for FY 2014 and
beyond.
NMFS views the proposed post hoc
clarification text as an appropriate
balance between the intent of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
Council-developed Amendment 16
program and the need to have in place
compliant measures. It preserves some
amount of year-to-year carryover that
can be counted on by industry to
promote at-sea safety and to better plan
end-of-year fishing operations, while
ensuring that carryover does not
interfere with the ACL–ACE–AM system
designed by Amendment 16.
Specifically, NMFS believes the
proposed approach satisfies the
requirements to attribute all sources of
fishing mortality to an annual catch
component with associated AMs, as
outlined by the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
The approach allows for potential
carryover but ensures that, if ACL
overages occur as a result of its use,
accountability is maintained.
Because the measures are being
implemented as an interim final rule
and have a 1-year delay in effectiveness,
NMFS may conduct additional
rulemaking to make final these
measures or to propose alternate NMFS
or Council-recommended measures
before the start of FY 2014. NMFS will
further consider the comments received
on Framework 50 as well as any
submitted on the interim final rule
when either making final the section
305(d) clarification or implementing
Council-recommended measures for FY
2014.
Comments and Responses on Measures
Proposed in the Framework 50
Proposed Rule
NMFS received 486 comments during
the comment period on the Framework
50 proposed rule. Public comments
were submitted by the Council, two
state marine fishery agencies, three nongovernmental organization (NGOs), six
industry groups, 28 recreational
fishermen, including one charter boat
organization, and 446 individuals.
NMFS requested specific comment on
the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail
flounder, including the economic
impacts of the FY 2013 catch limit,
NMFS’s proposed carryover accounting
approach for FY 2014 and beyond, and
the proposed common pool trip limits
for FY 2013. Responses to these
comments are below, and when
possible, responses to similar comments
on the proposed measures have been
consolidated. Only comments that
directly addressed the proposed
measures, or the analyses used to
support these measures, are addressed.
SNE/MA Winter Flounder Rebuilding
Program
Comment 1: Two industry groups
supported the revised rebuilding
program for SNE/MA winter flounder.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: NMFS agrees with these
commenters. In May 2012, NMFS
notified the Council that SNE/MA
winter flounder was not making
adequate rebuilding progress, and as a
result, the Council was required to
revise the rebuilding program for this
stock within 2 years, or by May 1, 2014.
The revised rebuilding program
implemented in this action is consistent
with the Council’s mandate to devise a
new rebuilding strategy for the stock
while continuing to prevent overfishing.
As stated in Item 1 of this preamble,
projections indicate that SNE/MA
winter flounder can rebuild by 2019 in
the absence of all fishing mortality. As
a result, the maximum rebuilding period
is 10 years. Taking into account the
needs of fishing communities, as
provided in section 304(e)(4) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, the rebuilding
strategy adopted in this action would
rebuild the stock by 2023 with a median
probability of success. In addition, the
revised rebuilding program
appropriately accounts for scientific
uncertainty associated with long-term
projections by providing that short-term
catch advice can be reduced from
Frebuild.
Comment 2: One industry group
commented that the biological reference
points for SNE/MA winter flounder are
based on long-term projections that are
highly uncertain. The commenter stated
that, as a result, fishing mortality targets
have been set below Frebuild to account
for this uncertainty, which will result in
forfeiting near-term yields.
Response: The revised rebuilding
strategy implemented in this action is
based on the best scientific information
available. NMFS agrees that the longterm projections are uncertain.
Considerable evidence has
demonstrated that many groundfish
stock projections in recent years have
overestimated stock growth. Given the
relative infrequency of groundfish stock
assessments, there is often a
considerable lag between the terminal
year on an assessment and the year of
the catch advice. As a result, when
catches are based on only Frebuild, they
are often based on assumptions used in
the projection, rather than any real
evidence that the stock biomass has
increased. The rebuilding strategy
implemented in this action explicitly
acknowledges this issue and allows
short-term catch advice to be less than
Frebuild in order to account for
uncertainty. If an assessment indicates
the stock is rebuilding more rapidly
than originally predicted, Frebuild will be
recalculated, and catches could be
increased. An assessment update is
preliminarily scheduled for 2014,
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
although this schedule may change
depending on assessment needs and
priorities. This action implements ABCs
for FYs 2013–2015, so presumably, if
any update is completed in 2014, Frebuild
would be recalculated, and if the stock
is rebuilding faster than predicted,
catches could be increased.
The SSC noted in its ABC
recommendation for this stock that a
constant catch of 1,676 mt for FYs
2013–2015 is based on the long-term
yield expected if recruitment of the
stock follows more recent trends, as
opposed to the longer term trend used
in the assessment. The SSC also stated
that recent recruitment has been
consistently below the recruitment
predicted in the assessment, which
could be indicative of an environmental
change, or a poor model fit. Due to the
uncertainty in the projections, and
recruitment that is consistently less than
expected, NMFS thinks it is appropriate
to reduce catches below Frebuild to
account for these uncertainties even
though this may result in forfeiting nearterm yields. This will help ensure that
the stock rebuilds on time, and will also
help ensure that overfishing does not
occur.
Comment 3: One NGO stated that
increasing fishing mortality on a stock
that is not making adequate rebuilding
progress is inappropriate.
Response: Amendment 16 adopted a
rebuilding strategy for SNE/MA winter
flounder that would keep fishing
mortality as close to zero as possible
and rebuild the stock by 2014. NMFS
notified the Council in May 2012 that
SNE/MA winter flounder was not
making adequate rebuilding progress,
and as a result, was required to revise
the rebuilding program for this stock
within 2 years, or by May 1, 2014.
Framework 50 responds to this
requirement consistent with MagnusonStevens Act and National Standards.
The Council calculated the maximum
rebuilding time period for this stock
appropriately. Further, a rebuilding end
date of 2023 has a median probability of
success, which is consistent with the
relevant case law. Fishing mortality may
increase compared to recent years
because the rebuilding strategy no
longer aims to keep fishing morality as
close to zero as possible. However, the
FYs 2013–2015 ABCs are consistent
with the revised rebuilding program,
and are actually lower than Frebuild in
order to account for scientific
uncertainty in the projections. Reducing
catches from Frebuild will help increase
the chances that rebuilding will occur
on schedule because the realized
recruitment, which is less than the
recruitment predicated in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
assessment, was used to inform catch
advice.
Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic
Winter Flounder Management
Measures
Comment 4: One NGO opposed
reopening a directed fishery on SNE/
MA winter flounder to mitigate
economic impacts of catch limit
reductions for other groundfish stocks.
The commenter proposed that, if
economic mitigation was critical, the
groundfish fleet could have been
allowed to land its bycatch of SNE/MA
winter flounder that is caught while
prosecuting other fisheries.
Response: The new rebuilding plan
and management strategy for SNE/MA
winter flounder is not being done only
to mitigate economic impacts, but rather
to implement a new rebuilding strategy
as allowed by the Magnuson-Stevens
Act when a management plan is not
making adequate progress. The revised
management plan takes into account all
National Standards, including the
requirement to mitigate negative
impacts on the fishing community, to
the extent practicable, in light of
conservation requirements. The
Groundfish Plan Development Team
presented the idea to the Council’s
Groundfish Committee that, if the
catches under the revised rebuilding
strategy were too low to allocate the
stock to sectors, a trip limit could be
used for sector and common pool
vessels. This trip limit would have
allowed vessels to land a small amount
of SNE/MA winter flounder, which may
have provided a small economic benefit
to the fishery. In this case, the reactive
area-based AM that was initially
proposed in Framework 48 would have
been implemented. If vessels are
allowed to land the stock, regardless of
whether trip limits were implemented,
or the stock was allocated to sectors, the
FYs 2013–2015 ABCs were developed
first, consistent with the revised
rebuilding program. Allocating the stock
to sectors provides a greater amount of
catch accountability in the fishery, and
if a sector catches its entire ACE, it must
stop fishing in the SNE/MA winter
flounder stock area, unless it leases
additional ACE for this stock. This helps
prevent overages of the ACLs, and better
ensures that overfishing will not occur.
Allocating the stock to sectors also
provides the greatest amount of
flexibility for groundfish vessels.
Comment 5: One individual, one
state, and two industry groups
supported the allocation of SNE/MA
winter flounder to sectors and stated
that this will ensure accountability and
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26191
would provide a small amount of
economic relief for groundfish vessels.
Response: NMFS agrees that
allocating the stock to sectors ensures
the greatest amount of catch
accountability. As noted earlier, because
sectors are prohibited from fishing in a
stock area if they do not have any ACE
for the pertinent stock, this helps ensure
that ACLs are not exceeded, and helps
ensure that overfishing does not occur.
Based on analysis completed by the
Council for Framework 50, although
other stocks will still be limiting for
groundfish vessels, it appears that this
measure could provide additional
fishing opportunities, and potentially
provide an additional $5.4 million in
ex-vessel revenues in FY 2013.
FY 2013 GB Yellowtail Flounder Catch
Limits
Comment 6: Two industry groups and
one state marine fisheries agency
supported the Council’s preferred
alternative for GB yellowtail flounder (a
FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt), and stated
that this ABC proposed by the Council
in Framework 50 was based on the
SSC’s recommendation. Two of these
commenters were disappointed that a
stronger effort was not made to
reconvene the TMGC in order to
renegotiate the 2013 quota for GB
yellowtail flounder after the Council
adopted a higher quota than what was
recommended by the TMGC, and that
the industry should not suffer because
the Council did not reconcile the higher
quota with the TMGC. The state also
noted that the TRAC assessment for GB
yellowtail flounder was at odds with a
yellowtail flounder tagging study
completed by the University of
Massachusetts Dartmouth School for
Marine Science and Technology
(SMAST).
Response: This final rule disapproves
the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail
flounder that the Council proposed in
Framework 50 because it would likely
not end overfishing for the stock and
would not be based on the best
scientific information available, not
because the ABC recommended by the
Council is inconsistent with the TMGC’s
recommendation. These reasons are
more fully discussed earlier in this
preamble, and are not repeated here (see
Disapproved Measures and Item 4 of
this preamble).
With respect to the comment
regarding reconvening the TMGC, the
Council did not pass any motion to
reconvene the TMGC and renegotiate
the TMGC’s recommendation for 2013
catches of GB yellowtail flounder. But,
in addition, based on preliminary
information during the development of
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26192
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Framework 50, the Council’s ABC
recommendation of 1,150 mt did not
appear to be based on the 2012 TRAC
assessment, which Canada had
supported as the best scientific
information available. Moreover,
Canada expressed concern for the SSC’s
recommendation of 1,150 mt in that it
appeared to be arbitrary, and not based
on the 2012 assessment. For all of these
reasons, NMFS does not believe it
would have been appropriate, or
warranted, to request that the TMGC renegotiate the 2013 quota for GB
yellowtail flounder.
There have been multiple instances in
recent years where the TMGC has
reconvened, at the request of the
Council and NMFS, in order to renegotiate the TMGC’s recommendations.
In one of these cases, for FY 2011,
reconvening the TMGC resulted in the
TMGC recommending a higher GB
yellowtail flounder quota than initially
agreed upon in order to respond to new
U.S. law that had recently been enacted
(the International Fisheries Agreement
Clarification Act). In this case, the
renegotiated quota was consistent with
the best scientific information available
and other applicable law. NMFS agrees
that, under special circumstances, the
TMGC should be reconvened if the
respective U.S. or Canadian
management bodies have quota
recommendations that differ from the
TMGC. However, the TMGC provides
catch recommendations based on the
annual TRAC assessments that are
conducted annually for each stock.
Therefore, special circumstances that
would warrant reconvening the TMGC
would likely be the result of new,
recently discovered information that
becomes available after the TMGC
meets, or if the TMGC’s
recommendations are determined to be
inconsistent with the conservation
objectives of the FMP or MagnusonStevens Act requirements. Moreover, as
discussed in more detail earlier in this
preamble, NMFS has made a final
determination that a 2013 ABC of 1,150
mt is not consistent with the best
scientific information available, would
likely fail to end overfishing for the
stock, and would undermine the
conservation objectives of the FMP.
NMFS voiced these concerns during the
development of Framework 50, and
does not agree with the commenter that
NMFS did not provide guidance and
advice on how best to approach the ABC
recommendation of 1,150 mt with
Canada. For all of these reasons
mentioned above, NMFS does not agree
that the TMGC should have been
reconvened given the results of the 2012
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
TRAC assessment, and the
inconsistencies in the SSC’s
recommendation with these assessment
results.
The SMAST yellowtail flounder
tagging study was not submitted, or
presented, at the 2012 TRAC meeting,
and as a result, was not able to be
considered as part of the 2012
assessment. However, since this issue
has been raised, the NEFSC has met
with SMAST scientists to discuss the
results of the tagging study. NEFSC and
SMAST scientists identified additional
analyses that should be conducted to
address some concerns with the initial
results of the tagging study. These
additional analyses are scheduled to be
presented at the June 2013 TRAC
assessment for GB yellowtail flounder.
NMFS supports the continued
discussions of this tagging study in
order to incorporate these results into
the next assessment, and agrees that
additional information like this could
better inform the assessment.
Comment 7: Two industry groups and
one state marine fisheries agency
opposed the proposed emergency
rulemaking to implement a FY 2013
ABC of 500 mt for GB yellowtail
flounder and stated that NMFS does not
have the authority to do this. The state
marine fishery agency also commented
that the proposed emergency
rulemaking is not consistent with the
SSC’s recommendation.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it
does not have the authority to
disapprove the Council’s recommended
ABC of 1,150 mt, and instead,
implement an ABC of 500 mt. As
specified in the Magnuson-Stevens Act,
NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, must
ensure that any FMP (and by extension
framework and amendment) be carried
out in accordance with provisions in the
Magnuson-Stevens Act. Thus, once a
plan is submitted to NMFS for review
and approval, NMFS must make the
final determination that the plan, along
with its corresponding measures, is
consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens
Act and the National Standards. As
discussed at length earlier in this
preamble (see Disapproved Measures),
NMFS is disapproving the ABC of 1,150
mt that was adopted by the Council in
Framework 50 because it would likely
fail to prevent overfishing, and is not
based on the best scientific information
available, which violates National
Standards 1 and 2 of the MagnusonStevens Act. Through emergency
authority, this final rule implements a
FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt that is
consistent with the best scientific
information available and the SSC and
TMGC’s recommendation, as well as
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
NMFS guidance on emergency rules.
This action is discussed at length in a
previous section of this preamble, and
so is not repeated here (see Item 4 of
this preamble).
NMFS disagrees with the comment
that a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt is not
consistent with the SSC’s
recommendation. The SSC’s final report
on 2013 catch limits for GB yellowtail
flounder recommended a range of ABCs
from 200–1,150 mt. The Council
selected the highest possible ABC from
this range, which NMFS has determined
would likely not end overfishing for this
stock and is not consistent with the best
scientific information. The details of the
SSC’s recommendations have been
discussed in detail in previous sections
of this preamble, and are not repeated
here. However, the SSC recommended a
FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt as a backstop
measure only for a bycatch-only fishery,
and also recommended a range of FY
2013 ABCs consistent with the range of
catch advice provided by the 2012
TRAC assessment (200–500 mt). Thus,
although the statutory requirement to
abide by the SSC’s recommendation
only applies to the Council, the
emergency rulemaking is consistent
with the SSC’s recommendations.
Moreover, even if 1,150 mt was not
determined to violate MagnusonStevens Act requirements, selecting an
ABC that is below the highest catch
level recommended by the SSC does not
make an ABC inconsistent with the
SSC’s recommendations. The SSC’s
ABC recommendation is a limit, which
the Council cannot go above. However,
this does not, and should not, preclude
the Council from selecting an ABC that
is lower than the SSC’s catch advice.
Comment 8: Two industry groups and
one state marine fishery agency
commented that a FY 2013 ABC of 500
mt will result in economic disaster and
fishery closures.
Response: Available analysis does
show that a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt
(U.S. quota 215 mt) will have economic
impacts on groundfish and scallop
vessels, and coupled with reductions in
catch limits for other key groundfish
stocks, this action could have severe,
negative impacts on the fishery. These
reductions are necessary in order to
meet conservation objectives and satisfy
applicable Magnuson-Stevens Act
requirements that require conservation
measures even if it results in severe
negative economic impacts.
Nevertheless, there are numerous
mitigation measures that are already in
place, or are being implemented in
connection with this action, to help
mitigate negative impacts of low catch
limits in FY 2013. In addition, NMFS is
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
seeking other ways to reduce these
impacts. Most directly related to the
availability of GB yellowtail flounder
quota, the TMGC began developing a
quota trading mechanism to be used to
trade quota between the U.S. and
Canada. In February 2013, the TMGC
drafted a series of guiding principles
that should be used by both countries in
developing and implementing trades. In
April 2013, the TMGC recommended
these guiding principles to the U.S./
Canada Steering Committee, and also
recommended that a pilot project be
developed with candidate stocks (GB
yellowtail flounder and eastern GB
haddock). The U.S./Canada Steering
Committee agreed to move forward with
development of a trading mechanism.
The next step for the Council and NMFS
will be to outline how a trading
mechanism would be implemented in
U.S., and what modifications would be
required to the FMP. NMFS is
committed to developing a trading
mechanism that can provide for
additional fishing opportunities for U.S.
vessels, and will support the Council in
moving this issue forward. Trading
quota with Canada would provide
additional fishing opportunities for U.S.
vessels faced with a dramatic reduction
in the GB yellowtail flounder quota, and
if possible, NMFS supports any
potential trade that could occur in FY
2013.
This final rule provides additional
fishing opportunities by allocating SNE/
MA winter flounder to sectors and
allowing commercial and recreational
vessels to land this stock. This is
expected to provide additional fishing
opportunities and has the potential to
provide an additional $5.4 million in
ex-vessel revenue than if possession of
the stock continued to be prohibited in
FY 2013. This final rule also
implements an emergency rulemaking
to increase the FY 2013 ABC for white
hake based on the new assessment that
was completed in February 2013.
Additional white hake quota may
provide additional fishing opportunities
as it reduces the likelihood that
groundfish vessels would be
constrained by available white hake
quota. In addition, Framework 48
reduces the minimum fish size for
yellowtail flounder, cod, haddock, and
other groundfish stocks. This measure is
expected to reduce regulatory discards
for these stocks, which analysis shows
may increase trip revenues and help
achieve the economic benefits of OY.
Framework 48 also adopts a measure
that allows sector vessels to request
access to the year-round groundfish
closed areas in order to provide
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
additional opportunity for vessels to
target healthy stocks that may be more
abundant in these areas. NMFS is
considering and analyzing sector
requests through a separate rulemaking
in FY 2013 as a potential way to
increase the likelihood of achieving OY
and mitigating economic impacts of the
FY 2013 catch limits. NMFS has also
approved 23 regulatory exemptions
requested by sectors in the final rule for
FY 2013 Sector Operations Plans and
Contracts, and Allocation of ACE. These
exemptions are meant to provide sector
vessels the greatest amount of flexibility
possible to make business plans and
harvest available ACE in FY 2013.
More importantly, NMFS intends to
pay for at-sea monitoring costs for the
groundfish fishery in FY 2013 to help
provide some economic relief to vessels.
NMFS has also implemented emergency
measures to temporarily suspend
monkfish trip limits for some
groundfish vessels and provide
additional fishing opportunities that
could increase landings and revenues.
Cumulatively, all of these measures are
expected to help mitigate the
anticipated impacts of the catch limit
reductions for many key groundfish
stocks in FY 2013. The Council, and
NMFS, will continue to develop
measures that can provide some
economic relief to the fishery and help
vessels target healthy groundfish stocks.
Comment 9: Three NGOs supported
disapproval of the FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 for GB yellowtail flounder that
was proposed by the Council in
Framework 50. Two of these
organizations support the proposed
emergency rule to implement a FY 2013
ABC of 500 mt; however one NGO
opposed this action, and stated that this
situation does not meet the required
emergency criteria.
Response: NMFS agrees with the
comments that the FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder
should be disapproved. NMFS is
disapproving this ABC in Framework
50, and through this final rule, is
implementing a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt
through an emergency rule. This issue is
discussed in detail earlier in this
preamble (see Disapproved Measures
and Item 4 of this preamble), and is not
repeated here.
NMFS disagrees that this situation
does not meet the required emergency
criteria. The commenter stated that the
FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt proposed in
Framework 50 should be disapproved
and the issue be remanded back to the
Council for action. NMFS finds this
suggestion irresponsible and
impractical, as it would pose harm to
the resource, cause severe disruption to
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26193
the fishery, and undermine the joint
management of this stock with Canada
under the Understanding. As described
at length in Item 4 of this preamble,
setting an ABC of 500 mt for this stock
meets emergency rule guidance
provided by the NMFS. The need for
this emergency is based on recent,
unforeseen events given that the
Council did not take final action on
Framework 50 until January 2013. This
is nearly 2 months after the Council
typically takes final action on
groundfish management actions in order
to submit the action to NMFS for review
and implementation by the start of the
groundfish fishing year on May 1. As
previously outlined in this rule, there
were a number of factors that
contributed to the recent, and
unforeseen, events that justified an
emergency action in this situation. The
commenter did not provide any realistic
alternative to the emergency rule to
implement a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt for
GB yellowtail flounder. In addition, the
proposal to remand the issue back to the
Council for action ignores the negative
biological, social, and economic impacts
that no action would have on the
resource and the fishery. As outlined
here, and previously in the preamble of
this rule, this situation does meet the
necessary emergency rulemaking
criteria and is consistent with the
applicable Magnuson-Stevens Act
requirements, as well as the policy
guidelines for the use of emergency
rules previously published by NMFS (62
FR 44421; August 21, 1997).
Comment 10: One industry group
commented that the scallop fishery’s
allocation of GB yellowtail flounder
under a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt would
probably prevent overages, but does not
provide 100 percent of the scallop
fishery’s need.
Response: Framework 48 adopts a
fixed allocation of the U.S. ABC for GB
yellowtail flounder. In FY 2013,
Framework 48 implements an allocation
of 40 percent of the U.S. ABC, and in
FY 2014 and beyond, the scallop fishery
will receive 16 percent of the U.S. ABC.
The emergency rule implemented in
this action implements a FY 2013 ABC
of 500 mt for GB yellowtail flounder,
which results in a scallop fishery subACL of 83.4 mt (40 percent of the U.S.
ABC of 215 mt). Framework 24 to the
Atlantic Sea Scallop FMP (Framework
24) adopted management measures for
the scallop fishery for FY 2013. The
amount of GB yellowtail flounder
expected to be caught by the scallop
fishery under the preferred alternative
in Framework 24 was estimated
between 40.7 mt at the low end, to 152.8
mt at the high end. The medium
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26194
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
estimate of GB yellowtail flounder
expected to be caught by scallop vessels
in FY 2013 is 83.4 mt. These estimates
do have some uncertainty. If the
realized catch of the scallop fishery is
between the low and medium estimates,
then it is unlikely that the FY 2013 subACL will be constraining for the scallop
fishery, and that the scallop fishery’s
AM would be triggered. If scallop
fishery catches of GB yellowtail
flounder in FY 2013 are closer to the
high end, the FY 2013 allocation could
be constraining, and may trigger the
scallop fishery’s AM. However, there are
some measures that may help mitigate
this, and a bycatch avoidance program
that will help ensure scallop vessels
avoid GB yellowtail flounder hotspots.
These measures are discussed in more
detail below.
Due to the declining status of GB
yellowtail flounder, and the low U.S.
ABC for the stock in FY 2013, it is
possible that scallop vessels could be
constrained by their allocation.
However, Framework 47 adopted a
measure that provides flexibility for the
scallop fishery, and can help mitigate
low GB yellowtail flounder quotas. This
measure specifies that the scallop
fishery’s AM for GB yellowtail flounder
is only triggered if the scallop fishery
exceeds its sub-ACL by 50 percent or
more, or if the scallop fishery exceeds
its sub-ACL and the total ACL is also
exceeded. This measure functions as a
‘‘pseudo’’ quota transfer from the
groundfish fishery to the scallop fishery
in order to balance the need to achieve
OY in the fishery, prevent loss of
scallop yield, and prevent overfishing
for the stock.
In addition, the scallop fishery has
used a bycatch avoidance program
developed by the SMAST. This program
has been successful in recent years to
help scallop vessels target areas with
high scallop yield, while avoiding
hotspots of yellowtail flounder. SMAST
has announced that it is expanding this
program for the 2013 fishing year to
help mitigate the low quotas for GB
yellowtail flounder. NMFS expects that
this program will continue to reduce the
bycatch of GB yellowtail flounder in the
scallop fishery, and supports the
expansion of this program to maximize
benefits to the scallop fishery.
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
FYs 2013–2015 GOM Cod Catch Limits
Comment 11: One industry group and
one state marine fishery agency opposed
the GOM cod catch limits proposed in
Framework 50 and stated that these
catch limits are too low. These
commenters supported the Council’s
request to NMFS to implement interim
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
measures in FY 2013 to further reduce
but not end overfishing for GOM cod.
Response: NMFS disagrees that the
FYs 2013–2015 catch limits for GOM
cod are too low in light of best available
scientific information. The catch limits
adopted in Framework 50 are necessary
to end overfishing for GOM cod and
allow some stock rebuilding. These
catch limits are based on the December
2012 benchmark assessment, which was
completed at the request of the Council
and industry to address outstanding
issues from the December 2011
benchmark assessment for this stock
(i.e., discard mortality rates, fishery
selectivity, etc.).
In May 2012, NMFS notified the
Council that based on the results from
the December 2011 assessment for GOM
cod, the stock was overfished and
overfishing was occurring. In addition,
the results of the assessment indicated
that the stock was not making adequate
rebuilding progress. These assessment
results resulted in a significantly revised
scientific understanding of the status of
this stock. As a result, NMFS notified
the Council that it must implement a
revised rebuilding program for GOM
cod within 2 years, or by May 1, 2014,
and that it must end overfishing within
1 year, or by May 1, 2013. For FY 2012,
NMFS implemented interim measures
to reduce but not end overfishing for
GOM cod while the Council responded
to the new assessment information and
developed appropriate management
measures to end overfishing for the
stock.
The interim measures implemented
by NMFS were only a 1-year temporary
exception to the Magnuson-Stevens Act
requirement to end overfishing
immediately. Section 304(e)(6) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act allows a
temporary exception to the requirement
to end overfishing immediately in
certain narrow circumstances during the
development or revision of a rebuilding
plan. When NMFS implemented the
interim measures for FY 2012, it
determined that the application of this
exception was limited to 1 year, as
constrained by the limited authority
provided in 305(c). The Council and
others have argued that the Secretary
may issue back-to-back interim actions
to span the full 2 years the Council may
take to revise the rebuilding program for
GOM cod. To be consistent with
relevant provisions of the MagnusonStevens Act, and in light of its clear
mandate to end overfishing, a second
year of interim measures for GOM cod
is not justified unless a change in
circumstances has created a new
emergency situation that would permit
such action. There are no new
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
circumstances that would give rise to a
new set of interim measures for FY
2013. Also, as noted by one of the
commenters, GOM cod abundance is
low. NMFS has repeatedly said, because
of the status of the stock, allowing
overfishing for another year on this
stock would not be prudent. Framework
50 adopts FYs 2013–2015 specifications
consistent with the best scientific
information available that will end
overfishing for the stock. Thus, this final
rule appropriately responds to the
Council’s requirement that it must end
overfishing for GOM cod by May 1,
2013.
Comment 12: Three NGOs opposed
the FYs 2013–2015 catch limits for
GOM cod and stated that these
specifications are too high, and deviate
from the Council’s ABC control rule.
These comments also noted that the
preferred alternative for GOM cod is not
consistent with the SSC’s
recommendation.
Response: NMFS disagrees. The FYs
2013–2015 catch limits for GOM cod are
not too high because they are consistent
with best scientific information
available. The GOM cod specifications
implemented in this action were
developed using the results of the
December 2012 benchmark assessment
for the stock and are consistent with the
SSC’s recommendation. As discussed in
detail in Item 4 of this preamble, the
SSC recommended two constant ABCs
for FYs 2013–2015: 1,249 and 1,550 mt.
Although the SSC preferred a constant
catch ABC of 1,249 mt because it
increases the likelihood of stock
rebuilding, the SSC also recommended
a constant catch ABC of 1,550 mt for
reasons that are summarized below and
discussed more fully in Item 4 of this
preamble.
The December 2012 benchmark
assessment for GOM cod provided a
unique situation because two
assessment models were approved.
NMFS discussed the details of these two
models, which resulted in the two ABC
alternatives recommended by the SSC,
as well as the SSC’s rationale for
recommending an ABC for GOM cod
that deviates from the Council’s ABC
control rule, in Item 4 of this preamble.
This discussion is not repeated here.
However, NMFS has determined that
the SSC’s recommendation for a FY
2013–2015 ABC of 1,550 mt is
consistent with the relevant sections of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act and
Amendment 16, and that the SSC
adequately justified why the available
information provided a better
understanding of the scientific
uncertainty in the assessment.
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Moreover, both ABC alternatives are
substantially lower than the FY 2012
catch limits, and will result in
significant reductions in commercial
catches compared to FY 2012. Both
ABCs would also result in similar
projected stock increases. Because both
ABC alternatives are consistent with the
relevant provisions of MagnusonStevens Act and would likely end
overfishing in FY 2013, it is important
to consider the needs of fishing
communities. Although the differences
in revenue between a FY 2013 ABC of
1,249 and 1,550 mt are relatively small,
these differences are not insignificant
given the dramatic reductions the
groundfish fishery is facing in FY 2013.
To ignore an alternative that meets the
conservation objectives of the FMP and
the Magnuson-Stevens Act and that
could help mitigate some of the
economic impacts of this action would
not be consistent with National
Standard 8.
FYs 2013–2015 Catch Limits
Comment 13: A NGO commented that
the FYs 2013–2015 specifications are
not precautionary enough given the
uncertainties in the assessments. One
individual opposed the catch limits
stating that they are too high, but did
not provide any specific rationale. The
NGO, in addition to 438 individuals,
commented that there should be no
directed fishing for cod.
Response: NMFS disagrees that the
FYs 2013–2015 specifications are not
precautionary enough in light of best
scientific information available. As
discussed in detail in Item 4 of this
preamble, and Appendix I of the EA (see
ADDRESSES), there are a number of
stocks for which constant catch ABCs
are adopted for FYs 2013–2015
specifically to account for the scientific
uncertainty in the assessments and
catch projections. In these cases, ABC is
set at 75% FMSY for FY 2013, consistent
with the ABC control rule, but is held
constant for FY 2014 and 2015. This
results in a larger buffer between the
OFL and ABC in FYs 2014–2015 than
the ABC control rule would, if applied,
and as a result is actually more
precautionary to address uncertainties
in the assessments. A full description of
the analyses completed to develop the
ABC recommendations is not repeated
here.
Moreover, the commenter took an
excerpt of the proposed rule to this
action out of context. The commenter
cited language from the proposed rule
that explained the Council
recommended the ABCs provided by the
SSC, which are the highest allowed, for
all stocks except GB yellowtail flounder
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
as evidence that the specifications are
not sufficiently precautionary. However,
this rationale in the proposed rule was
provided to explain why, under the
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act (IRFA),
there were no other alternatives to the
FYs 2013–2015 ABCs proposed in
Framework 50 that would mitigate the
economic impacts of this action. This
comment was taken out of context, and
is not indicative that the catch limits in
this action are not precautionary
enough. As already noted, the
specifications implemented in this
action are based on the best scientific
information available, and are
consistent with conservation objectives
of the FMP and applicable law. Also, as
discussed in Items 1 and 4, for many
stocks, specific action has been taken to
attempt to account for uncertainty in
catch projections (e.g., constant catch
ABCs, catches lower than Frebuild, etc.).
NMFS believes that this increases the
likelihood that overfishing will not
occur, and that stock rebuilding occurs
on schedule.
NMFS disagrees with the
commenters’ proposal that the fishery
should be closed to directed fishing for
cod. Given the low quotas for both cod
stocks beginning in FY 2013, it is
unlikely that cod will be a primary
directed species. Rather, most
groundfish vessels will likely use their
available cod quota to prosecute other
fisheries. The initial FY 2013 cod trip
limits for common pool vessels are so
low that they will likely preempt these
vessels from any directed fishing on
cod. However, it is unclear whether the
commenter intended that trip limits
should be extended for sector vessels in
order to prevent directed fishing, or
whether possession of the stock should
be prohibited. Regardless, both the
commercial and recreational groundfish
fisheries receive allocations of cod,
which, in addition to other management
measures and AMs, help prevent
catches from exceeding these sub-ACLs.
In addition, sector vessels have the
flexibility to make business plans and
fish as efficiently as possible in order to
maximize revenues with available
allocations. NMFS disagrees that trip
limits would be appropriate for sector
vessels, and believes this is contrary to
the intent of Amendment 16 and the
sector management program. The
Council is required to revise the
rebuilding program for GOM cod by
May 1, 2014, and the Council could
consider a rebuilding strategy that
would keep fishing mortality as close to
zero as possible, or that would
necessarily prevent directed fishing on
GOM cod. Similarly, the Council could
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26195
adopt management measures in its next
action that would necessarily prevent
directed fishing for GB cod.
Comment 14: One industry group
opposed the FYs 2013–2015 catch limits
for GOM haddock that were adopted in
Framework 50 and stated that the
management of GOM and GB haddock
ignores known spillover of GB haddock
into the GOM.
Response: The FYs 2013–2015 ABCs
for GOM haddock are based on the best
scientific information available, and are
necessary to end overfishing for the
stock. The issue of GB haddock
spillover into the GOM was recently
raised in early 2013. As a result, the
Council tasked the Groundfish Plan
Development Team (PDT) and the SSC
to examine the potential spillover. The
Groundfish PDT continues to analyze
the potential mixing of these two stocks.
However, to date, no analysis is
conclusive, and it appears than even if
mixing can be demonstrated, it would
be difficult to quantify mixing rates
sufficient to adjust catch advice. At its
April 16, 2013, meeting, the Council’s
Groundfish Committee passed a motion
requesting that NMFS implement an
emergency action to allow 10 percent of
the GB and GOM haddock catch limits
to be used interchangeably to address
potential stock mixing.
Currently, there is no conclusive
analysis on potential mixing of GB and
GOM haddock, and as a result, it does
not appear that there is any peerreviewed scientific information
available that would support any
management action at this time. NMFS
supports the ongoing analysis of this
issue by the Groundfish PDT and SSC.
Once the analysis is complete, NMFS
will continue to work with the Council
on this issue.
Comment 15: One NGO generally
supported the proposed catch limits,
with the exception of GOM cod and GB
yellowtail flounder, but noted concerns
for the methods used to evaluate
management uncertainty. The NGO
requested that NMFS and the Council
should develop a more rigorous analysis
of the various components of
management uncertainty.
Response: Appendix II to Framework
44 to the FMP (Framework 44) discusses
the elements of management uncertainty
that are taken into account to reduce the
ABC to the ACL. This appendix can be
accessed here: https://www.nefmc.org/
nemulti/. Framework 44 set
the default management uncertainty
buffer for the groundfish fishery at 5
percent for most stocks. For stocks with
less management uncertainty, the ACL
is set at 97 percent of the ABC (e.g.,
stocks with no state waters catch), for
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26196
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
stocks with more management
uncertainty (e.g., zero possession
stocks), the ACL is set at 93 percent of
the ACL. These buffers are more fully
discussed in Appendix II to Framework
44 and Appendix II to Framework 50,
and are not repeated here. However, the
management uncertainty buffers are
revisited each time the Council sets
specifications. Since the adoption of the
‘‘default’’ management uncertainty
buffers in Framework 44, the Council
has reviewed and modified the
management uncertainty buffers
multiple times.
During the development of
Framework 50, the Groundfish PDT
reviewed the management uncertainty
buffers and recommended a number of
changes to the Council, which the
Council adopted in this action. The
Council did discuss increasing the
management uncertainty buffer for all
stocks because of evidence that fishing
behavior may differ on observed and
unobserved trips, which could
underestimate discards. However, the
Groundfish PDT was unable to estimate
the amount of suspected bias of
observed trips in order to establish the
correct buffer, and the management
uncertainty buffer was not increased.
Because total catches of most allocated
stocks has been below 90 percent of the
total ACL in recent years, it was
determined that this would likely
reduce the risk that actual catches
would exceed the ACL if there was any
potential bias in discard estimates.
NMFS agrees that it would be
beneficial to complete additional
analysis to attempt to quantify various
components of management
uncertainty. However, it is often
difficult to quantify these components,
or make definitive conclusions on these
types of analyses, since data must be
used to infer activity that may not be
observed or documented. NMFS
supports the continued improvement of
available analyses, and expects that as
additional data become available, these
types of analyses will improve. NMFS
will continue to urge the Council to
routinely review the management
uncertainty buffers for their
appropriateness.
Comment 16: One state marine
fisheries agency commented that the
amount of the ABC set aside for state
waters catch is guesswork, and does not
reflect past history of what was caught
from state waters by state-only vessels.
Response: NMFS disagrees. The
amount of the ABC set aside for states
waters is not ‘‘guesswork.’’ The
Groundfish PDT provides analysis to the
Council that looks at recent years’ catch
of groundfish stocks in state waters.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
This review is done each time
specifications are set for groundfish
stocks. As additional years of catch data
become available, NMFS expects that
the amount estimated for state waters
catch will become increasingly more
accurate. However, it is often difficult to
anticipate how catch in state waters will
change in response to a Federal
management action, state waters trip
limits, or variability in the catch limits
for groundfish stocks. As the commenter
accurately points out, the amount of the
ABC set aside for state waters is not an
allocation, and is not considered an
ACL, because there is no associated AM
should state waters catch exceed the
allotted amount. NMFS also notes that
the Council can adopt different
percentages for the amount of ABC set
aside for state waters. The ABC
distribution implemented in this final
rule is consistent with the Council’s
preferred alternative for FYs 2013–2015
catch limits.
FY 2013 Common Pool Management
Measures
Comment 17: One industry group
supported the concept of the GOM cod
trip limit for Handgear A vessels to be
no lower than 100 lb (45.4 kg), and up
to the maximum 300 lb (136.2 kg)
allowed, and stated that trip limits
should be charged in 100-lb (45.4-kg)
increments to make it easier to quantify
when the trip limit is increased. The
commenter also noted that the GOM cod
trip limit should be low enough to
prevent shutting down the common
pool fishery before the end of the first
trimester.
Response: NMFS agrees. This final
rule implements an initial FY 2013
GOM cod trip limit of 100 lb (45.4 kg)
for Handgear A vessels. The initial GOM
cod trip limit is reduced from the 300
lb (136.2 kg) maximum, as required, to
be the same as the trip limit applicable
to common pool vessels fishing under a
Category A DAS. This low initial trip
limit is to ensure that the common pool
fishery does not exceed its Trimester
TACs, or its sub-ACL. In addition, if
catch information indicates that the
common pool fishery will prematurely
catch its trimester TAC for any stock,
NMFS does have the ability to adjust the
applicable trip limits for common pool
vessels and will do so to help ensure
that the trimester TAC is not exceeded.
NMFS agrees that trip limits, and any
other applicable management measures,
should be aimed to allow the common
pool fishery to approach, but not exceed
its TAC each trimester.
Comment 18: One individual
commented that the trip limit for SNE/
MA winter flounder should be 500 lb
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(226.8 kg) per DAS, though it was not
clear whether the commenter supported
this trip limit for common pool vessels
or the entire commercial groundfish
fishery (sector and common pool
vessels). This individual commented
that there should be no differential DAS
counting in SNE.
Response: Available information and
analysis based on recent common pool
effort, indicates that the common pool
fishery will likely only catch
approximately 18 to 65 percent of its
sub-ACL for SNE/MA winter flounder
even with a possession limit of 5,000 lb
(2,268 kg) per DAS up to 15,000 lb
(6,803.9 kg) per trip. As a result, NMFS
implements this initial trip limit for FY
2013 for common pool vessels. The RA
may adjust the trip limit inseason, so if
available catch information shows that
the common pool fishery will exceed its
sub-ACL, the RA would reduce the trip
limit for common pool vessels to
prevent an overage.
The RA is not implementing any
differential DAS counting in any area
for FY 2013 for common pool vessels.
Comment 19: One industry group
opposes the Trimester TAC management
system for the common pool fishery
especially given the extremely low
quotas for the common pool fishery. The
commenter suggested eliminating this
regulation in the next framework or
amendment to the FMP.
Response: The Trimester TAC AM
provision was adopted in Amendment
16 in 2010. Indeed, this AM is only one
type of reactive AM that the Council
may use, and the Council could develop
a different AM for the common pool
fishery if it chooses. As the commenter
correctly stated, any changes to the
Trimester TAC provision would have to
be developed through the Council
process in a future management action.
However, if trip limits continue to be an
effective proactive AM that keeps
common pool catch within allowable
levels, the Trimester TAC AM will
likely not be triggered.
FY 2013 Recreational Management
Measures
Comment 20: Twenty eight
commenters (27 individuals and the one
charter boat organization) supported the
FY 2013 recreational management
measures for FY 2013. The commenters
stated that the bag limits are reasonable
and allow charter/party and recreational
vessels to make a worthwhile trip.
Response: NMFS agrees. The FY 2013
recreational measures implemented in
this final rule will balance the need for
a reasonable bag limit, and help ensure
that the recreational fishery does not
exceed its sub-ACL for GOM cod or
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
haddock. Item 9 of this preamble more
fully discusses these measures, and
detailed analysis is provided in the EA
prepared for this action (see
ADDRESSES). These discussions are not
repeated here.
Comment 21: One industry group and
two individuals opposed the proposed
FY 2013 recreational management
measures and stated that the bag limits
for GOM cod and haddock should be
lower.
Response: NMFS disagrees. Analysis
shows that the FY 2013 recreational
measures implemented in this action
would have more than a 50-percent
probability of preventing overages of the
recreational sub-ACLs for GOM cod and
haddock. As the preamble to this rule
discusses (Item 9 of this preamble),
given the large reductions in the GOM
cod and haddock quotas, it would seem
that the recreational measures should be
drastically different than the FY 2012
measures. The minimum size for GOM
haddock for recreational vessels will
increase from 18 in (45.7 cm) to 21 in
(53.3 cm). Due to changing stock
conditions, the analysis shows that
recreational angler encounters of
haddock that are 18 in (45.7 cm) or
larger will decline in FY 2013. For GOM
cod, though recreational anglers can
keep up to nine fish that are 19 in (48.3
cm), FY 2012 data shows that only a
small fraction of trips encountered 9 or
more fish. Less than 15 percent of party/
charter trips encountered 9 or more fish
in FY 2012, and only 25 percent of
private boat anglers encountered 5 or
more fish. These low encounter rates of
legal-sized fish are based on the current
assessment. In addition, FY 2012
recreational catch is expected to be well
below the GOM cod sub-ACL, and the
relatively low effort is expected to
continue in FY 2013. This expected low
effort is based on available analysis of
what drives people to fish, how much
they are willing to pay for specific bag
limits, etc.
The commenter stated that
considering the discard mortality
estimates for haddock, there must be a
GOM haddock bag limit for recreational
vessels to prevent increased mortality
by recreational vessels. However, a key
factor in the model results is that all
haddock discards are assumed to
survive, consistent with the most recent
GOM haddock assessment. Thus,
because fewer trips will encounter legalsized haddock, recreational landings for
GOM haddock are expected to decline,
and therefore, only an increase in the
minimum fish size was required to
ensure the recreational fishery does not
exceed its sub-ACL in FY 2013. In
addition, there was no data to suggest
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
that a bag limit for GOM haddock would
be effective. With respect to the bag
limit for GOM cod, as mentioned above,
analysis shows that recreational
removals of this stock will also decline,
primarily due to changing stock
conditions.
Economic Analysis
Comment 22: One individual
commented that the socio-economic
impacts of the proposed measures lack
clarity. The commenter also requested
that the socio-economic assessments
need to be part of the main document
because they may not always be
technologically available to the public.
Response: NMFS disagrees. The
analysis prepared for this action meets
all of the requirements of the relevant
law and guidelines available, and was
actually expanded to provide a more
meaningful and informative analysis.
There were only two alternatives for the
FYs 2013–2015 specifications (No
Action and the preferred alternative).
Under the No Action alternative, no
catch limits would be specified, and as
a result, sector vessels would be unable
to fish with ACE for most groundfish
stocks. Thus, comparing the impacts of
the preferred alternative to No Action
(i.e., no fishing) would not provide a
meaningful or informative analysis for
the public. This analysis would have
made it difficult for the public to
understand the impacts of the catch
limit reductions in FY 2013. Therefore,
in order to provide a more meaningful
analysis, the impacts of the proposed
measures were also compared to FY
2011. This comparison provides a more
clear understanding of the anticipated
impacts of FY 2013 relative to the most
recent fishing year in which complete
data are available.
NMFS assumes that the commenter
meant that the socio-economic
assessments should be published as part
of the proposed rule. NMFS disagrees.
The socio-economic impacts of the
proposed measures are contained in the
EA/RIR/IRFA for this action. Publishing
this analysis as part of the proposed rule
would result in an unwieldy document
that would likely be difficult and
confusing for the public to read.
Further, in the proposed rule, the public
was provided with multiple options for
accessing the EA/RIR/IRFA. The
document is available on both the
Council and NERO Web site and
https://www.regulations.gov/, which is
the same rulemaking portal that the
public could use to submit comments
on the proposed measures. Further, the
public was provided with instructions
on how to obtain a hard copy of the
analysis completed for this rulemaking.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26197
The proposed rule also provided the
public with a NERO staff contact, in the
event that any assistance was needed in:
(1) Understanding the proposed
measures and the associated analyses;
(2) accessing the proposed rule or
associated analyses; and (3) submitting
public comments.
Sector Carryover
Comment 23: Three commercial
fishery organizations, one state marine
fisheries agency, and the Council
commented that NMFS cannot adjust
the Amendment 16-provided carryover
of up to 10 percent of previous fishing
year unused ACE. These commenters
assert that only a Council action and/or
Council recommendation to NMFS can
modify the previously implemented
Amendment 16 carryover program.
They object to NMFS’s use of
Magnuson-Stevens Act 305(c)
emergency rulemaking authority to
reduce the GOM cod FY 2012 to FY
2013 carryover from a maximum of 10
to 1.85 percent.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it
cannot modify carryover measures
through emergency rulemaking. One of
the key objectives of the MagnusonStevens Act, and mandates to NMFS, is
the prevention of overfishing. National
Standard 1, as stated in section 301 of
the Magnuson-Stevens Act states:
Conservation and management measures
shall prevent overfishing while, achieving,
on a continuing basis, the optimum yield
from each fishery for the United States
fishing industry.
Additionally, section 304(e)(3)(A)
requires that management measures for
overfished fisheries ‘‘end overfishing
immediately.’’
NMFS’s use of the emergency GOM
cod measures implemented by this rule
pursuant to 305(c) are necessary to
ensure that the total potential GOM cod
catch in FY 2013 does not exceed the
overfishing limit. Analysis of the total
potential catch (i.e., the fishery level
ACL + available carried over catch), if
the full 10 percent of FY 2012 ACE
provided under the Amendment 16
implemented regulations is carried over,
would exceed the overfishing limit by
12 percent. NMFS has reduced by
emergency measures the available GOM
cod carryover to ensure the total
potential catch is approximately 6
percent below the overfishing limit.
Amendment 16 briefly contemplated
the potential for carryover to increase
the overfishing risk in situations where
large reductions in available catch
occurred from one year to the next.
However, the amendment was silent on
how to account for carryover catch as it
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26198
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
relates to National Standard 1 regarding
preventing overfishing and how to
adjust carryover where carryover would
result in potential catch higher than the
overfishing limit in clear violation of
statutory provisions of the MagnusonStevens Act.
As stated in the preamble, because the
Council did not recommend measures to
address the GOM cod carryover issue in
Framework 50, NMFS is obligated to
take action to reduce the total potential
catch to a level below the overfishing
limit, to ensure that overfishing of GOM
cod does not occur. The only available
option for so in a timely fashion before
the beginning of the 2013 FY is through
use of emergency rulemaking under
section 305(c) of Magnuson-Stevens Act.
As explained in response to the next
comment and elsewhere in this rule and
the proposed rule, emergency
rulemaking to reduce the amount of
carryover of GOM cod is consistent with
NMFS guidelines.
Comment 24: Some NGOs stated that
the Magnuson-Stevens Act and NMFS
criteria for emergency rulemaking have
not been met with respect to carryover
of GOM cod. The commenters indicate
that the substantial reduction in GOM
cod catch and the potential for carryover
when paired with the long-anticipated
low FY 2013 catch limit does not meet
the necessary emergency rulemaking
criteria as the situation was not
unforeseen. These commenters cite in
support of their argument several letters
between the Council and NMFS with
respect to carryover concerns. They also
state that there is no evidence in the
record that the reduced carryover
amount is needed to meet a serious
conservation or management problem.
The commenters assert that the
emergency action should not be taken
and the carryover issue addressed
through the deliberative and
participatory Council process.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it is
inappropriate to use Magnuson-Stevens
Act section 305(c) emergency regulation
authority to reduce the amount of
available GOM cod ACE carried over
from FY 2012. As stated in the NMFS
guidelines for emergency rulemaking
(62 FR 44421; August 21, 1997), and as
explained in the preamble, NMFS is
authorized to implement emergency
measure to address serious conservation
and management concerns resulting
from recent, unforeseen events. Analysis
indicates that providing up to 10
percent of the FY 2012 GOM cod sector
ACE as carryover in FY 2013 would
result in a total potential catch that is 12
percent above the OFL of 1,635 mt.
Though the potential catch may not be
fully caught in FY 2013, NMFS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
considers that allowing a potential catch
in excess of OFL poses a serious
conservation and management threat to
the GOM cod fishery that results from
recent, unforeseen events. Overfishing,
therefore, could occur for GOM cod
without the measures contained in
NMFS’s emergency rulemaking.
Regarding the criterion for the need
for the emergency to be based on recent,
unforeseen events, the commenters
mischaracterize the nature and timing of
events which NMFS considers both
recent and unforeseen for both
emergency actions. The updated stock
status and catch advice resulting from
the December 2012 GOM cod stock
assessment, which the Council relied
on, in part, to make its ABC
recommendation, was not finalized and
presented until January 2013, just before
the January 29–31 Council meeting. It
was not until March 22, 2013, that the
Council formally submitted Framework
50 which contained the critical
examination of the potential impact of
not only the Council’s recommended
catch limits, but also the potential
impact of allowing up to 10 percent
carryover for all stocks. By this time it
was clearly too late for the Council to
act before the beginning of FY 2013 and
the only recourse to address the very
real potential of overfishing of GOM cod
due to the carryover provision was this
emergency action.
The commenters assert that the GOM
cod situation was predictable and,
therefore, foreseen based on the
assumption that the stock assessment
for GOM cod conducted in December
2012 would produce stock status and
catch advice similar to the assessment
conducted in December 2011. It would
have been inappropriate to presuppose
the results of the 2012 updated
assessment and how the Council’s SSC
and ultimately the Council would use
the 2012 GOM cod assessment stock
information to recommend catch advice
to NMFS at the Council’s January 29–31
meeting. In any event, because the
Council did not address the carryover
concern—which NMFS did bring to
their attention on several occasions—
without NMFS action, the full 10
percent carryover for GOM cod would
be allowed, thereby risking overfishing
on this stock. Appendix V to the
Framework 50 EA has a detailed
timeline and description of events in the
post-Amendment 16 carryover
discussion spanning from late 2011
through the development of Framework
50 over 2012 and early 2013. This
includes description of two guidance
letters sent by NMFS to the Council on
May 25, 2012, and July 26, 2012. To
send this issue again back to the
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Council, without any assurance that the
Council would reduce the carryover
amount in a timely way, would leave
the potential that the full carryover for
GOM cod could be fished in the
meantime, in excess of the overfishing
limit.
With no possibility of the Council
addressing the GOM cod carryover
concern in a timely way, NMFS’s only
available mechanism for so doing is
emergency rulemaking as provided for
by section 305(c) of the MagnusonStevens Act. For these reasons, NMFS
contends there is a clear fulfillment of
the emergency rulemaking criteria.
Comment 25: One comment stated the
emergency rule implemented GOM cod
unused ACE carryover amount should
not be touted as ‘‘mitigating adverse
impacts to the extent possible,’’ stating
that such statements were disingenuous
because the carryover amount would
provide approximately $50,000 to the
groundfish fleet. The commenter
seemed to infer that the reduced
carryover does not sufficiently mitigate
the universe of negative impacts
resulting from reduced catch limits
across the board.
Response: The comment pertains to
information conveyed in the Framework
50 proposed rule classification section
IRFA summary pertaining to carryover
(78 FR 19389; March 29, 2013). The
commenter did not accurately cite the
information. NMFS believes the
commenter misinterpreted the statement
to suggest that the relatively minor
carryover and economic contribution in
the context of the entire groundfish
fishery would somehow provide
mitigation for the suite of reduced catch
limits for FY 2013. This is not the
statement’s intent. To clarify, the IRFA
summary conclusion in the specific
carryover discussion section states,
The proposed carryover amounts mitigate
adverse economic impact to the maximum
extent possible while ensuring NMFS meets
its statutory obligation to propose catch
limits, in this case FY 2013 ACLs plus the
potential carryover that do not result in
overfishing stocks.
This statement refers to the NMFS
clarification that allowing full
carryovers, except for GOM cod, help
mitigate reduced catch limits across the
board. The reduced carryover amount
for GOM cod, while mitigating negative
impacts to a lesser degree, is still the
maximum possible mitigation in light of
legal requirement of the MagnusonStevens Act. The Regulatory Flexibility
Act (RFA) analysis is required to
evaluate the impact of Federal proposed
and final rules on small business
entities. Federal agencies are required in
this analysis to identify reasonable
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
alternatives that may mitigate impacts
on small business entities. The RFA
does not compel specific regulatory
outcomes. Moreover, the RFA does not
require agencies to consider or adopt
alternatives that are inconsistent with
law or outside the scope and purpose of
the regulations.
With respect to the carryover analysis
quoted here, the alternatives under
consideration were status quo wherein
10 percent of the unused FY 2012 GOM
cod ACE could be carried over or the
NMFS emergency action 1.85 percent of
the unused FY 2012 ACE. An alternative
of no carryover was considered, and
rejected by the agency. Because the
status quo would permit catches that
exceed the overfishing limit, it is
inconsistent with NMFS’s statutory
obligation to prevent overfishing and
cannot be adopted by NMFS. The only
remaining alternative, the 1.85 percent
GOM carryover alternative, is the only
alternative that best meets the statutory
requirements in light of conservation
requirements and mitigation of negative
impacts. As such, it is the alternative
selected by NMFS and is the alternative
that mitigates impacts to small business
entities to the extent possible, with
respect to that particular carryover
measures, under law and within the
scope and purpose of this action. The
IRFA and FRFA statements convey this.
Overall impacts of the suite of
alternatives proposed by NMFS were
also analyzed in the IRFA summary
contained in the proposed rule and are
not repeated here. In addition, as
referred to in the IRFA and FRFA,
numerous other alternatives for
mitigating negative impacts are already
included in the FMP, and in the
recently announced emergency
monkfish action, Framework 48, and
other measures included in Framework
50. See response to comments 5 and 8
for a description of measures expected
to provide some level of small business
impact mitigation in FY 2013.
Comment 26: One commenter
objected to carryover of up to 10 percent
unused FY 2012 GB cod ACE because it
increases the risk that overfishing will
occur. The commenter stated the stock
is in bad shape, in need of extreme
protection, and the FY 2012 quota will
go uncaught because the assessment
indicates fish available for harvest that
simply don’t exist.
Response: NMFS agrees that that
overfishing should be avoided on GB
cod. NMFS asserts that the Amendment
16 carryover amount of 10 percent
maintains a low risk of overfishing, even
if fully utilized in FY 2013. Analysis
conducted in support of the
continuation of 10 percent carryover of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
unused ACE from FY 2012 to FY 2013
indicates that the total potential catch
(i.e., total ACL + maximum carryover) if
realized would be roughly 72 percent of
the overall overfishing limit. Analysis of
projected FY 2013, performed as part of
the Framework 50 impact analysis,
indicates projected GB cod utilization
inclusive of carryover would be 85
percent of the available sector sub-ACL.
These data suggest the likelihood of
overfishing remains low in FY 2013,
particularly as a 1-year transitional
measure. NMFS is cognizant of the
accuracy of past stock projections and
the propensity for fishing mortality to be
greater and stock size smaller than
indicated by the most recent
assessment. However, even in
considering this possibility, NMFS
concludes that the projected catch for
FY 2013 presents a low risk of
overfishing even with 10 percent of
unused catch carried over from FY
2012.
NMFS also notes a logical flaw in the
commenter’s arguments: They state that
‘‘. . .the fish are not there and they
can’t be caught. . .’’ when explaining
why the FY 2012 GB cod quota will be
substantially underutilized. Current
catch through early April was roughly
33 percent of the FY 2012 sector subACL and 15 percent below the FY 2013
sector sub-ACL implemented by this
rule. If the fish are not there and cannot
be caught, it is unlikely that catch will
meet or exceed the potential catch level
in FY 2013 which, in turn, would mean
the likelihood of overfishing would be
low.
Comment 27: Three NGOs submitted
the most substantive carryover-related
comments. All three provided extensive
comments, legal opinion, and
supporting documentation in opposition
to carryover, both the emergency action
to reduce the GOM cod carryover
amount and the continuation of the
Amendment 16 provision that provides
up to 10 percent of unused FY 2012
ACE to be used in FY 2013.
The overarching general points raised
in the comments in opposition to
NMFS’s approach are: NMFS may not
establish an ACL that exceeds the SSCrecommended ABCs; it is not
appropriate to use the overfishing limit
as the level total ACL may not exceed;
permitting carryover threatens the
recovery of recovering groundfish
stocks; and the NMFS approach is
inconsistent with the Magnuson-Stevens
Act, National Standard 1, and carryoverrelated advice provide to the Council by
NMFS.
Response: As discussed in the
preamble, NMFS acknowledges that
permitting carryover in FY 2013 such
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26199
that ACLs and ABCs could be exceeded
by the total catch deviates from the
standard guidance. NMFS finds that the
alternative approach for dealing with
carryovers for 2013 as a 1-year
transitional measure is consistent with
the Magnuson-Stevens Act and
authorized under the flexibility
provision of the National Standard 1
guidelines at 50 CFR 600.310 (h)(3).
This response elaborates on the
rationale justifying this alternative
approach.
As more fully explained and justified
in the proposed and final rule
preambles, the continuation of
accounting for carryover consistent with
the prior 2 years is intended as a 1-year
transitional approach resulting from the
exceptional and intractable
circumstances of the 2012 and 2013
FYs. This approach is intended to
balance the need to preserving
consistency with the overarching
statutory requirement to prevent
overfishing with the expectations
concerning the specific carryover
intentions between FY 2012 and 2013
which have safety and management
consequences. NMFS believes it could
not sufficiently overcome reliance on
carryover for the groundfish fleet to
provide end-of-year safety and business
planning by taking a course of action
late in the fishing year that was
completely different than the first two
years of sector ACE carryover.
As stated in the proposed rule, to do
so would have raised conflict with
National Standard 10 by potentially
compelling fishermen to make
additional trips before the end of the
year to more fully harvest available ACE
on short notice. Neither the Council nor
NMFS took a positive action or alerted
industry with sufficient advanced notice
that carryover might be modified or
prohibited in FY 2013 in light of the
precipitous drops in 2012 catch limits.
Indeed, none of the commenters raised
concerns about the potential for
allowing full carryover from year to year
with respect to either Amendment 16 or
last year’s specifications of catch limits
in Framework 47. Faced with these
unusual circumstances, NMFS finds
that it has the authority under the
National Standard 1 guidelines to
propose this alternative approach for
carryover of 1-year only provided it is
consistent with statutory requirements
to prevent overfishing.
In addition, through this action,
NMFS is taking the proactive step of
clarifying the carryover accounting by
proposing a system of carryover
accounting that is consistent with the
standard provisions of the National
Standard 1 guidelines for FY 2014 and
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26200
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
into the future (see responses to
Comment 24 for additional information
on FY 2014 carryover). As discussed in
the preamble, NMFS will continue to
solicit and consider additional public
comment on the proposed clarification
in order to foster additional public
discussion and possible Council
development of legally consistent
carryover provisions prior to the start of
FY 2014.
To be clear, the actions of this rule do
not change Amendment 16’s carryover
provision nor do they increase ABCs or
ACLs above ABCs as specified by the
SSC. Commenters incorrectly equate
NMFS’s characterization of the total
potential catch (total ACL + available
carryover catch) as a new ‘‘ACL.’’ NMFS
has made no such distinction and taken
no such action. This action merely
adjusts how, for the purposes of AMs,
to account for carryover amounts. The
difference is important. NMFS has
provided rationale and analysis
indicating that despite the total
potential catch exceeding the ACL and
ABC, it can be reasonably demonstrated
that stocks will not be subject to
overfishing. Appendix V to the
Framework 50 EA outlines these
analyses and is not repeated here.
NMFS finds that in light of the
flexibility afforded under National
Standard 1 guidelines, the limited
temporal scope of these actions, and the
aforementioned overfishing analysis, the
allowance of carryover in the manner
described in this final rule is consistent
with the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
Comment 28: Many of the same
commenters mentioned in the previous
Comment made very specific points
about the carryover approach of this
action, which are enumerated and
responded to point by point as follows:
1. The approach NMFS is using is
illegal and violates both the MagnusonStevens Act and National Standard 1
because ACL cannot exceed ABC.
Response: As explained in the
previous response, NMFS concedes that
continuing to allow carryover following
the approach undertaken in FY 2011
and FY 2012, including the emergency
rule modified GOM cod amount, is not
wholly consistent with the standard
approach specified in the National
Standard 1 guidelines; but, the
alternative approach is authorized by
the National Standard 1 flexibility
provision at 50 CFR 600.310(h)(3).
Moreover, it is consistent with the
statutory requirement to prevent
overfishing because the approach is
designed to prevent overfishing while
maintaining consistency with other
provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
2. The commenters object to NMFS’s
FY 2013 carryover approach stating that
risk of overfishing should be tightly
limited consistent with National
Standard 1 and the approach taken
does not minimize such risk.
Response: As outlined in NMFS’s
analysis, the risk of overfishing, given
the buffers between allowed mortality
and overfishing levels and the 1-year
duration of this carryover approach, is
low based on both recent historic catch
utilization information and modelpredicted FY 2013 catch. NMFS
believes the level of risk is acceptable
for FY 2013 only as a clearly identified
transition year to a revised, consistent
carryover system to be implemented in
FY 2014.
3. The commenters state it is
inappropriate to identify the OFL as the
level ACL cannot exceed, as NMFS has
done in attempting to justify the FY
2013 carryover approach.
Response: NMFS believes the 1-off
reduction in the full scientific and
management uncertainty buffers is an
acceptable risk for the FY 2013
transitional period. Although reduced,
the remaining buffers between the
overfishing level and the catch level at
which AMs will be triggered are
adequate for this 1-year transitional
period and consistent with the
flexibility provision in National
Standard 1 guidelines. This approach
ultimately satisfies the statutory
requirement to prevent overfishing.
4. The commenters state that the
requirement to set catch that does not
exceed the SSC-recommended ABC
found at section 302(h)(6) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act outlines the
specific functions applicable to Regional
Fishery Management Councils.
Response: NMFS has specifically not
modified or increased ACLs for FY 2013
such that they are established above the
SSC-recommended ABCs. As previously
explained, the total potential catch (i.e.,
ACL + available carryover catch) is
greater than the ABC for all stocks.
NMFS has outlined in this section why
it believes this to be an acceptable
approach and risk for FY 2013.
5. The commenters state that the
impact of allowing carryover was never
analyzed by the SSC. Carryover will
hamper recovery of stocks.
Response: The FY 2012 catch
projections for some stocks did consider
the expected utilization for the fishing
year. For FY 2013 projections, the catch
assumption is typically the ABC. The
additional fishing mortality above ABC
but below OFL that would result if the
amount of carryover catch exceeds the
ABC level would not have been
considered by the SSC. However,
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Council staff conducted analyses of the
potential biological impact of carryover
utilization in FY 2013 (EA, pp 188–192).
These analyses concluded that full
utilization of carryover (i.e., 10 percent
of FY 2012 ACE) in FY 2013 is projected
to have minor and small impacts on
fishing mortality (i.e., increased) and
spawning stock size (i.e., decreased) in
comparison to the baseline catch
evaluation that did not consider
carryover. This analysis indicted that
the 10 percent carryover for GOM cod
would result in overfishing. This is why
NMFS has reduced the GOM carryover
from 10 to 1.85 percent of the FY 2012
ACE. Overfishing is not projected to
occur at this reduced level.
Carryover cannot be said to have
absolutely no impact on stocks,
particularly those in rebuilding plans.
However, from a biological impact
perspective, carryover can be
demonstrated through analysis like that
contained in Framework 50 to have only
minor impact to stocks, particularly
considering the carryover accounting
approach is for 1-year only. These
impacts could be easily accounted for in
catch projections and stock analyses to
ensure that rebuilding objectives are not
compromised. The more substantive
issue with carryover is not the biological
impact but rather the regulatory
requirements established for annual
catch limits through the National
Standard 1 guidelines. As outlined by
the commenters and NMFS, going
forward, carryover should be accounted
for in setting annual catch limits such
that its use does not cause catch in
excess of ACLs or ABCs.
6. The commenters cite and provide
correspondence from NMFS to the
Council that contradicts the carryover
approach being permitted in FY 2013.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
previously provided guidance on
carryover contradicts the approach
being used in FY 2013. However, NMFS
believes there is sufficient justification
for this approach as a limited, 1-year
transitional approach.
7. Several objections were raised
pertaining to the analysis and rationale
use by NMFS to support the
determination that up to 10 percent of
unused FY 2012 ACE can be carried
over to FY 2013 for all eligible stocks
except GOM cod, which is reduced by
emergency measures to no more than
1.85 percent of the FY 2012 ACE.
Response: NMFS is relying heavily on
the analysis as an important component
justifying the FY 2013 transitional
approach. As outlined in the Framework
50 Appendix V analysis, there is
sufficient reason to believe based on
recent past catch limit utilization and
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
model predicted FY 2013 catches, that
the OFLs will not be exceeded. This
analysis was necessarily conducted post
hoc because the Council took no
carryover-related action in either
Framework 48 or Framework 50.
In summary, NMFS asserts that the
culmination of events leading into FY
2013—Inaction by the Council to
address carryover; protracted
discussions on carryover guidance that
were not fully resolved until late in the
development cycle; late arriving stock
assessment results; later than usual
catch limit recommendations from the
Council; and potential late season notice
of a change to an already approved and
implemented program that would have
potential safety and business impacts—
all coincided to create a challenging
situation with no clear solution.
Comment 29: The Council and some
NGOs raised concerns with NMFS’s
proposed Magnuson-Stevens Act section
305(d) clarification for carryover
accounting beginning in FY 2014. The
Council specifically objected to the use
of section 305(d), stating that by doing
so, NMFS was subjectively evaluating
the Council’s Amendment 16 intent
with respect to carryover. The NGOs
had specific objections with some
components of the proposed measures
and offered various suggestions on other
ways carryover could be approached.
These suggestions ranged from ensuring
that carryovers are counted against
ACLs for AM determinations to
constraining carryover use only for
stocks that are not overfished, have
recently been assessed, and have similar
year-to-year ABCs.
Response: NMFS is not interpreting
Council intent as to allowing for
carryover because this action does not
change that provision. Except for the
emergency action reducing temporarily
the amount of carryover allowed for
GOM cod, all of the carryover
provisions remain intact in the
groundfish FMP. As explained several
times, NMFS is merely clarifying how
carryover will be accounted for
purposes of AMs in order to ensure that
NMFS can discharge its responsibility to
implement the carryover provisions in a
manner consistent with the MagnusonStevens Act, particularly provisions
requiring the prevention of overfishing.
NMFS believes that the proposed
approach for FY 2013, as a transitional
measure, and a long-term approach for
2014 and beyond best balances the
Council’s intent to allow for carryover
and its benefits and the need to prevent
overfishing. The 2014 approach still
allows fishermen to rely on some
guarantee of a de minimus amount of
carryover without consequences so as to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
promote safety at sea and management
predictability. In addition, this
approach allows fishermen to manage
their carryover accountability measures
by deciding whether to fish their
carryover on top of their ACE and defer
accountability measure until the next
fishing year or to preserve their
carryover from year to year so as to
maximize their catch level in any given
year.
NMFS believes that it is in the public
interest to allow for additional public
comment on the carryover provisions
for 2014 and beyond. As a result, to
ensure sufficient dialog, NMFS will
implement the 305(d) clarification as an
interim final rule and accept additional
public comment for 45 days. This will
also allow additional time for
discussion and potentially the
development of alternative carryover
approaches through the Council
process. As a result, NMFS will respond
in full to the comments submitted on
Framework 50 regarding the FY 2014
interim final carryover approach as well
as additional comments submitted
during the interim final comment
period.
NMFS believes this is the best
possible approach to take at this time.
This approach provides, and
encourages, more thorough public
review and comment, opportunity for
Council review and deliberation, as well
as a default provision for FY 2014 in
case the Council does not develop
additional measures to address the
accounting for carryover from year to
year consistent with other MagnusonStevens Act provisions. Allowing
additional public comment will also
better allow NMFS to modify and refine
the interim final measures based on
additional public comment, should the
Council not take independent action.
Other Comments
Comment 30: One NGO commented
that Framework 48, Framework 50, and
the FY 2013 Sector Operations Plans
and Contracts and Allocation of ACE
constitute segmentation of the
environmental review process. The
NGO also commented that the
management actions are a patchwork
and burden the public with multiple,
overlapping public comment periods,
which is confusing to the public.
Response: The NGO’s comment in
this regard is based on the presumption
that the various actions at issue are
either interdependent or interrelated,
connected actions, such that NEPA
compels their consideration and
evaluation within the scope of a single
NEPA document prior to approval of the
initial action. This is not the case. The
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26201
actions identified by the NGO are
neither components of a larger single
action or connected. While they relate to
similar issues and may have synergistic
impacts, Framework 48 and Framework
50 and sector operating plans are
discrete actions with independent
utility, each supported by an
independent rationale. One action does
not compel the other or irretrievably
commit resources as NMFS, through the
Magnuson-Stevens Act review and
approval process, retains discretion at
each decision-making stage to choose to
take action or not take action. While
NMFS has discretion to include similar
actions in a single EA or Environmental
Impact Statement (EIS) in appropriate
circumstances, it is not compelled to do
so. Here, given the complexities and
timing challenges of the fishery
management scenario with which it was
presented, NMFS chose to prepare the
level of NEPA analysis appropriate to
the decisions being made. The EA for
Framework 50 takes a hard look at the
direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts
of this action, and properly supports a
Finding of No Significant Impact.
Importantly, the EA includes a robust
cumulative effects analysis which
identifies Framework 50 as a reasonably
foreseeable future action and predicts its
synergistic effects. NMFS has prepared
a separate NEPA analysis for Framework
48, which takes into account the preexisting effects of Framework 50, as it
evaluates the direct, indirect, and
cumulative effects of Framework 48.
Using this approach, NMFS will avoid
the perils of segmentation by ensuring
that all effects of the related actions are
evaluated at the appropriate time and
holding open the option of preparing an
EIS should any environmental impact
prove to be significant.
NMFS understands that there are
multiple management actions under
review for implementation by the start
of the 2013 fishing year on May 1, 2013.
However, this year has presented a
number of unusual circumstances that
has led to three separate management
actions. NMFS completes an annual
rulemaking to implement sector
operations plans and allocate ACE to
sectors. In addition, the Council
typically completes a framework action
to respond to updated or new stock
information and implement the
necessary specifications or management
measures. However, as described more
fully in the background section of this
preamble, Framework 48 and 50 are
parallel actions, and the specifications
adopted in Framework 50 were initially
proposed in Framework 48. Due to the
drastic reductions in catch limits for FY
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26202
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
2013, the Council needed additional
time to complete the specifications
portion of the action, and as a result, the
specifications were removed from
Framework 48.
Although there were three ongoing
rulemakings, and three public
comments periods with some overlap,
NMFS does not believe this impeded
the opportunity for individuals to
comment on the proposed rules. Many
individuals submitted one letter with
comments that spanned multiple
actions. In addition, opportunity for
public participation has extended over 1
year, as development of Framework 48
began in spring 2012. There were
extensive public comment periods at the
various Groundfish Committee and
Council meetings associated with the
development of these actions. Also,
because of the unusual circumstances,
the Council did not take final action on
Framework 50 until January 2013,
which provided additional
opportunities for public comment and
participation on the development of this
action. NMFS is also publishing the
carryover measures for FY 2014 and
beyond as interim final measures and is
also implementing multiple emergency
rules in this action, which allow for
additional public comment on these
measures.
Comment 31: The Council and one
state marine fisheries agency opposed
NMFS’s modification of the Council’s
formally submitted management action,
and that this action confounds the
statutory roles of the Council and
NMFS.
Response: To clarify, the alternatives,
analyses, and recommendations that
support the Council recommendations
were not, and have not been, modified
in analytical documents that the
Council provided to NMFS. NMFS
clearly delineates measures, or
additional analyses, that were added by
NMFS. NEPA is a process that requires
Federal agencies to consider the effects
of their actions on the quality of the
human environment prior to making
decisions. The current NMFS guidance
for NEPA compliance acknowledges
that due to the close relationship
between NMFS and the regional fishery
management councils, compliance with
NEPA is most effective if NMFS and the
councils coordinate. However, NMFS is
responsible for the scope, objectivity,
and content of the NEPA document, and
for ensuring overall NEPA compliance.
Although the Council prepares relevant
sections of the NEPA document, upon
submission by the Council, NMFS
adopts this document and retains legal
responsibility for NEPA compliance.
Therefore, if NMFS determines that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
additional analysis or supplementary
information is necessary to bring the
document into full NEPA compliance, it
is the agency’s responsibility to
incorporate this information into the
NEPA document.
NMFS understands that, for multiple
reasons, FY 2013 presented a series of
unusual circumstances. The Council did
not take final action on Frameworks 48
and 50 until December 20, 2012, and
January 30, 2013, respectively. This is
well after the time that the Council
typically completes, and submits,
management actions to NMFS for
review and implementation by May 1.
Framework 48 also includes a measure
that gives the RA authority to adjust
recreational management measures prior
to the fishing year, and NMFS was
required to adjust these measures for FY
2013 to ensure the recreational fishery
does not exceed its sub-ACLs in FY
2013. In support of this measure, the
Council convened its RAP in February
2013. All of this leaves an inordinately
short amount of time for NMFS to
analyze and review the Council’s
recommendations and complete the
rulemaking process consistent with
APA. Also, with no possibility of the
Council addressing the GOM cod
carryover concern, or the FY 2013 ABC
for GB yellowtail flounder if it was
disapproved, in a timely way, NMFS’
only available mechanism for
addressing these concerns was through
emergency rulemaking, as provided for
by section 305(c) of the MagnusonStevens Act.
Thus, for all of these reasons, and due
to the unforeseen events, adding
additional analysis to the Framework 50
document was the only way to ensure
necessary management measures were
in place by May 1, 2013. Incorporating
the necessary analyses into the
Framework 50 document also provides
ease of public review due to the
relatedness to the specifications adopted
by the Council in Framework 50. NMFS
is committed to working with the
Council to avoid the issue raised by the
Council. This issue has been added to
the Northeast Region Coordination
Council (NRCC) agenda to with the
intent of resolving differences between
the Council and NFMS concerning
document timing and preparation The
NRCC is an executive level committee of
the New England and Mid-Atlantic
Councils, the Atlantic States Marine
Fisheries Commission, NERO, and
NEFSC.
NMFS realizes there was some
confusion on the availability of
Appendix V, which was prepared by
NMFS to analyze carryover provisions.
This Appendix was not provided to the
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Council for posting on the Council Web
site until well into the public comment
period. However, this appendix was
posted on the NERO Web site and
https://www.regulations.gov, and links to
both of these Web sites were provided
in the proposed rule. Further, a NERO
staff contact was provided in the
proposed rule, and members of the
public could have contacted this staff
member for assistance in accessing the
document, or any of the analyses
supporting the proposed measures. As a
result, the lateness in which the
Appendix was posted to the Council’s
Web site likely did not impede access to
the document.
Changes From the Proposed Rule
NMFS has made four changes to the
proposed rule. First, this final rule
disapproves the Council preferred FY
2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder,
and implements an emergency rule to
set a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt. In the
proposed rule, NMFS highlighted
concerns with the ABC of 1,150 mt
proposed in Framework 50, and
requested specific comment on this
measure, and its consistency with the
Magnuson-Stevens Act and National
Standards. In the event this ABC was
disapproved, NMFS proposed an
emergency rule to implement an ABC of
500 mt. Based on public comments
received, and additional review, NMFS
has determined that a FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder is
not consistent with the necessary
provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act, and is disapproved this measure in
Framework 50. This rule implements a
FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt instead under
emergency authority as further
discussed in Item 4 of this preamble.
Second, although NMFS is approving
the FY 2013 ABC of white hake that was
proposed (3,638 mt), new information
became available after the Council took
final action on Framework 50, and after
the proposed rule for this action
published, that justifies a higher ABC
for FY 2013. As discussed in more detail
in Item 4 of this preamble, the FY 2013
ABC that was proposed in this action
was based on the 2008 stock assessment
for white hake, which was the best
scientific information available to the
Council when it developed and took
final action on Framework 50. A new
benchmark assessment for white hake
was completed in February 2013, and
the final results of this assessment
became available in April 2013. In the
proposed rule for this action, NMFS
indicated that new assessment results
were expected to become available soon,
and that, should this new information
indicate a change to the FY 2013 catch
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
limit for white hake, the Council or
NMFS could consider a separate action
to change the white hake catch limit for
FY 2013. Thus, through emergency
authority, and based on the best
scientific information available, this
final rule implements an increased FY
2013 ABC for white hake (4,177 mt) in
place of the ABC proposed in this action
(3,638 mt). This is a 15-percent increase.
In § 648.85, white hake is removed
from the list of stocks of concern. The
recent stock assessment for white hake
indicates the stock is not overfishing,
overfishing is not occurring, and the
stock is projected to be rebuilt in 2014.
In § 648.90(a)(1)(4), SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder is added to the reestimation of expected scallop catch of
yellowtail flounder for the purposes of
adjusting the scallop and groundfish
fisheries sub-ACL should expected
scallop catch be less than 90 percent of
the scallop fishery sub-ACL. Currently,
the regulations state that the reestimation will be completed for GB
yellowtail flounder. This rule adds SNE/
MA yellowtail flounder to the reestimation process as adopted by the
Council in Framework 50. As explained
in Item 5 of this preamble, this revision
was inadvertently omitted from the
proposed rule. As a result, this measure
is implemented in this action through
an interim final rule, and NMFS is
accepting public comment on this
measure for 45 days (see DATES).
Classification
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, the NMFS
Assistant Administrator has determined
that the management measures
implemented in this final rule are
necessary for the conservation and
management of the NE multispecies
fishery and consistent with the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other
applicable law.
This final rule has been determined to
be significant for purposes of Executive
Order (E.O.) 12866.
This final rule does not contain
policies with Federalism or ‘‘takings’’
implications as those terms are defined
in E.O. 13132 and E.O. 12630,
respectively.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1), the
Assistant Administrator for Fisheries
finds good cause to waive the 30-day
delayed effectiveness of this action.
Further, under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the
Assistant Administrator for Fisheries
finds good cause to waive the general
notice of proposed rulemaking for the
emergency action to implement a higher
FY 2013 ABC for white hake. As
described more fully earlier in this
preamble, and below, the reasons
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
justifying promulgation of this rule on
an emergency basis make solicitation of
public comment, or a delay in
effectiveness, contrary to the public
interest. The effective date of this action
affects a parallel rulemaking approving
sector operations plans for the start of
FY 2013 on May 1, 2013. In addition,
this action sets FY 2013 catch limits,
allocates SNE/MA winter flounder to
sectors, and implements three parallel
emergency actions. Therefore, these
actions must be in effect at the
beginning of FY 2013 to fully capture
the conservation and economic benefits
of Framework 50 measures, emergency
rulemakings, and the FY 2013 sector
operations plans. Due to unforeseen
circumstances related to FY 2013 catch
levels, and the drastic quota reductions
necessary for many key groundfish
stocks, the Council did not take final
action on Framework 50 until January
2013, and the Council’s submission of
Framework 50 to NMFS was delayed
until March 2013. Due to this time
constraint, this rulemaking could not be
completed further in advance of May 1,
2013. Therefore, in order to have this
action effective at the beginning of FY
2013, it is necessary to waive the 30-day
delayed effectiveness of this rule.
Failure to waive the 30-day delayed
effectiveness would result in no catch
limits being specified for FY 2013 for
many groundfish stocks. Without ACE
for most groundfish stocks, sector
vessels would be unable to fish
beginning on May 1, 2013. This would
severely disrupt the fishery, and could
result in foregone yield and revenue
reductions. The groundfish fishery is
already facing drastic cuts in the catch
limits for many key groundfish stocks.
A delay in implementation of this action
would prevent groundfish vessels from
fishing, which could worsen the severe
economic impacts groundfish vessels,
and associated fishing communities are
facing in FY 2013. This action also
allocates SNE/MA winter flounder to
sectors and allows commercial and
recreational vessels to land the stock.
So, a delay in this action could prevent
vessels from maximizing the benefit of
this measure. Further, because
recreational vessels would not be
prevented from fishing on May 1, 2013,
if this action is delayed, there could be
significant confusion for recreational
vessels and enforcement on whether it
is legal to land SNE/MA winter
flounder. Thus, a delay in this action
could severely disrupt the fishery.
Further, this action implements FY 2013
recreational measures to help ensure the
recreational fishery does not exceed its
GOM cod and haddock sub-ACLs. If this
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26203
action is delayed, recreational vessels
could fish under the old, less restrictive
measures, which increases the
likelihood that the recreational fishery
would exceed its sub-ACLs and trigger
an AM. Also, because the ACLs for
GOM cod and haddock are so small in
FY 2013, a delay in implementing
revised recreational measures could
increase the likelihood that overfishing
would occur. For all of these reasons, a
30-day delay in the effectiveness of this
rule is impracticable and contrary to the
public interest.
A FRFA was prepared for this action,
as required by section 604 of the
Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 604.
The FRFA includes the summary and
responses to comments in this rule, the
analyses contained in Framework 50
and its accompanying EA/RIR/IRFA,
and the IRFA summary in the proposed
rule. The FRFA describes the economic
impact of this action on small entities.
A description of the action, why it is
being considered, and the legal basis for
this action are contained in Framework
50 and in the preamble to the proposed
rule, as well as this final rule, and are
not repeated here. A copy of the full
analysis is available from the NMFS (see
ADDRESSES).
NMFS’s response to all comments
received on the proposed rule,
including those that raised significant
issues with the proposed action, or
commented on the economic analyses
summarized in the IRFA, can be found
in the Comments and Responses section
of this rule. As outlined in that section,
significant issues were raised by the
public with respect to:
• The revised SNE/MA winter
flounder rebuilding program;
• FYs 2013–2015 ABCs for GOM cod;
• the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail
flounder;
• FY 2013 GOM cod carryover;
• the FY 2014 and beyond carryover
measures; and
• the FY 2013 recreational
management measures.
Comments 4, 5, 8, 10, and 25
discussed the economic impacts of this
action, or the IRFA prepared for the
proposed rule. In addition, public
comments received on alternatives to
the proposed ABCs that would result in
higher catch limits (e.g., 2013 interim
action for GOM cod) were considered to
be indirectly related to the IRFA with
respect to alternatives to the proposed
action that would help mitigate
economic impacts. Detailed responses
are provided to the specific significant
issues raised by public comment, and
are not repeated here.
As a result of the public comment
received, the proposed FY 2013 ABC of
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26204
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder was
disapproved, and NMFS is instead
implementing an ABC of 500 mt, No
other changes to the proposed rule
measures were required to be made as
a result of public comments.
Description and Estimate of the Number
of Small Entities to Which the Final
Rule Would Apply
The Small Business Administration
(SBA) defines a small business as one
that:
(1) Is independently-owned and
operated;
(2) Is not dominant in its field of
operation; and
(3) Has annual gross revenues that do
not exceed—
Æ $4.0 million in the case of
commercial harvesting entities, or
Æ $7.0 million in the case of for-hire
fishing entities; or
(4) Has fewer than—
Æ 500 employees in the case of fish
processors, or
Æ 100 employees in the case of fish
dealers.
This action would mainly impact
commercial harvesting entities engaged
in the limited access groundfish fishery,
as well as both the limited access
general category and limited access
scallop fisheries. The limited-access
groundfish fishery is further classified
as vessels enrolled in the sector program
and those in the common pool. In
general, sector-enrolled businesses rely
more heavily on sales of groundfish
species than common pool-enrolled
vessels. At the beginning of the 2012
groundfish fishing year on May 1, 2012,
there were 1,382 individual limited
access permits. Each of these permits
was eligible to join a sector or enroll in
the common pool. Alternatively, they
could allow their permit to expire by
failing to renew it. There were 827
permits enrolled in the sector program
and 584 enrolled in the common pool.
The limited access (LA) scallop fisheries
can be further classified as limited
access and limited access general
category (LAGC) scallop permits. At the
beginning of the 2012 scallop fishing
year on March 1, 2012, there were 342
active LA scallop and 603 active LGC
permits.
Individually permitted vessels may
hold permits for several fisheries, and
may harvest species of fish that are
regulated by several different fishery
management plans, even beyond those
impacted by this action. In addition,
multiple permitted-vessels, and/or
permits, may be owned by entities
affiliated by stock ownership, common
management, identity of interest,
contractual relationships, or economic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
dependency. For the purposes of this
analysis, ownership entities are defined
by those entities with common
ownership personnel as listed on permit
application documentation. Only
permits with identical ownership
personnel are categorized as an
ownership entity. For example, if five
permits have the same seven personnel
listed as co-owners on their application
paperwork, those seven personnel form
one ownership entity, covering those
five permits. If one or several of the
seven owners also own additional
vessels, with sub-sets of the original
seven personnel or with new co-owners,
those ownership arrangements are
deemed to be separate ownership
entities for the purpose of this analysis.
Ownership data are available from
2010 onward for the four primary subfisheries potentially impacted by this
action. These are the sector and
common pool segments in the
groundfish fishery, and the LA and
LAGC scallop fisheries. Due to data
limitations, only 1 year’s gross receipts
are reported, and calendar year 2011
serves as the baseline year for this
analysis. Calendar year 2012 data are
not yet available in a fully audited form.
In 2011, there were 1,370 distinct
ownership entities identified. Of these,
1,312 are categorized as small entities,
and 58 are large entities, based on SBA
guidelines. These totals may mask some
diversity among the entities. Many, if
not most, of these ownership entities
maintain diversified harvest portfolios
and obtain gross sales from many
fisheries, and are not dependent on any
one fishery. However, not all are equally
diversified. The entities that depend
most heavily on sales from harvesting
species that are impacted by this action
are most likely to be affected. So, for
this analysis, we identified ownership
groups that are most likely to be
impacted by the measures implemented
in this action. We identified these
groups as those that derive greater than
50 percent of their gross sales from sales
of either regulated groundfish or
scallops. Using this threshold, 135
entities are groundfish-dependent, of
which 131 are small entities, and four
are large entities. There are 47 entities
that are scallop-dependent, of which 39
are small entities, and 8 are large
entities.
This action also regulates the Atlantic
herring fishery. The herring fishery
receives an allocation of GB and GOM
haddock as a result of bycatch of these
stocks that occurs in the fishery. In
2012, there were 3 large entities and 86
small entities that had limited access
herring permits. There were 1,984 small
entities that had an open access herring
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
permit. Open access permits make up a
very small proportion of the landings in
the herring fishery, and derive little
revenue from this fishery. Some entities
that hold a limited access herring permit
have gross revenues greater than $4
million. However, none of these entities
reported any herring revenues during
2010–2012, and as a result, these
entities are unlikely to be affected by
this action. In addition, analysis
predicts that it is unlikely that the
midwater trawl herring fleet would
exceed its sub-ACLs for GOM or GB
haddock. As a result, the small
regulated entities that derive revenues
from the herring fishery are not
expected to be impacted by this action.
In addition to the commercial
harvesting entities, this action would
also impact the recreational harvesting
entities that participate in the
groundfish fishery. Party/charter
permits for the groundfish fishery are
open access. All party/charter fishing
businesses that catch cod or haddock
may be affected by this action. During
FY 2010, 762 party/charter permits were
issued. Of these 762 permits, 332 permit
holders reported taking and retaining
any species on at least one for-hire trip.
In FY 2010, 285 of these permit holders
reported catching at least one cod or
haddock. Of the 285 permit holders that
reported catching at least one cod or
haddock in FY 2010, 148 reported
fishing in the GOM stock area (the
recreational fishery only has a quota for
GOM cod and haddock). In 2011, 170
party/charter vessels reported landings
of GOM cod or haddock. All regulated
party/charter operators are small
entities. The median value of gross
revenues from passengers was just over
$9,000, and did not exceed $500,000 in
any year from 2001 to 2010.
Economic Impacts of the Approved
Measures and Steps Taken To Mitigate
Adverse Economic Impacts of the
Action
The economic impacts of the
measures implemented in this action are
summarized below and are discussed in
more detail in sections 7.4 and 8.11 of
the Framework 50 EA. All of the
measures are expected to have impacts
on a substantial number of small
entities. The economic impacts of this
action on the groundfish fishery are
expected to be severe and negative. This
action may also place small entities at
a significant competitive disadvantage
relative to large entities, particularly
those small entities engaged in the
commercial groundfish fishery. Analysis
shows that smaller entities, those
generating less than $500K in annual
gross sales, will likely be the most
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
impacted. Total gross sales losses for
these entities are estimated to be
approximately 20–25 percent. Gross
sales losses from groundfish are
estimated to be 50–80 percent.
Profitability of many small entities will
also likely be significantly reduced
under the groundfish catch limits.
Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic
Winter Flounder Management
Measures
The revision to the SNE/MA winter
flounder rebuilding strategy is expected
avoid a loss of an estimated $40.2
million in net present value compared
to the no action. Five rebuilding
scenarios were analyzed in addition to
the no action alternative. Two of these
scenarios failed to rebuild the stock
within 10 years, and thus, would violate
rebuilding requirements of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act. The other
rebuilding strategies would meet
Magnuson-Stevens Act requirements,
but would rebuild in a shorter
timeframe than 10 years, and as a result
would have lower net economic benefits
than the revised rebuilding program
implemented in this action. As a result,
the revised rebuilding program
implemented in this action help
mitigate the economic impacts of this
action to the maximum extent
practicable compared to the other
rebuilding scenarios analyzed, and
results in the largest net economic
benefit.
In FY 2013, landings of SNE/MA
winter flounder are estimated to be
worth $5.4 million in ex-vessel gross
revenues. Approximately $4.3 million of
these estimated revenues will likely
accrue to sector vessels, and the rest to
common pool vessels. Landing of this
stock has been prohibited since FY
2009. As a result, it is difficult to
anticipate the economic impacts of the
revised ABC/ACL for this stock because
there are not enough trips to help
characterize future fishing activity. If
the Council did not take any action,
possession of SNE/MA winter flounder
would be prohibited, and fishing vessel
revenues would have been lower than
those expected from this action. In
addition, if possession of the stock
remained prohibited, revenues of other
groundfish stocks would have also been
reduced since there would have been
fewer groundfish trips as a result of the
inability to land SNE/MA winter
flounder.
This action also modifies the
commercial fishery AM for SNE/MA
winter flounder in conjunction with
allocating the stock to sectors. There is
a risk that sectors could catch their ACE
prematurely within the fishing year and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
no longer be able to fish in the SNE/MA
winter flounder stock area. This would
be expected to have negative economic
impacts due to lost revenue from the
catch of other species, or increased costs
as a result of having to fish outside of
the area. However, analysis shows that
it is unlikely that sector vessels will
catch their entire allocation of SNE/MA
winter flounder. As a result, this action
provides sector vessels greater flexibility
and will likely result in higher revenues
and lower costs, which is expected to
help mitigate some of the negative
impacts anticipated in FY 2013.
Annual Catch Limit Specifications
This action also sets specifications for
FYs 2013–2015 for most groundfish
stocks. The new ABCs are based on the
latest benchmark stock assessment
information, which is considered the
best scientific information available and
consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens
Act requirements, and other applicable
law. Because NFMS can only approve or
disapprove measures recommended in
Framework 50, the only other possible
alternatives to the ABCs implemented in
this action that would mitigate negative
impacts would be higher catch limits.
Alternative higher catch limits are not
viable or permissible under the law
because they would not be consistent
with the goals, objectives, and
requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act and the FMP, particularly the
requirement to end overfishing
immediately. The Magnuson-Stevens
Act and case law prevent
implementation of measures that
conflict with conservation requirements
even if it means negative impacts are
not mitigated. For all stocks, except GB
yellowtail flounder, the Council
recommended the highest ABCs allowed
given the best available science, the
SSC’s recommendations, and
Magnuson-Stevens Act and FMP
requirements to end overfishing and
rebuild fish stocks. The only other
legally available alternatives to the catch
limits in this action would be lower
limits, which would not mitigate the
economic impacts of this action to the
fishery. Further information on the
GOM cod specifications adopted in this
action, and why higher ABCs for this
stock would not be consistent with the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, is provided in
the response to Comment 11. Also, this
action disapproves the Council’s
recommendation for GB yellowtail
flounder because it is not consistent
with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and
this is described in more detail in the
response to Comment 6. The ABC
implemented in this action through
emergency rulemaking is the highest
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26205
ABC possible to avoid overfishing based
on the best scientific information
available.
For the reasons mentioned above, the
specifications implemented in this
action are the only reasonable and legal
alternatives for catch limits that would
mitigate the economic impacts of this
action to the extent possible. Although
there are no other viable alternatives to
mitigate negative impacts in the narrow
scope and context of Framework 50
regarding catch limits per se, there are
numerous mitigation measures that have
been extensively discussed, considered,
and implemented in Amendment 16,
and parallel measures that are being
implemented for implementation in FY
2013. All of these mitigating measures
are discussed previously in this
preamble, and are not repeated here. All
of these existing and new measures can
be found at: https://www.nero.noaa.gov/
sfd/sfdmulti.html.
The analysis to estimate the economic
impacts of this action considered three
different scenarios using a low (Scenario
1) and high (Scenario 2) ACL for both
GOM cod and GB yellowtail flounder, as
well as the increased ACL for white
hake implemented in this action
through emergency rulemaking
(Scenario 3). All of these scenarios have
similar estimated groundfish gross
revenues for FY 2013. Compared to FY
2011, groundfish gross revenues are
expected to be approximately 28–30
percent lower. Gross groundfish
revenues are expected to be 18 to 20
percent lower than those predicated for
FY 2012. Under this action, gross
revenues for all species on groundfish
trips are expected to be 23 to 25 percent
less in FY 2013 when compared to FY
2011, and 11 to 13 percent lower
compared to the predicated FY 2012
revenues. However, the emergency
action to increase the FY 2013 white
hake quota is expected to increase gross
revenues by approximately $400K
compared to the lower white hake quota
that was proposed in Framework 50.
This is expected to help mitigate some
of the economic impacts of this action.
Net revenues are expected to decline
much less substantially than gross
revenues. Gross revenues on sector trips
in FY 2013 are expected to decline by
approximately $26 million to $27
million from FY 2011, which is a 23 to
25-percent decrease. Net revenues are
expected to decline by a range of only
$2 to $3 million, or approximately 4 to
6 percent, from FY 2011. This is due in
part to limitations of the analysis, which
underestimates actual trip costs, and in
part to efficiency gains that are
predicted to occur. Maintaining net
revenues would most likely occur at the
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
26206
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
expense of smaller vessels operating at
a low profit margin that would be forced
to lease their quota, or sell their permits.
Crew-days, days absent, and total sector
trips are also be expected to decline
substantially compared to FY 2011,
since only the most efficient trips are
expected to occur under such highly
restrictive quota allocations. Fewer
operating vessels and days absent would
translate into a reduction in earning
opportunities for crew members.
The home port states of Connecticut,
New Hampshire, and New Jersey are
expected to have the largest percentage
declines in landings value compared to
FY 2011. Massachusetts would likely
see the largest overall decline in gross
revenue since FY 2011, with an
expected decrease of approximately $21
million. All ports are expected to be
negatively affected by this action.
Chatham, MA, is expected to have the
largest percentage decline in landings
value since FY 2011.
The impacts of this action are
expected to be non-uniformly
distributed across vessel length classes.
The economic impact is expected to fall
heaviest on the smallest vessel length
class (less than 30 feet (9.1 m)), and is
expected to taper off as vessel length
increases up to the largest vessel length
class (greater than 75 feet (22.9 m)). This
result is not surprising; relative to larger
vessels, small vessels have less
scalability in terms of landings, and
have a smaller geographic range.
This ABCs implemented in this action
will reduce the scallop fishery
allocation for GB and SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder by 47 and 52
percent, respectively, compared to FY
2012. If the scallop fishery exceeds its
GB yellowtail flounder allocation by
more than 56 percent in FY 2013,
scallop vessels would not have access to
Closed Area II the following fishing
year, and revenues would decline by
$16.2 million. If an overage occurs, and
is less than 56 percent, the AM areas for
the scallop fishery would be open to
fishing part of the year, and fishing
effort could likely be moved to other
months. Shorter scallop fishing
windows could increase operating costs
and have potential negative price
impacts from short-term supply
increases. If effort was shifted to other
seasons when the meat weights are
highest, there could be some positive
impacts on the long-term revenues,
which could offset some negative
economic effects. The response to
comment 10 discusses some mitigating
measures available to the scallop
fishery.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
Carryover
This action continues to allow up to
10 percent of unused FY 2012 sector
ACE to be used in FY 2013 in
conjunction with the catch limits
implemented by this action, except for
GOM cod. This action reduces the
allowable GOM cod unused ACE from a
maximum of 10 percent down to a
maximum of 1.85 percent to better
ensure overfishing does not occur. The
actual amount of carryover to FY 2013
depends on the amount of ACE not
harvested in FY 2012.
The economic impact analysis
conducted for Framework 50 assumed
that the full 10-percent carryover
amount, including GOM cod, was
available and utilized for all carryovereligible stocks. As such, carryover
contributes to the projected $64.3
million gross groundfish revenues
expected from the catch limits in this
action. The analysis also evaluated if no
carryover of GOM cod was permitted in
FY 2013. This reduced projected gross
groundfish revenue by $2.6–61.7
million. NMFS estimates that the 1.85percent GOM cod carryover will likely
contribute approximately $50,000 to the
FY 2013 gross groundfish revenue (i.e.,
roughly 1.85 percent of the $2.6 million
value of GOM cod carryover). Consistent
with the overall findings on FY 2013
catch limit economic impacts, the
reduction in GOM cod carryover
implemented in this action through
emergency authority is expected to have
the largest impact on vessels under 30
feet (9.1 m) in length. The carryover
amounts are expected to help mitigate
adverse economic impacts in FY 2013 to
the maximum extent possible while
ensuring NMFS meets its statutory
obligation to implement catch limits, in
this case FY 2013 ACLs plus the
potential carryover from FY 2012), that
will not result in overfishing.
FY 2013 Recreational Management
Measures
This action increases the minimum
fish size for GOM haddock in the
recreational fishery. Total potential
losses in gross revenues for party/
charter vessels operating in the GOM as
a result are estimated to be
approximately $974 thousand. Total
potential losses in gross revenues were
estimated by multiplying the projected
FY 2013 decline in fishing trips (7,109
trips) by the estimated average access
fee paid by party/charter anglers ($137).
Assuming the number of actively
participating party/charter vessels in FY
2013 is the same as in FY 2011, this
action is expected to result in an average
gross revenue loss of $5,729 per vessel
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
($974 thousand divided by 170 vessels).
Actual losses may be lower than
estimated, since some anglers may
switch to other species besides haddock
and cod (striped bass, bluefish, black
sea bass, scup, etc.) not considered in
this analysis. For-hire businesses that
are able to offer more non-groundfish
fishing trips specifically marketed
towards alternative species may be able
offset some of the estimated losses.
Description of the Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
This action contains no new
collection-of-information, reporting, or
recordkeeping requirements. This action
does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict
with any other Federal law.
Small Entity Compliance Guide
Section 212 of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996 states that, for each rule or group
of related rules for which an agency is
required to prepare a FRFA, the agency
shall publish one or more guides to
assist small entities in complying with
the rule, and shall designate such
publications as ‘‘small entity
compliance guides.’’ The agency shall
explain the actions a small entity is
required to take to comply with a rule
or group of rules. As part of this
rulemaking process, a small entity
compliance guide will be sent to all
holders of Federal permits issued for the
NE multispecies fisheries, as well as the
scallop and herring fisheries that receive
an allocation of some groundfish stocks.
In addition, copies of this final rule and
guides (i.e., information bulletins) are
available from NMFS (see ADDRESSES)
and at the following Web site: https://
www.nero.noaa.gov/.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 648
Fisheries, Fishing, Recordkeeping and
reporting requirements.
Dated: April 29, 2013.
Alan D. Risenhoover,
Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries,
performing the functions and duties of the
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For the reasons stated in the
preamble, 50 CFR part 648 is amended
as follows:
PART 648—FISHERIES OF THE
NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES
1. The authority citation for part 648
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
2. Section 648.82 is amended by
adding paragraph (n)(2)(vii) to read as
follows:
SNE/MA WINTER FLOUNDER TRAWL
GEAR AM AREA 4
■
Point
§ 648.82 Effort-control program for NE
multispecies limited access vessels.
*
*
*
*
(n) * * *
(2) * * *
(vii) SNE/MA winter flounder AM. If
the common pool fishery sub-ACL for
SNE/MA winter flounder is exceeded,
including the common pool’s share of
any overage of the total ACL, as
specified at § 648.90(a)(5), by an amount
that exceeds the management
uncertainty buffer, the AM described in
this paragraph would be implemented
in the following fishing year. The AM
would be effective for the entire fishing
year. Common pool vessels fishing on a
NE Multispecies DAS with trawl gear
may only use a haddock separator trawl,
as specified in § 648.85(a)(3)(iii)(A); a
Ruhle trawl, as specified in
§ 648.85(b)(6)(iv)(J)(3); a rope separator
trawl, as specified in § 648.84(e); or any
other gear approved consistent with the
process defined in § 648.85(b)(6) in the
SNE/MA Winter Flounder Trawl Gear
AM Areas. The AM areas are defined
below, and are bounded by the
following coordinates, connected in the
order listed by straight lines, unless
otherwise noted.
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
N. Latitude
41°20′
41°20′
(1 )
41°00′
41°00′
41°10′
41°10′
W. Longitude
69°20′
(1)
69°00′
69°00′
69°10′
69°10′
69°20′
(1) The southwest-facing
Closed Area I.
boundary
of
*
*
*
*
*
3. Section 648.85 is amended by:
■ a. Revising paragraphs (b)(5)
introductory text, (b)(5)(i), (b)(6)(iv)(D),
(b)(8)(v)(F), and (b)(8)(v)(H), and
■ b. Adding paragraph (b)(5)(iii).
The added and revised text reads as
follows:
■
§ 648.85.
Special management programs.
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(5) Incidental Catch TACs. Unless
otherwise specified in this paragraph
(b)(5), Incidental Catch TACs shall be
based upon the portion of the ACL for
a stock specified for the common pool
vessels pursuant to § 648.90(a)(4), and
allocated as described in this paragraph
(b)(5), for each of the following stocks:
GOM cod, GB cod, GB yellowtail
flounder, CC/GOM yellowtail flounder,
American plaice, SNE/MA winter
SNE/MA WINTER FLOUNDER TRAWL flounder, and witch flounder. Because
GB yellowtail flounder and GB cod are
GEAR AM AREA 1
transboundary stocks, the incidental
catch TACs for these stocks shall be
Point
N. Latitude
W. Longitude
based upon the common pool portion of
the ACL available to U.S. vessels. NMFS
1 .......... 41°10′
71°40′ 1
shall send letters to limited access NE
2 .......... 41°10′
71°20′
3 .......... 41°00′
71°20′
multispecies permit holders notifying
4 .......... 41°00′
71°40′
them of such TACs.
(i) Stocks other than GB cod and GB
1 Point 1 connects to Point 2 along 41°10′ N
or the southern coastline of Block Island, RI, yellowtail flounder. With the exception
of GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder,
whichever is farther south.
100 percent of the Incidental Catch
SNE/MA WINTER FLOUNDER TRAWL TACs specified in this paragraph (b)(5)
shall be allocated to the Regular B DAS
GEAR AM AREA 2
Program described in paragraph (b)(6) of
this section.
Point
N. Latitude
W. Longitude
*
*
*
*
*
1 .......... 41°20′
70°30′
(iii) GB yellowtail flounder. The
2 .......... 41°20′
70°20′
Incidental Catch TAC for GB yellowtail
3 .......... 41°00′
70°20′
flounder specified in this paragraph
4 .......... 41°00′
70°30′
(b)(5) shall be subdivided as follows: 50
percent to the Regular B DAS Program
SNE/MA WINTER FLOUNDER TRAWL described in paragraph (b)(6) of this
GEAR AM AREA 3
section and 50 percent to the Eastern
U.S./Canada Haddock SAP described in
Point
N. Latitude
W. Longitude
paragraph (b)(8) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
1 .......... 41°20′
69°20′
(6) * * *
2 .......... 41°20′
69°10′
(iv) * * *
3 .......... 41°10′
69°10′
(D) Landing limits. Unless otherwise
4 .......... 41°10’
69°20’
specified in this paragraph (b)(6)(iv)(D),
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
*
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
26207
or restricted pursuant to § 648.86, a NE
multispecies vessel fishing in the
Regular B DAS Program described in
this paragraph (b)(6), and fishing under
a Regular B DAS, may not land more
than 100 lb (45.5 kg) per DAS, or any
part of a DAS, up to a maximum of
1,000 lb (454 kg) per trip, of any of the
following species/stocks from the areas
specified in paragraph (b)(6)(v) of this
section: Cod (both GOM and GB),
American plaice, witch flounder, SNE/
MA winter flounder, and GB yellowtail
flounder; and may not land more than
25 lb (11.3 kg) per DAS, or any part of
a DAS, up to a maximum of 250 lb (113
kg) per trip of CC/GOM yellowtail
flounder. In addition, trawl vessels,
which are required to fish with a
haddock separator trawl, as specified in
paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, or
a Ruhle trawl, as specified in paragraph
(b)(6)(iv)(J) of this section, and other
gear that may be required in order to
reduce catches of stocks of concern as
described in paragraph (b)(6)(iv)(J) of
this section, are restricted to the trip
limits specified in paragraph (e) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
(8) * * *
(v) * * *
(F) Landing limits. Unless otherwise
restricted under this part, a vessel
fishing any portion of a trip in the
Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP
under a NE multispecies DAS may not
fish for, possess, or land more than
1,000 lb (453.6 kg) of cod, per trip,
regardless of trip length. A common
pool vessel fishing in the Eastern U.S./
Canada Haddock SAP under a NE
multispecies DAS is subject to the
haddock requirements described in
§ 648.86(a), unless further restricted
under paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this
section. A common pool vessel fishing
in the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock
SAP may not land more than 100 lb
(45.5 kg) per DAS, or any part of a DAS,
of GB yellowtail flounder, up to a
maximum of 500 lb (227 kg) of all
flatfish species, combined. Possession of
monkfish (whole weight) and skates
(whole weight) is limited to 500 lb (227
kg) each, unless otherwise restricted by
§ 648.94(b)(3), and possession of
lobsters is prohibited. Possession limits
for all other stocks are as specified in
§ 648.86.
*
*
*
*
*
(H) Incidental TACs. The maximum
amount of GB cod and GB yellowtail
flounder, both landings and discards,
that may be caught when fishing in the
Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP
Program in a fishing year by vessels
fishing under a Category B DAS, as
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
26208
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
authorized in paragraph (b)(8)(v)(A) of
this section, is the amount specified in
paragraphs (b)(5)(ii) and (iii) of this
section. All regulated species and ocean
pout caught by a vessel on a sector trip
will be applied against the ACE for each
stock that is specified for the sector in
which the vessel participates.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 4. Section 648.86 is amended by
revising paragraph (l) to read as follows:
§ 648.86 NE Multispecies possession
restrictions.
*
*
*
*
*
(l) Ocean pout, windowpane flounder,
and Atlantic wolffish. A vessel issued a
limited access NE multispecies permit,
an open access NE multispecies
Handgear B permit, or a limited access
monkfish permit and fishing under the
monkfish Category C or D permit
provisions may not fish for, possess, or
land ocean pout, windowpane flounder,
or Atlantic wolffish.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 5. Section 648.87 is amended as
follows:
■ a. Revise paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and
(c)(2)(ii)(A);
■ b. Suspend paragraph (b)(1)(i)(C); and
■ c. Add paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(F) and
(b)(1)(i)(G).
The added and revised text reads as
follows:
§ 648.87
Sector allocation.
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) Allocated stocks. Each sector shall
be allocated a TAC in the form of an
ACE for each NE multispecies stock,
with the exception of Atlantic halibut,
ocean pout, windowpane flounder (both
the GOM/GB and the SNE/MA stocks),
and Atlantic wolffish based upon the
cumulative PSCs of vessels/permits
participating in each sector during a
particular fishing year, as described in
paragraph (b)(1)(i)(E) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(F) (1) Carry-over. For FY 2013, with
the exception of GB yellowtail flounder,
a sector may carry over an amount of
ACE equal to up to 10 percent of its
original ACE allocation for each stock
that is unused at the end of one fishing
year into the following fishing year;
except that for GOM cod, for a period
of 180 days after publication of this rule,
a sector may only carry over an amount
of ACE equal to up to 1.85 percent of its
original GOM cod ACE.
(2) Eastern GB cod and haddock
carryover. Any unused ACE allocated
for Eastern GB stocks pursuant to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this section will
contribute to the 10-percent carry-over
allowance for each stock, as specified in
paragraph (b)(1)(i)(F)(1) of this section,
but will not increase an individual
sector’s allocation of Eastern GB stocks
during the following year.
(3) Carry-over when vessels leave or
change sectors. Carry-over ACE remains
effective during the subsequent fishing
year even if vessels that contributed to
the sector allocation during the previous
fishing year are no longer participating
in the same sector for the subsequent
fishing year.
(G) Carryover accounting. (1) For FY
2013, carryover of a particular stock
attributed to a sector shall not be
counted against a sector’s ACE or the
overall ACL for groundfish stocks.
(2) Beginning in FY 2014, carryover of
a particular stock attributed to a sector,
other than the NMFS-specified de
minimus amount, shall be counted
against the sector’s ACE only for
purposes of determining an overage
subject to the AM in paragraph (b)(4)(iii)
of this section in circumstances when
the overall stock-level ACL has been
exceeded.
(3) NMFS shall determine and
announce the de minimus amount for
FY 2014 and may modify each
subsequent year. De minimus
announcements shall be made
consistent with the APA on or about 6
months before the end of the fishing
year.
(4) In instances where the overall
stock-level ACL has been exceeded and
sectors have utilized available carryover
in excess of the NMFS specified de
minimus amount, the sector will be
subject to the AM provision, inclusive
of the carryover amount in excess of the
stock-level ACL, as outlined in
paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section.
(5) The Council may request, on an
annual basis, for NMFS to reduce the
amount of the available eligible
carryover amount to ensure the total
potential catch, the stock-level ACL plus
the carryover amount, does not exceed
the stock overfishing limit. Any such
reduction of carryover amount shall be
done consistent with the APA.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) Trip limits on NE multispecies
stocks for which a sector receives an
allocation of ACE pursuant to paragraph
(b)(1)(i) of this section (i.e., all stocks
except Atlantic halibut, ocean pout,
windowpane flounder, and Atlantic
wolffish);
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 648.89
[Amended]
6. Section 648.89 is amended as
follows:
■ a. Remove paragraph (c)(7); and
■ b. Redesignate paragraph (c)(6) as
paragraph (c)(5); paragraph (c)(8) as
paragraph (c)(6) and paragraph (c)(9) as
paragraph (c)(7).
■ 7. Section 648.90 is amended to read
as follows:
■ a. Revise paragraphs (a)(4)(iii)(C) and
(a)(5)(i)(A); and
■ b. Remove paragraph (a)(5)(i)(D)(4).
■
§ 648.90 NE multispecies assessment,
framework procedures and specifications,
and flexible area action system.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(iii) * * *
(C) Yellowtail flounder catch by the
Atlantic sea scallop fishery. Yellowtail
flounder catch in the Atlantic sea
scallop fishery, as defined in subpart D
of this part, shall be deducted from the
ABC/ACL for each yellowtail flounder
stock pursuant to the restrictions
specified in subpart D of this part and
the process to specify ABCs and ACLs,
as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this
section. Unless otherwise specified in
this paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(C), or subpart D
of this part, the specific value of the
sub-components of the ABC/ACL for
each stock of yellowtail flounder
distributed to the Atlantic sea scallop
fishery shall be specified pursuant to
the biennial adjustment process
specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section. The Atlantic sea scallop fishery
shall be allocated 40 percent of the GB
yellowtail flounder ABC (U.S. share
only) in fishing year 2013, and 16
percent in fishing year 2014 and each
fishing year thereafter, pursuant to the
process for specifying ABCs and ACLs
described in this paragraph (a)(4). An
ACL based on this ABC shall be
determined using the process described
in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section.
Based on information available, NMFS
shall project the expected scallop
fishery catch of GB and SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder for the current
fishing year by January 15. If NMFS
determines that the scallop fishery will
catch less than 90 percent of its GB or
SNE/MA yellowtail flounder sub-ACL,
the Regional Administrator may reduce
the pertinent scallop fishery sub-ACL to
the amount projected to be caught, and
increase the groundfish fishery sub-ACL
by any amount up to the amount
reduced from the scallop fishery subACL. The revised GB or SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder groundfish fishery
sub-ACL shall be distributed to the
common pool and sectors based on the
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
process specified in paragraph
(a)(4)(iii)(H)(1) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) Excessive catch by common pool
vessels. If the catch of regulated species
and ocean pout by common pool vessels
exceeds the amount of the ACL
specified for common pool vessels
pursuant to paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(H)(2) of
this section, then the AMs described in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:56 May 02, 2013
Jkt 229001
§ 648.82(n) shall take effect. Pursuant to
the distribution of ABCs/ACLs specified
in paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(H)(2) of this
section, for the purposes of this
paragraph (a)(5)(i)(A), the catch of each
regulated species or ocean pout stock
not allocated to sectors pursuant to
§ 648.87(b)(1)(i)(E) (i.e., Atlantic halibut,
ocean pout, windowpane flounder, and
Atlantic wolffish) during fishing years
2010 and 2011 shall be added to the
catch of such stocks by common pool
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
26209
vessels to determine whether the
differential DAS counting AM described
in § 648.82(n)(1) shall take effect. If such
catch does not exceed the portion of the
ACL specified for common pool vessels
pursuant to paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(H)(2) of
this section, then no AMs shall take
effect for common pool vessels.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2013–10460 Filed 4–30–13; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\03MYR3.SGM
03MYR3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 78, Number 86 (Friday, May 3, 2013)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 26171-26209]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2013-10460]
[[Page 26171]]
Vol. 78
Friday,
No. 86
May 3, 2013
Part III
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 648
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions;
Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Multispecies
Fishery; Framework Adjustment 50; Interim Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 86 / Friday, May 3, 2013 / Rules and
Regulations
[[Page 26172]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 648
[Docket No. 130219149-3397-02]
RIN 0648-BC97
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act
Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast
Multispecies Fishery; Framework Adjustment 50
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Interim final rule; emergency action; request for comments.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS partially approves Framework Adjustment 50 (Framework 50)
to the Northeast (NE) Multispecies Fishery Management Plan (FMP), and
implements the approved measures. NMFS also implements three parallel
emergency actions to set fishing year (FY) 2013 catch limits for
Georges Bank (GB) yellowtail flounder and white hake, and to modify the
maximum Gulf of Maine (GOM) cod carryover available to sectors from FY
2012 to FY 2013. Framework 50 sets specifications for FYs 2013-2015,
including 2013 total allowable catches (TACs) for U.S./Canada stocks,
and revises the rebuilding program and management measures for Southern
New England/Mid-Atlantic (SNE/MA) winter flounder. This final rule also
implements FY 2013 management measures for the recreational and common
pool fisheries and clarifies how to account for sector carryover for FY
2013 and for FY 2014 and beyond. These actions are necessary to prevent
overfishing, rebuild overfished stocks, achieve optimum yield (OY), and
ensure that management measures are based on the best available
scientific information.
DATES: Effective May 1, 2013, except for:
The amendment to Sec. 648.87 (b)(1)(i)(C) is effective May 3,
2013, through October 30, 2013.
The amendment to Sec. 648.90 is effective May 2, 2013.
The specification of the white hake and GB yellowtail flounder
catch limits under ``Annual Catch Limit Specifications'' in the
preamble are effective May 3, 2013, through October 30, 2013.
Comments on the carryover measures for FY 2014 and beyond, and the
re-estimation of the SNE/MA yellowtail flounder catch by scallop
vessels, must be received by June 17, 2013.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2013-0053,
by any of the following methods:
Electronic submissions: Submit all electronic public
comments via the Federal eRulemaking Portal. Go to www.regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2013-0053, click the ``Comment Now!'' icon,
complete the required fields, and enter or attach your comments.
Mail: Paper, disk, or CD-ROM comments should be sent to
John K. Bullard, Regional Administrator, National Marine Fisheries
Service, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930. Mark the
outside of the envelope, ``Interim Final Measures for NE Multispecies
Sector Carryover.''
Fax: (978) 281-9135, Attn: Sarah Heil.
Instructions: Comments sent by any other method, to any other
address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period,
may not be considered by NMFS. All comments received are a part of the
public record and will generally be posted for public viewing on
www.regulations.gov without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address, etc.), confidential business
information, or otherwise sensitive information submitted voluntarily
by the sender will be publicly accessible. NMFS will accept anonymous
comments (enter ``N/A'' in the required fields if you wish to remain
anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word, Excel, or Adobe PDF file formats only.
Copies of Framework 50, associated emergency rules, and other
measures, the environmental assessment (EA), its Regulatory Impact
Review (RIR), and the Final Regulatory Flexibility Act (FRFA) analysis
prepared by the Council and NMFS are available from John K. Bullard,
Regional Administrator, NMFS Northeast Regional Office (NERO), 55 Great
Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930. The FRFA analysis consists of the
FRFA, public comments and responses, and the summary of impacts and
alternatives contained in this final rule and Framework 50, Associated
Emergency Rules, and Other Measures. The EA/RIR/FRFA is also accessible
via the Internet at: https://www.nero.noaa.gov/sfd/sfdmulti.html.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sarah Heil, Fishery Policy Analyst,
phone: 978-281-9257, fax: 978-281-9135.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The FMP specifies management measures for 16 species in Federal
waters off the New England and Mid-Atlantic coasts, including both
large-mesh and small-mesh species. Small-mesh species include silver
hake (whiting), red hake, offshore hake, and ocean pout; and large-mesh
species include Atlantic cod, haddock, yellowtail flounder, pollock,
American plaice, witch flounder, white hake, windowpane flounder,
Atlantic halibut, winter flounder, Acadian redfish, and Atlantic
wolffish. Large-mesh species, which are referred to as ``regulated
species,'' are divided into 19 fish stocks, and along with ocean pout,
make up the groundfish complex.
The New England Fishery Management Council (Council) developed and
adopted Framework 50, in conjunction with Framework 48 to the FMP
(Framework 48), based on the biennial review process established in the
FMP to set annual catch limits (ACLs) and to revise management measures
necessary to rebuild overfished groundfish stocks and achieve the goals
and objectives of the FMP. The Council initially intended to set the
specifications for FYs 2013-2015, including adoption of FY 2013 TACs
for U.S./Canada stocks, through Framework 48. Framework 48 also
includes measures to establish allocations of SNE/MA windowpane
flounder and GB yellowtail flounder for some non-groundfish fisheries,
modify sector management and groundfish fishery accountability measures
(AMs), and help mitigate anticipated impacts of the FY 2013 catch
limits. At its December 2012 meeting, the Council voted to remove the
specifications from Framework 48 and initiate a separate specifications
package (Framework 50) for final action at its January 2013 meeting.
Due to the reductions in catch limits anticipated for FY 2013, the
Council needed additional time to explore any flexibility that may be
available for setting specifications, and to complete the necessary
analyses for the proposed measures. The Council also needed additional
time to develop new management measures for SNE/MA winter flounder that
were expected to help mitigate the anticipated impacts of the FY 2013
catch limits. In addition, the results of the December 2012 benchmark
assessments for GOM and GB cod were not yet available when the Council
took final action on Framework 48, but became available prior to the
Council's January 2013 meeting.
[[Page 26173]]
Disapproved Measures
FY 2013 GB Yellowtail Flounder Catch Limits
NMFS disapproves the FY 2013 Acceptable Biological Catch (ABC) of
1,150 mt (U.S. quota 495 mt) for GB yellowtail flounder that the
Council proposed in Framework 50, on grounds that it is inconsistent
with the necessary provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act), particularly
the National Standard 1 requirement to prevent overfishing, and the
National Standard 2 requirement to use the best scientific information
available. During the development of Framework 50, and in the proposed
rule for this action, NMFS expressed concern about this ABC and
cautioned that it may not be approvable, as it did not appear to be
based on the best scientific information available and could lead to
overfishing.
The 2012 Transboundary Resources Assessment Committee (TRAC)
assessment for GB yellowtail flounder was completed in June 2012. A
detailed summary of the 2012 TRAC assessment can be found at: https://www2.mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/science/trac/tsr.html. The 2012 TRAC noted that,
in recent years, catches based on the approved assessment model (Split
Series model) have not reduced fishing mortality below the fishing
mortality limit reference (Fref),\1\ or increased spawning
stock biomass (SSB) as expected. There was also a significant
retrospective pattern in the 2012 assessment, which causes SSB to be
overestimated and fishing mortality (F) to be underestimated. As a
result, the TRAC recommended that 2013 catches should not be based on
the assessment results without adjusting for the retrospective bias.
The 2013 unadjusted catch from the Split Series model would be
approximately 882 mt. This is the catch that would result from F that,
if applied over the long term, would result in maximum sustainable
yield (FMSY). Based on the assessment results, 2013 catches
should not be above 882 mt, and in order to account for scientific
uncertainty in the assessment, should be considerably below this level
to help ensure that overfishing does not occur.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The fishing mortality limit reference (Fref) for
GB yellowtail flounder (0.25) was negotiated as part of the U.S./
Canada Resource Sharing Understanding. The Transboundary Management
Guidance Committee's harvest strategy is to maintain a low to
neutral risk of exceeding Fref. The Fref for
GB yellowtail flounder is equal to FMSY (0.25) that is
applied in the U.S. to calculate overfishing limits consistent with
the Magnuson-Stevens Act. See Item 3 for more information on the
joint (U.S./Canada) management of transboundary GB groundfish
stocks.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The 2012 TRAC performed five sensitivity analyses to attempt to
minimize the retrospective bias and evaluate a few potential factors
(i.e., missing catch, an increased natural mortality rate (M), a
combination of missing catch and increased M) that might explain the
retrospective pattern in the assessment. The results from the
sensitivity analyses help characterize the scientific uncertainty and
risk in the 2013 catch advice, and were used by the TRAC as the basis
of the 2013 catch advice. Based on the sensitivity analyses, a 2013
quota of 200 mt would have a high probability that F would be less than
Fref, and that SSB would increase. A 2013 quota between 400-
500 mt would result in an F that is below Fref (in one of
the five sensitivity runs), or that SSB would increase (in the other
four sensitivity runs). The 2012 TRAC results indicate that the lower
end of the 2013 quota range would have a greater probability that F
would be less than Fref, and that the adult biomass would
increase, than the higher end of the range.
The Council's Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC)
recommended a FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder of 200-1,150 mt
and determined that the overfishing limit (OFL) is unknown. The SSC
noted that a 2013 catch limit of 200 mt would have a low probability of
overfishing and would be expected to allow the stock to increase, and
that a 2013 catch limit of 400-500 mt would have a greater probability
of overfishing than 200 mt, but would likely allow some rebuilding. The
SSC also noted that the rationale for a FY 2013 ABC of 400-500 mt is
similar to the rationale of its ABC recommendation for FY 2012. The SSC
recommended an ABC of 1,150 mt as a backstop measure only, and noted
that unintentional bycatch may exceed 500 mt, but total removals should
be less than the FY 2012 ABC of 1,150 mt. The SSC noted in its November
2012 report that its recommendation for 1,150 mt was qualitative and
not based on the 2012 TRAC assessment, and concluded that this ABC
represented a status quo catch limit relative to the FY 2012 ABC.
The SSC also recommended that there should be no directed fishery
for GB yellowtail flounder, and that measures should be taken to reduce
bycatch as much as possible. In its September 2012 report, the SSC
noted that an ABC of 1,150 mt would only be appropriate when management
measures have a high probability of resulting in low Fs. The SSC did
not provide any detail on what it intended by its recommendation for
reducing bycatch, or what management measures it expected the Council
to modify to meet this recommendation. Nonetheless, the Council did not
adopt or modify any management measures that would necessarily prevent
targeting of GB yellowtail flounder, or result in a high probability of
low Fs under this ABC alternative. The SSC did not endorse an FY 2013
ABC of 1,150 mt as an appropriate catch level for any directed fishing,
and as a result, the Council's proposed ABC of 1,150 mt is not
consistent with the SSC's recommendation.
Moreover, NMFS has determined that the 2012 TRAC assessment for GB
yellowtail flounder represents the best scientific information
available, and notes that the SSC did not reject the 2012 TRAC
assessment. The recommendation for a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt is higher
than the catch levels suggested by the unadjusted Split Series model
results (882 mt). The TRAC indicated that 2013 catches based on the
unadjusted model would likely fail to achieve management objectives,
and would not appropriately account for the retrospective bias in the
assessment. Therefore, based on the 2012 assessment, a FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 mt would almost certainly fail to prevent overfishing. As a
result, NMFS has determined that a 2013 catch of 1,150 mt is
inconsistent with National Standards 1 and 2 of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act, which requires that management measures must prevent overfishing
and be based on the best scientific information available. Thus, NMFS
disapproves the FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt adopted by the Council in
Framework 50.
Approved Measures
The Framework 50 measures that are approved are described below.
All of the measures in Framework 50 are approved except for the FY 2013
ABC for GB yellowtail flounder that was described in the previous
section. This final rule also implements FY 2013 management measures
for the common pool and recreational fisheries. These measures are not
part of Framework 50, and are being implemented under Regional
Administrator (RA) authority provided by the FMP.
In addition, this final rule implements three parallel emergency
actions under authority provided in section 305(c) of the Magnuson-
Stevens Act. The Magnuson-Stevens Act authorizes the Secretary of
Commerce (Secretary) to implement emergency rules or interim measures
if the Secretary finds that an emergency involving a fishery exists, or
[[Page 26174]]
that interim measures are needed to reduce overfishing. The Secretary
can also implement emergency rules or interim measures if the Council
finds that one of these factors exists and requests that the Secretary
act. NMFS issued guidance defining when an emergency involving a
fishery exists (62 FR 44421; August 21, 1997). This guidance defines an
emergency as a situation that: (1) Arose from recent, unforeseen
events; (2) presents a serious conservation or management problem in
the fishery; and (3) can be addressed through interim emergency
regulations for which the immediate benefits outweigh the value of
advance notice, public comment, and the deliberative consideration of
the impacts on participants to the same extent as would be expected
under the formal rulemaking process (if the emergency rule is being
implemented without the opportunity for prior public comment). NMFS
policy guidelines also state that an emergency action is justified for
certain situations where emergency action would prevent significant
direct economic loss, or preserve a significant economic opportunity
that otherwise might be lost.
NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, is using section 305(c) emergency
rulemaking authority to:
Implement FY 2013 GB yellowtail flounder catch limits that
differ from the Council's recommended levels;
Increase the FY 2013 white hake catch limits from those
proposed in Framework 50; and
Modify the maximum allowable carryover for GOM cod that is
available to sectors from FY 2012 to FY 2013.
Rationale for how each of these actions satisfies the criteria for
emergency rulemaking is provided within their respective sections later
in this preamble.
An additional set of measures to modify sector carryover provisions
for FY 2014 and beyond are being implemented under authority of section
305(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, which says that the Secretary may
independently promulgate regulations necessary to ensure that fishery
management plans or amendments are carried out, and implemented, in
accordance with the Magnuson-Stevens Act. These measures are necessary
to reconcile conflicts between the sector carryover program and the
conservation objectives of the FMP as well as to clarify how to account
for carryover catch in a manner consistent with the National Standards
of the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
1. SNE/MA Winter Flounder Rebuilding Program
The current rebuilding strategy for SNE/MA winter flounder was
implemented in 2004 with a targeted rebuilding end date of 2014 with a
median probability of success. In 2008, data showed that the stock
would not rebuild by 2014, even in the absence of all fishing
mortality, but would likely rebuild between 2015 and 2016. As a result,
Amendment 16 to the FMP (Amendment 16) adopted management measures that
would result in Fs as close to zero as practicable. The stock is not
currently allocated to sectors, and possession is prohibited by
commercial and recreational vessels.
A benchmark assessment was completed in June 2011 for SNE/MA winter
flounder and concluded that there was less than a 1-percent chance that
SNE/MA winter flounder would rebuild by 2014, even if no fishing
mortality were allowed from 2012 to 2014. Based on the assessment
results, NMFS determined that SNE/MA winter flounder was not making
adequate rebuilding progress. Section 304(e)(7) of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act says that, if the Secretary finds that an FMP has not resulted in
adequate progress toward ending overfishing and rebuilding, the
Secretary must immediately notify the Council and recommend
conservation and management measures that would achieve adequate
progress. Therefore, on behalf of the Secretary, NMFS notified the
Council in May 2012 that the SNE/MA winter flounder rebuilding program
was not making adequate progress. As a result, NMFS also notified the
Council that it must implement a revised rebuilding plan for the stock
within 2 years, or by May 1, 2014, consistent with the rebuilding
requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. In December 2012, the Council
developed a proposal to re-specify the ABC for SNE/MA winter flounder
to achieve an ACL of at least 1,400 mt while continuing to prevent
overfishing. The Council also proposed to allocate this stock to
sectors beginning in FY 2013. To allow the Council's proposed revisions
to the management approach for SNE/MA winter flounder (see Item 2 of
this preamble for more information), NMFS notified the Council that it
must revise the rebuilding program for this stock.
Therefore, this action revises the rebuilding strategy for SNE/MA
winter flounder to rebuild the stock by 2023 with a median probability
of success. During the rebuilding program, catch limits will be set
based on the F that would rebuild the stock within its rebuilding
timeframe (Frebuild). However, groundfish stock projections
have recently demonstrated a tendency to overestimate stock growth.
Therefore, short-term catch advice for SNE/MA winter flounder could
reduce catches from Frebuild in order to account for the
scientific uncertainty in the projections. If SNE/MA winter flounder
stock size increases more rapidly than originally projected,
Frebuild will be recalculated, which could allow increased
catch limits in the future.
The minimum rebuilding time (Tmin) is the amount of time
a stock is expected to take to rebuild to its MSY biomass level in the
absence of any fishing mortality. For SNE/MA winter flounder,
Tmin is 6 years (from 2013), or 2019. Because the stock can
rebuild in less than 10 years in the absence of all fishing mortality,
the maximum rebuilding period for SNE/MA winter flounder is 10 years. A
rebuilding end date of 2023 rebuilds the stock as quickly as possible
taking into account the needs of fishing communities. This rebuilding
strategy would return greater net benefits than a rebuilding strategy
that targets an end date between 2019 and 2023.
2. SNE/MA Winter Flounder Management Measures
Landing Restrictions
As described in Item 1 of this preamble, the prohibition on
retention for SNE/MA winter flounder was adopted by Amendment 16 to
keep Fs as close to zero as practicable in order to rebuild this stock.
This measure has effectively reduced fishing mortality and overfishing
is not occurring for this stock. At its December 2012 meeting, the
Council developed measures to modify the management program for SNE/MA
winter flounder as one way to help mitigate the anticipated impacts of
the reductions in the FY 2013 catch limits.
This action allocates SNE/MA winter flounder to sectors, and as
described below, subjects the stock to an inseason AM that closes the
stock area to sectors once their Annual Catch Entitlement is caught. As
adopted by Amendment 16, each vessel's potential sector contribution
(PSC) for SNE/MA winter flounder will be calculated using dealer
landings during FYs 1996 through 2006. In addition, this action allows
commercial and recreational vessels to land SNE/MA winter flounder.
Sector vessels are required to land all legal-sized SNE/MA winter
flounder, and common pool vessels may land legal-sized fish within the
trip limit, or any other inseason restrictions, specified by
[[Page 26175]]
the RA. The minimum fish size for SNE/MA winter flounder for both
commercial and recreational vessels is 12 inches (30.5 cm). Initial FY
2013 trip limits for common pool vessels are provided in Item 8 of this
preamble.
Allowing landings of SNE/MA winter flounder is expected to provide
additional fishing opportunities for groundfish vessels in FY 2013 that
will help offset low quotas for some groundfish stocks, and promote OY
in the fishery. Landings of the stock will also provide the opportunity
to collect biological samples from landed fish after possession has
been prohibited in recent years.
Commercial Fishery AMs
Since Amendment 16, the AM for SNE/MA winter flounder has been zero
possession, and there was no reactive AM for the stock. In December
2011, a Court order in Oceana v. Locke required that reactive AMs be
developed for all of the stocks not allocated to sectors. As a result,
Framework 48 proposed an area-based AM for commercial groundfish
vessels that would implement gear restrictions for common pool and
sector vessels in certain areas if the total ACL for SNE/MA winter
flounder was exceeded. This action replaces this area-based AM for
sector vessels with the standard inseason sector AM, since the stock is
being allocated to sectors. All catch (landings and discards) of SNE/MA
winter flounder will be attributed to a sector's ACE. Sector vessels
will be required to stop fishing inseason in the SNE/MA winter flounder
stock area once the entire sector's ACE is caught, unless the sector
leases additional ACE. If a sector exceeds its ACE for the fishing
year, it will be subject to an additional AM that will reduce the
sector's ACE in the following fishing year by the amount of the
overage.
This action also implements an area-based AM for common pool
vessels. The AM will be triggered if the common pool sub-ACL is
exceeded by more than the management uncertainty buffer. Currently, the
management uncertainty buffer for the common pool fishery is 5 percent
for SNE/MA winter flounder. The management uncertainty buffers can be
revised each time the specifications are set, so the buffer used for
the common pool fishery could change in future actions. The common pool
fishery makes up only about 2 percent of the total catch of SNE/MA
winter flounder, and other components of the fishery typically
underharvest their portions of the ABC. As a result, triggering the
common pool AM for this stock by an overage of the sub-ACL that exceeds
the management uncertainty buffer is not expected to increase the
likelihood that the total ACL would be exceeded, or that overfishing
would occur, and will help achieve OY in the fishery.
The AM for common pool vessels requires that trawl vessels fishing
on a NE multispecies day-at-sea (DAS) must use approved selective trawl
gear in the SNE/MA Winter Flounder AM Areas. Approved gears include the
separator trawl, the Ruhle trawl, the mini-Ruhle trawl, rope trawl, and
any other gear authorized by the Council in a management action, or
approved for use consistent with the process defined in Sec.
648.85(b)(6). This area-based AM does not restrict common pool vessels
fishing with longline or gillnet gear. If triggered, the AM will be
implemented in the fishing year following the overage, and would be
effective for the entire fishing year. The AM would account for an
overage of the common pool sub-ACL of up to 20 percent. If the common
pool fishery exceeds its sub-ACL by 20 percent or more, the AM will be
implemented, and this measure will be reconsidered by the Council in a
future action.
As adopted by Amendment 16, if the total ACL is exceeded, and the
overage is caused by a sub-component of the fishery that is not
allocated a sub-ACL, and does not have an AM, the overage will be
distributed among the components of the fishery that do have a sub-ACL,
and if necessary, the pertinent AM will be triggered. If sub-ACLs are
allocated to additional fisheries in the future, and AMs developed for
those fisheries, the AM for any fishery would only be implemented if it
exceeds its sub-ACL, or if the total ACL for the stock is exceeded. If
only one fishery exceeds it sub-ACL, only the AM for that fishery will
be implemented.
3. U.S./Canada TACs
Eastern GB cod, eastern GB haddock, and GB yellowtail flounder are
managed jointly with Canada through the U.S./Canada Resource Sharing
Understanding (Understanding). Each year the Transboundary Management
Guidance Committee (TMGC), a government-industry committee made up of
representatives from the United States and Canada, recommends a shared
TAC for each stock based on the most recent stock information and the
TMGC harvest strategy. The TMGC's harvest strategy for setting catch
levels is to maintain a low to neutral risk (less than 50 percent) of
exceeding the fishing mortality limit reference for each stock
(Fref = 0.18, 0.26, and 0.25 for cod, haddock, and
yellowtail flounder, respectively). The TMGC's harvest strategy also
specifies that when stock conditions are poor, fishing mortality should
be further reduced to promote rebuilding. The shared TACs are allocated
between the United States and Canada based on a formula that considers
historical catch percentages (10-percent weighting) and the current
resource distribution based on trawl surveys (90-percent weighting).
The U.S./Canada Management Area comprises the entire stock area for GB
yellowtail flounder; therefore, the U.S. TAC for this stock is also the
U.S. ABC. Eastern GB cod and haddock are sub-units of the total GB cod
and haddock stocks. The U.S./Canada TACs for these stocks are a portion
of the total ABC.
Assessments for the three transboundary stocks were completed in
June 2012 by the TRAC. A detailed summary of the 2012 TRAC assessment
can be found at: https://www2.mar.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/science/trac/tsr.html.
The TMGC met in September 2012 to recommend shared TACs for FY 2013.
Based on the results of the 2012 TRAC assessment, the TMGC recommended
a shared TAC of 600 mt for eastern GB cod, 10,400 mt for eastern GB
haddock, and 500 mt for GB yellowtail flounder. At its November 14,
2012, meeting, the Council recommended the TMGC's guidance for eastern
GB cod and haddock for FY 2013, but it did not recommend the TMGC's
guidance for GB yellowtail flounder. The Council selected a preferred-
alternative for GB yellowtail flounder of 1,150 mt for FY 2013, which
is more than double the TMGC's recommendation of 500 mt.
The 2013 U.S./Canada TACs and the percentage share for each country
are listed in Table 1. This action approves the eastern GB cod and
haddock TACs adopted in Framework 50. However, as described previously
in this preamble, NMFS disapproves the FY 2013 GB yellowtail flounder
ABC (1,150 mt) adopted by the Council in Framework 50. Because the
Council typically sets specifications for multiple years at a time,
Framework 47 to the FMP (Framework 47) (77 FR 26104; May 2, 2012)
specified an ABC of 1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder for FYs 2012-
2013. The FY 2013 ABC was based on the 2011 TRAC assessment, which was
the best scientific information available, and the SSC and the Council
fully intended to replace this ABC in a future management action based
on the 2012 TRAC assessment. The FY 2013 ABC that was previously
specified in Framework 47 (1,150 mt) is identical to the ABC proposed
by the Council in Framework 50 that NMFS is
[[Page 26176]]
disapproving because it is would likely result in overfishing and would
not be based on the best scientific information available. Thus, NMFS's
disapproval of the FY 2013 ABC proposed in Framework 50 leaves the
fishery with the same catch limit for this stock, as adopted by, and
approved in, Framework 47. Due to serious conservation concerns, and
the potential for this catch limit to cause harm to the resource, NMFS
is instead implementing a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt (U.S. TAC 215 mt)
through emergency rulemaking, as more fully discussed later in this
preamble (see Item 4).
The Understanding requires that any overages of the U.S. TACs for
eastern GB cod, eastern GB haddock, or GB yellowtail flounder be
deducted from the U.S. TAC in the following fishing year. If FY 2012
catch information indicates that the U.S. fishery exceeded its TAC for
any of the shared stocks, NMFS is required to reduce the FY 2013 U.S.
TAC for that stock. If an overage occurs, NMFS will announce the
necessary overage deduction as soon as possible in FY 2013. As adopted
in Framework 48, if any fishery that is allocated a portion of the U.S.
TAC exceeds its allocation, which causes an overage of the U.S. TAC,
the overage deduction will be applied to this fishery's sub-ACL in the
following fishing year.
Table 1--FY 2013 U.S./Canada TACS (Mt, Live Weight) and Percentage Shares
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GB yellowtail flounder
TAC Eastern GB cod Eastern GB haddock emergency action
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Shared TAC.................... 600 10,400 500
U.S. TAC............................ 96 (16%) 3,952 (38%) 215 (43%)
Canada TAC.......................... 504 (84%) 6,448 (62%) 285 (57%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. OFLs and ABCs
The OFL for each stock in the FMP is calculated using the estimated
stock size and FMSY. The SSC recommends ABCs for each stock
that are lower than the OFLs to account for scientific uncertainty. In
most cases, the ABCs are calculated using the estimated stock size for
a particular year, and are based on the catch associated with 75
percent of FMSY, or Frebuild, whichever is lower.
This is the Council's default ABC control rule that was adopted by
Amendment 16. However, in recent years, catch projections for
groundfish stocks have been overly optimistic. Catch projections often
overestimate stock growth and underestimate fishing mortality. As a
result, even catches that were substantially lower than the projected
catch resulted in overfishing for some stocks. So, in many cases, the
SSC has recommended ABCs that are lower than the catch associated with
75 percent of FMSY or Frebuild, or constant
catches for FYs 2013-2015, in order to further account for scientific
uncertainty. Appendix III to the Framework 50 EA provides additional
detail on the OFLs and ABCs adopted by the Council for each stock (see
ADDRESSES for information on how to get this document).
As part of the biennial review process for the FMP, the Council
adopts OFLs and ABCs for 3 years at a time. Although it is expected
that the Council will adopt new catch limits every 2 years, specifying
catch levels for a third year ensures there are default catch limits in
place in the event that a management action is delayed. This action
adopts OFLs and ABCs for FYs 2013-2015 for most groundfish stocks,
which are presented in Table 2, with a few exceptions that are
described below. For GB cod, haddock, and yellowtail flounder, the
Canadian share is deducted from the total ABC (see Table 1 for the
Canadian share of these stocks). The U.S. ABC is the amount available
to the U.S. fishery after accounting for Canadian catch.
FYs 2013-2014 catch limits for GB and GOM winter flounder and
pollock were adopted in Framework 47 and are restated here. Also, as
mentioned above, GB yellowtail flounder is managed jointly with Canada,
and a TRAC assessment is conducted each year for the stock. As a
result, catch limits are set annually for this stock, and this action
only adopts catch limits for FY 2013. As described earlier in this
rule, NMFS is disapproving the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder
adopted by the Council in Framework 50 (1,150 mt). This action instead
implements an OFL of 882 mt and an ABC of 500 mt through emergency
rulemaking, based on the most recent assessment information, as more
fully discussed later in this section.
Framework 50 adopted an FY 2013 ABC for white hake based on the
2008 benchmark assessment for this stock, which was the best scientific
information available to the Council when it developed and took final
action on Framework 50. National Standard 2 guidelines (50 CFR 600.315)
require that each FMP (and by extension amendment and framework) must
take into account the best scientific information available at the
time, or preparation, of an action. The guidelines recognize that new
information often becomes available between the initial drafting of an
action and its submission to NMFS for final review. As a result, and
based on established policy, this action approves the FY 2013 ABC for
white hake that was adopted by the Council in Framework. However, a new
stock assessment for white hake was completed in February 2013, and the
final results of this assessment became available in April 2013. The
assessment results support a higher FY 2013 ABC than what was adopted
by the Council in Framework 50. Therefore, although this action
technically approves the FY 2013 ABC for white hake specified in
Framework 50, NMFS is simultaneously implementing an emergency rule, as
requested by the Council at its April 2013 meeting, to increase the FY
2013 ABC for white hake based on the recent assessment. This emergency
rule is described in detail later in this section.
[[Page 26177]]
Table 2--FYs 2013-2015 OFLs and U.S. ABCs
[Live weight, mt]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2013 2014 2015
Stock -----------------------------------------------------------------
OFL U.S. ABC OFL U.S. ABC OFL U.S. ABC
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GB Cod........................................ 3,279 2,002 3,570 2,002 4,191 2,002
GOM Cod....................................... 1,635 1,550 1,917 1,550 2,639 1,550
GB Haddock.................................... 46,185 29,335 46,268 35,699 56,293 43,606
GOM Haddock................................... 371 290 440 341 561 435
GB Yellowtail Flounder Emergency Action....... 882 215 ......... ......... ......... .........
SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder.................... 1,021 700 1,042 700 1,056 700
Cape Cod (CC)/GOM Yellowtail Flounder......... 713 548 936 548 1,194 548
American Plaice............................... 2,035 1,557 1,981 1,515 2,021 1,544
Witch Flounder................................ 1,196 783 1,512 783 1,846 783
GB Winter Flounder............................ 4,819 3,750 4,626 3,598 ......... .........
GOM Winter Flounder........................... 1,458 1,078 1,458 1,078 ......... .........
SNE/MA Winter Flounder........................ 2,732 1,676 3,372 1,676 4,439 1,676
Redfish....................................... 15,468 10,995 16,130 11,465 16,845 11,974
White Hake Emergency Action................... 5,462 4,177 ......... ......... ......... .........
White Hake Proposed in Framework 50........... 5,306 3,638 ......... ......... ......... .........
Pollock....................................... 20,060 15,600 20,554 16,000 ......... .........
Northern Windowpane Flounder.................. 202 151 202 151 202 151
Southern Windowpane Flounder.................. 730 548 730 548 730 548
Ocean Pout.................................... 313 235 313 235 313 235
Atlantic Halibut.............................. 164 99 180 109 198 119
Atlantic Wolffish............................. 94 70 94 70 94 70
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: An empty cell indicates that no catch limit is adopted for these years. These catch limits will be
specified in a future action.
FYs 2013-2015 Catch Limits for GOM Cod
A benchmark assessment was completed for GOM cod in December 2012,
and the 55th Stock Assessment Review Committee (SARC 55) approved two
different assessment models. One assessment model (base case model)
assumes M = 0.2. The second assessment model (Mramp model)
assumes that M has increased from 0.2 to 0.4 in recent years, though
the SARC did not conclude that M would remain 0.4 indefinitely. As a
result, fishing mortality targets used in the catch projections from
both models are based on biological reference points that assume M =
0.2. A detailed summary of the benchmark assessment is available from
the Northeast Fisheries Science Center (NEFSC) at: https://www.nefsc.noaa.gov/saw/saw55/crd1301.pdf.
As more fully explained below, the SSC recommended two GOM cod
constant catch ABC alternatives for FYs 2013-2015: 1,249 and 1,550 mt.
The SSC noted that it preferred an ABC of 1,249 mt because it would
help conserve the stock and increase the likelihood of rebuilding.
Based on the two recommendations from the SSC, the Council selected a
preferred alternative for a constant catch of 1,550 mt for FYs 2013-
2015. Under the base case model, a constant ABC of 1,550 mt will have
at least a 50-percent probability of avoiding overfishing. An ABC of
1,550 mt will be higher than 75% FMSY until FY 2015, which
is the Council's ABC control rule adopted in Amendment 16. Under the
Mramp model, the ABC implemented in this action is the
FMSY catch level in FY 2015, and is above FMSY in
FY 2013 and FY 2014. An ABC of 1,550 mt is expected to result in a
dramatic reduction from current fishing mortality estimates and would
also allow stock growth, but is a departure from the ABC control rule
adopted by the Council in Amendment 16.
Amendment 16 specified that the ABC control rule should be used in
the absence of information that allows a more explicit determination of
scientific uncertainty for a stock. Amendment 16 also stated that, if
information was available to more accurately characterize scientific
uncertainty, it could be used by the SSC to set the ABC. Furthermore,
National Standard 1 gives deference to SSCs to recommend ABCs to
Fishery Management Councils that are departures from established
control rules. In such situations, SSCs are expected to make use of the
best scientific information available, and to provide ample
justification on why the control rule is not the best approach for the
particular circumstances.
The SSC determined that having two assessment models for GOM cod
allowed for a better understanding of the nature and extent of the
scientific uncertainty. As a result, the SSC concluded that both ABC
alternatives appropriately use the assessment outcomes and account for
scientific uncertainty. In addition, although multiple catch
projections are available for GOM cod, the assessment did not evaluate
an averaged output and did not recommend using an average of the two
assessment models. Thus, in this case, NMFS has determined it is not
appropriate to average the catch projections for GOM cod, and that all
of the information must be considered. Lower catch limits will always
increase the likelihood that stock growth will occur, and under this
rationale, an ABC of 1,249 mt would have greater, and more immediate,
increases in biomass than an ABC of 1,550 mt. However, in considering
the assessment results and catch projections for both ABC alternatives,
a constant catch ABC of 1,550 mt for FYs 2013-2015 will likely end
overfishing and result in some stock rebuilding. This constant catch
scenario also accounts for the uncertainty in the assessment and the
SARC's conclusion that although M may have increased in recent years,
it will likely return to 0.2 in the future.
Emergency Rule To Set FY 2013 GB Yellowtail Flounder Catch Limits
As noted earlier in this preamble, NMFS is disapproving the FY 2013
ABC for GB yellowtail flounder that the Council adopted in Framework 50
(1,150 mt), and is instead implementing a FY 2013 OFL of 882 mt and an
ABC of 500 mt through emergency rulemaking. This situation meets the
criteria for emergency action because it is necessary to address
serious
[[Page 26178]]
conservation and management concerns resulting from recent, unexpected
events. As noted earlier, the Council typically sets specifications for
groundfish stocks for multiple years at a time. Although catch limits
are set annually for GB yellowtail flounder because the stock is
managed jointly with Canada, Framework 47 adopted ABCs for FYs 2012-
2013 for the stock. The SSC recommended, and the Council adopted, a FY
2013 ABC of 1,150 mt in Framework 47 as a default catch limit with the
intention that this ABC would be updated in a future management action
based on the 2012 TRAC assessment. The ABCs adopted for GB yellowtail
flounder in Framework 47 were based on the 2011 TRAC assessments and
were consistent with the best scientific information available to the
Council when it developed and took final action on Framework 47.
The proposed rule for this emergency action incorrectly described
that if NMFS disapproved the ABC for GB yellowtail flounder proposed by
the Council in Framework 50, there would be no catch limit specified
for the fishery. Rather, since NMFS is disapproving the FY 2013 ABC for
GB yellowtail flounder in Framework 50, the FY 2013 ABC previously
specified in Framework 47 would go into effect on May 1, 2013. This ABC
is identical to the ABC that NMFS is disapproving in Framework 50. As a
result, based on the 2012 TRAC assessment, the default ABC would likely
result in overfishing, which poses a serious conservation concern for
the stock, and has the potential to cause harm to the resource. This
would undermine the joint management of this stock with Canada under
the Understanding, fail to end overfishing for the stock, and may not
allow for any stock rebuilding.
In addition, this issue was controversial during the development of
Framework 50, and both an ABC of 500 and 1,150 mt were considered by
the Council based on the SSC's recommendations. The Council selected an
FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt as the preferred alternative in Framework 50 at
its November meeting. However, the Council delayed final action on
Framework 50 until its January 2013 meeting. Due to the controversial
nature of this issue, until the Council took final action on Framework
50, it was unclear whether the Council would select a different
preferred alternative for GB yellowtail flounder. Although initial
review by NMFS suggested that the Council's preferred alternative of
1,150 mt did not appear to be consistent with the best scientific
information available, the SSC's recommendation was difficult to
interpret, and NMFS requested specific public comment on this
determination, and other factors that should be considered in setting
the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder. NMFS proactively proposed
an emergency rulemaking for concern that, in the event the FY 2013 ABC
of 1,150 mt was disapproved, the Council would not have sufficient time
to complete a management action and adopt a FY 2013 ABC for GB
yellowtail flounder by May 1, 2013. Normally, the Council takes final
action on a framework in November, and the action is submitted to NMFS
in December for approval for the upcoming fishing year beginning on May
1. However, the Council did not take final action on Framework 50 until
January 2013, and did not submit the document to NMFS for review and
approval until March 22, 2013, which is nearly 3 months after NMFS
typically receives the document. Thus, the lateness of the Council's
decision, and the difficulty in interpreting the SSC's recommendation
for GB yellowtail flounder, resulted in unforeseen events.
As a result of the default FY 2013ABC adopted in Framework 47 that
would pose serious conservation concerns, and the unforeseen events
described above, NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, finds that a
fishery-related emergency exists, and has determined that this
situation meets the emergency criteria set forth by NMFS for emergency
rulemaking (62 FR 44421; August 21, 1997).
This final rule implements a FY 2013 OFL of 882 mt and ABC of 500
mt. This ABC results in a U.S. quota of 215 mt after accounting for the
Canadian share (see Table 1). The SSC determined that the OFL was
unknown. However, the SSC's recommendation for FY 2013 was not based on
the 2012 TRAC assessment, and the SSC noted that its ABC recommendation
was qualitative. Based on the 2012 TRAC results, which NMFS has
determined is the best scientific information available, and using the
approved benchmark model that is used to determine stock status, NMFS
has calculated the OFL using the standard methodology as defined by
Amendment 16. As noted earlier in this section, and defined in
Amendment 16, the OFL is calculated by applying FMSY to a
biomass estimate. The current assessment for GB yellowtail flounder
uses the Split Series model to estimate current stock size and fishing
mortality, and this model was approved at the last benchmark assessment
for the stock. Using the split series model, the FY 2013 catches at
FMSY are 882 mt. Thus, NMFS is implementing a FY 2013 OFL of
882 mt through this final rule. However, as noted earlier in the
summary of the 2012 assessment results, the 2012 TRAC recommended that
2013 catches should be considerably below this level to help ensure
that overfishing does not occur.
A FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt is consistent with both the TMGC and SSC's
recommendations, and is within the range of 2013 catch levels suggested
by the sensitivity analyses conducted at the 2012 TRAC assessment. A
2013 catch level of 500 mt would allow some stock rebuilding, and is
less than the 2013 catch level based on the unadjusted model results
(882 mt) that the TRAC recommended should not be used as the basis for
2013 catch advice. The lower quota of 200 mt included in the 2012 TRAC
results has a higher probability of not exceeding Fref. But,
a 2013 catch of 500 mt would have only a 4-percent chance of exceeding
Fref (0.25) in one of the sensitivity analyses performed by
the TRAC. This catch level would also result in some stock rebuilding
in the other four sensitivity analyses. The 2012 TRAC assessment did
not calculate an average output for the models presented, and did not
recommend averaging the sensitivity analyses as a basis for catch
advice. Thus, NMFS has determined that it is not appropriate to average
the five sensitivity analyses, and that all of the analyses should be
considered in setting the 2013 ABC. A catch limit of 500 mt would
balance the need to account for the retrospective bias in the
assessment and allow some stock rebuilding, and would be substantially
below the OFL for the stock.
The total ACL and the sub-ACLs for each component of the fishery
that are implemented in this final rule under emergency authority based
on a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt are presented in Table 3 (Item 5 of this
preamble). The common pool's sub-ACL is further divided into Trimester
TACs (Table 7) and Incidental Catch TACs for the special management
programs (Tables 6 and 8). The resultant ACLs implemented under
Secretarial emergency authority are consistent with the Council's ACL
derivation process adopted in Framework 50, and allocations of GB
yellowtail flounder to the scallop and small-mesh fisheries adopted in
Framework 48, and are based on the best scientific information
available.
Emergency Rule To Set FY 2013 White Hake Catch Limits
A white hake benchmark stock assessment (SARC 56) was completed in
February 2013. The results of the assessment just recently became
available and were published in April
[[Page 26179]]
2013. The results of the assessment can be found on the NEFSC's Web
site at: https://www.nefsc.noaa.gov/publications/crd/crd1304/. This new
assessment indicates the white hake stock is no longer overfished and
not subject to overfishing. The current projection indicates the stock
should achieve its rebuilding target in 2014. In addition, the results
of the assessment indicate that the FY 2013 ABC can be increased to
4,177 mt from the ABC that was proposed by the Council in Framework 50
(3,638 mt).
During the development of Framework 50, the Council and NMFS were
aware that the new assessment could result in different status
determination criteria, status, and catch advice for white hake.
However, it was expected that a final report from the 56th SARC would
not be available until late spring 2013. This is well after the Council
took final action on Framework 50 in January 2013. Thus, as previously
discussed, based on National Standard 2 guidelines and established
policy, the Council proposed a FY 2013 ABC for white hake based on the
2008 benchmark assessment, which was the best scientific information
available to the Council during the development of Framework 50.
The recently completed assessment for white hake is new information
that was previously unavailable to either the Council, when it
developed and took final action on Framework 50, or NMFS. Although the
Council and NMFS anticipated the new assessment would be completed in
February 2013, the final results of the assessment could not be
predicted. In addition, because the final results of the assessment
just recently became available in April 2013, there was no way for the
Council to incorporate this new information and submit a management
action to NMFS for consideration and implementation by the start of FY
2013 on May 1, 2013. The stock status change and higher catch available
for FY 2013 are recently discovered and unforeseen circumstances and
events.
NMFS has determined that the current situation is justified as an
emergency action resulting from recent, unforeseen events because, by
quickly implementing a quota increase for white hake based on the new
assessment, economic opportunity that might otherwise be foregone can
be avoided. An emergency action to increase the FY 2013 quota for white
hake addresses a serious management concern regarding the severe
negative impacts caused by low catch limits for many groundfish stocks,
and, as explained in this section, the benefits of providing prior
public comment on this action are outweighed by the immediate benefits
accruing to fishermen. If the normal regulatory process were undertaken
to implement the higher white hake catch limit, the increase would not
be available until well after the start of FY 2013. White hake is a
ubiquitous species in NE waters and, in recent fishing years, the
utilization of the white hake catch limit has been high. The FMP
requires that fishing effort be reduced, or stopped, if catch of a
single stock is projected to reach an ACL, and that AMs be implemented
if an ACL is exceeded, to payback an overage and to prevent the ACL
from being exceeded again. In addition, some sectors have very small
white hake ACE. By ensuring timely implementation of the higher catch
limit, the likelihood that fishing operations will be constrained in
some way by available white hake quota is reduced. Furthermore, the
catch limit reductions for many key groundfish stocks will have
substantial economic impacts on fishing operations in FY 2013. Thus,
the timely implementation of the higher white hake quota may provide
much needed and immediate economic benefits both as directed catch and
on the sector lease market. At the request of the Council, NMFS is
taking emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act to increase the FY 2013 catch limit from levels proposed in
Framework 50 (78 FR 19368; March 29, 2013).
This final rule implements a FY 2013 ABC of 4,177 mt, in place of
the FY 2013 ABC of 3,638 mt that was adopted by the Council in
Framework 50, based on the recent assessment completed in February
2013. This ABC is based on 75 percent of FMSY, which is the
Council's ABC control rule. The FY 2013 ABC for white hake implemented
through this emergency rule is 539 mt higher than the ABC proposed in
Framework 50, which is a 15-percent increase. The ABC is further
divided among the various components of the fishery based on the ACL
derivation adopted by the Council in Framework 50. The total ACL and
the sub-ACLs for each component of the fishery that are implemented
through this emergency rule are presented in Table 3 (see Item 5). The
common pool fishery's sub-ACL for white hake is further divided into
Trimester TACs, which are presented in Table 7 (see Item 6).
The ABC and resultant ACLs implemented under Secretarial emergency
authority are consistent with the Council's ABC control rule and ACL
derivation process, and are based on the best scientific information
available. In anticipation of potential changes to the status
determination criteria (SDC) for white hake as a result of the new
assessment, the Council included a preferred alternative in Framework
48 that would allow NMFS to implement updated white hake SDC for FY
2013 if the results were available prior to final rulemaking. As a
result, and based on the final assessment report, NMFS published new
white hake SDC in the final rule for Framework 48.
5. Annual Catch Limits
Unless otherwise noted below, the U.S. ABC for each stock (for each
fishing year) is divided into the following fishery components to
account for all sources of fishing mortality: State waters (portion of
ABC expected to be caught from state waters by vessels that are not
subject to the FMP); other sub-components (expected catch by non-
groundfish fisheries); Atlantic sea scallop fishery; mid-water trawl
fishery; small-mesh fisheries; commercial groundfish fishery; and
recreational groundfish fishery. Expected catch from state waters and
other sub-components is deducted from the ABC first, and the remaining
portion of the ABC is the amount available to the fishery components
that receive an allocation for the stock and that are subject to AMs.
The scallop fishery receives an allocation for GB and SNE/MA yellowtail
flounder and SNE/MA windowpane flounder. The mid-water trawl fishery
receives an allocation for GB and GOM haddock, the recreational
groundfish fishery receives an allocation for GOM cod and haddock, and
the small-mesh fisheries receive an allocation for GB yellowtail
flounder.
Once the ABC is divided, sub-annual catch limits (sub-ACLs) are set
by reducing the amount of the ABC distributed to each component of the
fishery to account for management uncertainty. Management uncertainty
is the likelihood that management measures will result in a level of
catch greater than expected. For each stock, management uncertainty is
estimated using the following criteria: Enforceability, monitoring
adequacy, precision of management tools, latent effort, and catch of
groundfish in non-groundfish fisheries. Appendix III of the Framework
50 EA provides a detailed description of the process used to estimate
management uncertainty and calculate ACLs for this action (see
ADDRESSES for information on how to get this document).
The total ACL is the sum of all of the sub-ACLs and ACL sub-
components, and is the catch limit for a particular year after
accounting for both scientific and management uncertainty. Landings
[[Page 26180]]
and discards from all fisheries (commercial and recreational groundfish
fishery, state waters, and non-groundfish fisheries) are counted
against the catch limit for each stock. Components of the fishery that
are allocated a sub-ACL for a particular stock are subject to AMs if
the catch limit is exceeded. The state waters and other sub-components
are not considered ACLs, and represent the expected catch by components
of the fishery outside of the FMP that are not subject to AMs.
This action implements ACLs for each groundfish stock based on the
ABCs implemented in Item 4 of this preamble. The ACLs for FYs 2013-2015
are listed in Tables 3 through 5. For stocks allocated to sectors, the
commercial groundfish sub-ACL is further divided into the non-sector
(common pool) sub-ACL and the sector sub-ACL, based on the total vessel
enrollment in all sectors and the cumulative PSCs associated with those
sectors. The distribution of the groundfish sub-ACL between the common
pool and sectors shown in Tables 3 through 5 are based on FY 2013 PSCs
and FY 2012 sector rosters. FY 2013 sector rosters will not be
finalized until May 1, 2013, because owners of individual permits
signed up to participate in sectors have until the end of FY 2012, or
April 30, 2013, to drop out of a sector and fish in the common pool for
FY 2013. Therefore, it is possible that the sector and common pool sub-
ACLs listed in the tables below may change due to changes in the sector
rosters. Updated sub-ACLs will be published in early May, if necessary,
to reflect the final FY 2013 sector rosters as of May 1, 2013.
This action also adds SNE/MA yellowtail flounder to the annual
process that re-estimates the expected scallop fishery catch in the
fishing year. This process was originally adopted by the Council for GB
yellowtail flounder in Framework 47. In Framework 50, as part of the
specifications for the scallop fishery, the Council expanded this
annual process to include SNE/MA yellowtail flounder. This measure was
inadvertently omitted from the proposed rule, and as a result, is
implemented in this action as an interim final rule. NMFS is accepting
public comments on this measure for 45 days. The regulations
implementing this measure have been deemed by the Council to be
necessary and appropriate. A description of the method, consistent with
the measure adopted in Framework 47, is below.
By January 15 of each fishing year, NMFS will re-estimate the
scallop fishery's catch of SNE/MA yellowtail flounder. If projected
catch by the scallop fishery is less than 90 percent of the scallop
fishery's sub-ACL for SNE/MA yellowtail flounder, NMFS may reduce the
scallop fishery sub-ACL to the amount expected to be caught, and
increase the groundfish fishery sub-ACL for SNE/MA yellowtail flounder
up to the difference between the original and revised estimates of the
scallop fishery's catch. Any increase to the groundfish fishery sub-ACL
will be distributed to sectors and the common pool. NMFS will not make
any changes to the SNE/MA yellowtail flounder sub-ACL for the scallop
fishery if the revised estimate indicates that the scallop fishery will
catch 90 percent or more of its sub-ACL. Consistent with the
Administrative Procedure Act (APA), NMFS will notify the public of any
changes to the SNE/MA yellowtail flounder sub-ACLs. This measure is
expected to prevent any loss of SNE/MA yellowtail flounder yield that
may occur if the initial catch estimate of this stock by the scallop
fishery is too high. Re-estimating the expected SNE/MA yellowtail
flounder catch by the scallop fishery mid-season could allow additional
SNE/MA yellowtail flounder yield by the commercial groundfish fishery,
and will help achieve OY for this stock.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 26181]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR03MY13.013
[[Page 26182]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR03MY13.014
[[Page 26183]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR03MY13.015
[[Page 26184]]
6. Common Pool Trimester Total Allowable Catches
The common pool sub-ACL for each stock (except for SNE/MA winter
flounder, windowpane flounder, ocean pout, Atlantic wolffish, and
Atlantic halibut) is divided into trimester TACs. Table 6 shows the
percentage of the common pool sub-ACL that is allocated to each
trimester for each stock. The distribution of the common pool sub-ACLs
into trimesters was adopted by Amendment 16 and is based on recent
landing patterns. Once NMFS projects that 90 percent of the trimester
TAC is caught for a stock, the trimester TAC area for that stock is
closed for the remainder of the trimester. The area closure applies to
all common pool vessels fishing with gear capable of catching the
pertinent stock. The trimester TAC areas for each stock, as well as the
applicable gear types, are defined at Sec. 648.82(n)(2). This
information can also be obtained from NERO (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT). Any uncaught portion of the trimester TAC in Trimester 1 or
Trimester 2 will be carried forward to the next trimester (e.g., any
remaining portion of the Trimester 1 TAC will be added to the Trimester
2 TAC). Overages of the trimester TAC in Trimester 1 or Trimester 2
will be deducted from the Trimester 3 TAC. Any overages of the total
sub-ACL will be deducted from the following fishing year's common pool
sub-ACL for that stock. Uncaught portions of the Trimester 3 TAC will
not be carried over into the following fishing year.
The FYs 2013-2015 common pool trimester TACs are listed in Table 7
based on the ACLs and sub-ACLs implemented in this action (see Item 5
of this preamble). As described earlier, vessels have until April 30,
2013, to drop out of a sector, and common pool vessels may join a
sector through April 30, 2013. If the sub-ACLs included in this rule
change as a result of changes to FY 2013 sector rosters, the trimester
TACs will also change. Based on the final sector rosters, NMFS will
publish a rule in early May 2013, if necessary, to update the common
pool trimester TACs, and notify the public of these changes.
Table 6--Percentage of Common Pool Sub-ACL Distributed to Each Trimester
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage of common pool sub-ACL
Stock -----------------------------------------------
Trimester 1 Trimester 2 Trimester 3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GB Cod.......................................................... 25 37 38
GOM Cod......................................................... 27 36 37
GB Haddock...................................................... 27 33 40
GOM Haddock..................................................... 27 26 47
GB Yellowtail Flounder.......................................... 19 30 52
SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder...................................... 21 37 42
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder...................................... 35 35 30
American Plaice................................................. 24 36 40
Witch Flounder.................................................. 27 31 42
GB Winter Flounder.............................................. 8 24 69
GOM Winter Flounder............................................. 37 38 25
Redfish......................................................... 25 31 44
White Hake...................................................... 38 31 31
Pollock......................................................... 28 35 37
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 26185]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR03MY13.016
[[Page 26186]]
7. Common Pool Incidental Catch Total Allowable Catches and Allocations
to Special Management Programs
Incidental catch TACs are specified for certain stocks of concern
(i.e., stocks that are overfished or subject to overfishing) for common
pool vessels fishing in the special management programs (i.e., special
access programs (SAPs) and the Regular B DAS Program), in order to
limit the catch of these stocks under each program. Table 8 shows the
percentage of the common pool sub-ACL allocated to the special
management programs and the FYs 2013-2015 Incidental Catch TACs for
each stock. Beginning in FY 2013, GB winter flounder and SNE/MA
yellowtail flounder are removed from the list of stocks of concern
because the stocks are no longer overfished and overfishing is not
occurring. In addition, the emergency rulemaking to increase the FY
2013 ABC for white hake removes white hake from the list of stocks of
concern because the stock is no longer overfished and overfishing is
not occurring. GB winter flounder and white hake are projected to be
rebuilt by 2014, and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder was declared rebuilt in
November 2012. Any catch on a trip that ends on a Category B DAS
(either Regular or Reserve B DAS) is attributed to the Incidental Catch
TAC for the pertinent stock. Catch on a trip that starts under a
Category B DAS and then flips to a Category A DAS is not counted
against the Incidental Catch TACs. Any catch from these trips would be
counted against the common pool sub-ACL.
The Incidental Catch TAC is further divided among each special
management program based on the percentages listed in Table 9. The FYs
2013-2015 Incidental Catch TACs for each special management program are
listed in Table 10. The FY 2013 sector rosters will not be finalized
until May 1, 2013, for the reasons mentioned earlier in this preamble.
Therefore, the common pool sub-ACL may change due to changes to the FY
2013 sector rosters. Updated incidental catch TACs will be published in
a future adjustment rule, if necessary, based on the final sector
rosters as of May 1, 2013.
Table 8--FYs 2013-2015 Common Pool Incidental Catch TACs
[Mt, live weight]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage of
Stock common pool 2013 2014 2015
sub-ACL
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GB Cod.......................................... 2 0.6 0.6 0.6
GOM Cod......................................... 1 0.2 0.2 0.2
GB Yellowtail Flounder Emergency Action......... 2 0.03
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder...................... 1 0.1 0.1 0.1
American Plaice................................. 5 1.2 1.2 1.2
Witch Flounder.................................. 5 0.5 0.5 0.5
SNE/MA Winter Flounder.......................... 1 1.4 1.4 1.4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 9--Percentage of Incidental Catch TACs Distributed to Each Special Management Program
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Closed area I
Regular B DAS hook gear Eastern US/CA
Stock program haddock SAP haddock SAP
(percent) (percent) (percent)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GB Cod.......................................................... 50 16 34
GOM Cod......................................................... 100
GB Yellowtail Flounder.......................................... 50 50
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder...................................... 100
American Plaice................................................. 100
Witch Flounder.................................................. 100
SNE/MA Winter Flounder.......................................... 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 10--FYs 2013-2015 Incidental Catch TACs for Each Special Management Program
[Mt, live weight]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regular B DAS program Closed area I hook gear Eastern U.S./Canada
---------------------------- haddock SAP haddock SAP
Stock ------------------------------------------------------
2013 2014 2015 2013 2014 2015 2013 2014 2015
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GB Cod....................... 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2
GOM Cod...................... 0.2 0.2 0.2 ....... ....... ....... ........ ....... .......
GB Yellowtail Flounder 0.01 ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... 0.01 ....... .......
Emergency Action............
CC/GOM Yellowtail Flounder... 0.1 0.1 0.1 ....... ....... ....... ........ ....... .......
American Plaice.............. 1.2 1.2 1.2 ....... ....... ....... ........ ....... .......
Witch Flounder............... 0.5 0.5 0.5 ....... ....... ....... ........ ....... .......
SNE/MA Winter Flounder....... 1.4 1.4 1.4 ....... ....... ....... ........ ....... .......
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 26187]]
8. Annual Measures for FY 2013 Under RA Authority
The FMP provides authority for the RA to implement certain types of
management measures for the common pool fishery, the U.S./Canada
Management Area, and Special Management Programs on an annual basis, or
as needed. These measures are not part of Framework 50, and were not
specifically proposed by the Council, but are implemented in
conjunction with Framework 50 for expediency purposes and because they
relate to the specifications adopted in Framework 50. The RA can modify
these measures if current information indicates changes are necessary.
Any inseason adjustments to these measures will be implemented through
an inseason action consistent with the APA.
The RA has the authority to modify common pool trip limits in order
to prevent exceeding the common pool sub-ACLs and facilitate harvest so
total catch approaches the common pool sub-ACLs. Table 11 provides the
initial FY 2013 trip limits for common pool vessels. Table 12 provides
the initial FY 2013 cod trip limits for vessels fishing with a Handgear
A, Handgear B, or Small Vessel Category permit. These FY 2013 trip
limits were developed after considering changes to the FY 2013 common
pool sub-ACLs and sector rosters, trimester TACs for FY 2013, catch
rates of each stock during FY 2012, public comments received, and other
available information. NMFS will monitor common pool catch using
dealer-reported landings, VMS catch reports, and other available
information, and if necessary, will adjust the common pool management
measures to help ensure the common pool fishery catches, but does not
exceeds its sub-ACLs.
The default cod trip limit is 300 lb (136.1 kg) per trip for
Handgear A vessels, unless either the GOM or GB cod trip limit
applicable to vessels fishing under a NE multispecies DAS is adjusted
below 300 lb (136.1 kg). If the trip limit for NE multispecies DAS
vessels drops below 300 lb (136.1 kg), the Handgear A trip limit must
be adjusted to be the same. The regulations also require that the
Handgear B vessel trip limit for GOM and GB cod be adjusted
proportionally (rounded up to the nearest 25 lb (11.3 kg)) to the
default cod trip limits applicable to NE multispecies DAS vessels. The
default cod trip limit for NE multispecies common pool vessels fishing
under a Category A DAS is 800 lb (362.9 kg) per DAS for GOM cod and
2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per DAS for GB cod. For vessels fishing under a
Category A DAS, the initial FY 2013 trip limit for GOM cod is 88
percent lower than the default limit specified in the regulations.
Therefore, the initial FY 2013 GOM cod trip limits for Handgear A and B
vessels are adjusted downwards, as required, from the default cod trip
limit for these vessels. The default cod trip limits for GB cod for
Handgear A and B vessels are implemented for FY 2013.
Vessels with a Small Vessel category permit can possess up to 300
lb (136.1 kg) of cod, haddock, and yellowtail flounder combined per
trip. For FY 2013, the maximum amount of cod and haddock (within the
300-lb (136.1-kg) trip limit) is adjusted proportionally to the trip
limits applicable to NE multispecies DAS vessels (see Table 12).
Vessels with a Small Vessel category permit can possess a maximum of
100 lb (45.4 kg) of GOM cod and 100 lb (45.4 kg) of GOM haddock within
their 300-lb (136.1-kg) trip limit of cod, haddock, and yellowtail
flounder, combined.
Table 11--Initial FY 2013 Common Pool Trip Limits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Initial FY 2013 trip limit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GOM cod................................ 100 lb (45.4 kg) per DAS, up to
300 lb (136.1 kg) per trip.
GB cod................................. 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per DAS, up
to 20,000 lb (9,072 kg) per
trip.
GOM haddock............................ 100 lb (45.4 kg) per trip.
GB haddock............................. 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) per trip.
GOM winter flounder.................... 500 lb (226.8 kg) per trip.
SNE/MA winter flounder................. 5,000 lb (2,268 kg) per DAS up
to 15,000 lb (6,804 kg) per
trip.
GB winter flounder..................... 1,000 lb (453.6 kg) per trip.
CC/GOM yellowtail flounder............. 500 lb (226.8 kg) per DAS, up
to 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per
trip.
GB yellowtail flounder................. 100 lb (45.4 kg) per trip.
SNE/MA yellowtail flounder............. 2,000 lb (907.2 kg) per DAS, up
to 6,000 lb (2,722 kg) per
trip.
American plaice........................ unrestricted.
Pollock................................ 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) per trip.
Witch flounder......................... 500 lb (226.8 kg) per trip.
White hake............................. 500 lb (226.8 kg) per trip.
Redfish................................ unrestricted.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 12--Initial FY 2013 Cod Trips Limits for Handgear A, Handgear B,
and Small Vessel Category Permits
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FY 2013 GOM cod FY 2013 GB cod
Permit trip limit trip limit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Handgear A...................... 100 lb (45.4 kg) 300 lb (136.1 kg)
per trip. per trip.
Handgear B...................... 25 lb (11.3 kg) 75 lb (34.0 kg)
per trip. per trip.
---------------------------------------
Small Vessel Category........... 300 lb (136.1 kg) of cod, haddock, and
yellowtail flounder combined; Maximum
of 100 lb (45.4 kg) of GOM cod and
100 lb (45.4 kg) of GOM haddock
within the 300-lb combined trip
limit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The RA has the authority to determine the allocation of the total
number of trips into the Closed Area II Yellowtail Flounder/Haddock SAP
based on several criteria, including the GB yellowtail flounder TAC and
the amount of GB yellowtail flounder caught outside of the SAP. In
2005, Framework 40B to the FMP (70 FR 31323; June 1, 2005) implemented
a provision that no trips should be allocated to the Closed Area II
[[Page 26188]]
Yellowtail Flounder/Haddock SAP if the available GB yellowtail flounder
catch is insufficient to support at least 150 trips with a 15,000-lb
(6,804-kg) trip limit (i.e., 150 trips of 15,000 lb (6,804 kg)/trip, or
2,250,000 lb (1,020,583 kg). This calculation accounts for the
projected catch from the area outside of the SAP. Based on the GB
yellowtail flounder sub-ACL implemented in this action through
emergency rulemaking (257,500 lb (116,800 kg)), there is insufficient
GB yellowtail flounder to allocate any trips to the SAP, even if the
projected catch from outside the SAP area is zero. Therefore, this
action allocates zero trips to the Closed Area II Yellowtail Flounder/
Haddock SAP for FY 2013. Vessels could still fish in this SAP in FY
2013 using a haddock separator trawl, a Ruhle trawl, or hook gear.
Vessels may not fish in this SAP using flounder nets.
9. FY 2013 Recreational Fishing Measures
Framework 48 modified the recreational fishery AM and gave the RA
authority to adjust recreational management measures for the upcoming
fishing year to ensure the recreational fishery catches, but does not
exceed, its sub-ACL. These measures are not part of Framework 50, but
are implemented in conjunction with Framework 50 for expediency
purposes and because they relate to the specifications adopted in
Framework 50. The Council convened its Recreational Advisory Panel
(RAP) on February 15, 2013, in order to provide NMFS guidance on FY
2013 management measures. For GOM cod, the RAP recommended a 9-fish
possession limit and a minimum fish size of 19 in (48.3 cm). These are
status quo management measures from FY 2012. For GOM haddock, the RAP
recommended an unlimited possession limit (status quo from FY 2012) and
an increase to the minimum fish size from 18 in (45.7 cm) to 21 in
(53.3 cm).
Consistent with the RAP's recommendation, this action implements a
9-fish possession limit and a minimum fish size of 19 in (48.3 cm) for
GOM cod in FY 2013. For GOM haddock, this action implements an
unlimited possession limit and a minimum fish size of 21 in (53.3 cm)
for FY 2013. The FY 2013 recreational management measures are presented
in Table 13. These measures were developed using the Bio-economic
Length-Structured Angler Simulation Tool, which was developed by the
NEFSC. This model was peer-reviewed by a panel that consisted of
members of the New England Fishery Management Council and Mid-Atlantic
Fishery Management Council's SSCs, as well as an outside expert in
recreational fisheries economics.
Analysis shows that recreational removals would likely decline in
FY 2013, primarily due to changing stock conditions. As a result, FY
2013 recreational measures are not drastically different than the FY
2012 measures, even though the reductions in the FY 2013 catch limits
are relatively large. This action increases the minimum fish size from
18 in (45.7 cm) to 21 in (53.3 cm), for GOM haddock, with no bag limit.
The bag limit for GOM haddock does not affect recreational haddock
mortality very much because analysis shows that there would be fewer
trips encountering legal-sized haddock in FY 2013. This translates into
lower expected fishing effort and landings. The minimum fish size for
GOM haddock has a greater impact on recreational haddock and cod catch,
as well as the total number of recreational trips. Analysis shows that
the FY 2013 recreational measures in this action would have more than a
50-percent probability of preventing overages of the recreational sub-
ACLs for GOM cod and haddock.
Table 13--FY 2013 Recreational Management Measures for GOM Cod and
Haddock
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock Bag limit Minimum size
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GOM Cod......................... 9................. 19 in (48.3 cm).
GOM Haddock..................... Unlimited......... 21 in (53.3 cm).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Carryover of Unused Sector Annual Catch Entitlement
Overview of measures for FY 2013. NMFS is taking the carryover-
related actions described in the Framework 50 proposed rule (78 FR
19368; March 29, 2013). Specifically, NMFS is using emergency
rulemaking authority to reduce the amount of unused FY 2012 GOM cod
sector ACE that may be carried over for use in FY 2013. This is
necessary to ensure the total potential catch (i.e., ACL + potential
carryover catch) does not exceed the stock's overfishing limit.
Consistent with the approach outlined in the proposed rule, NMFS is not
modifying the status quo carryover amounts specified at Sec.
648.87(a)(1)(i)(C) for all other carryover-eligible stocks. In
addition, under its rulemaking authority at section 305(d) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, NMFS clarifies that it will account for any
carryover used by sectors in FY 2013 consistent with the past two
fishing years (2011 and 2012) by not attributing the 2012 carryover to
the sector sub-ACL in determining if an overage has occurred and AMs
triggered. NMFS also clarifies how it will account for carryover catch
for FY 2014 and beyond.
The emergency action and carryover accounting practice for FY 2013,
as more fully explained in the proposed rule and Comments and
Responses, are a 1-year bridge to FY 2014 accounting practices to
ensure stability and predictability for sectors in transitioning from
FY 2012 to FY 2013. As explained below, NMFS is using its 305(d)
authority to ensure that carryover provisions are fully consistent with
National Standard 1 guidance, other National Standards and the
Magnuson-Stevens Act in the context of the unusual circumstances
presented this fishing year.
GOM cod emergency measures. Pursuant to NMFS emergency rulemaking
authority at section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, this action
reduces the 10-percent maximum carryover allowance from FY 2012 to FY
2013. The carryover provided under Sec. 648.87(a)(1)(i)(C) for GOM cod
ACE is reduced from 10 percent to 1.85 percent. This action is
necessary to better ensure that the GOM cod stock is no longer subject
to overfishing in FY 2013.
To utilize Magnuson-Stevens Act section 305(c) emergency
rulemaking, NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, must make determinations
that a situation satisfies the emergency criteria set forth in statute
and NMFS policy guidance. NMFS guidance (62 FR 44421; August 21, 1997)
for defining an emergency establishes than an emergency situation
exists as situations that result from recent, unforeseen event(s),
poses a serious conservation or management problem in the fishery in
question, and can be addressed through emergency rulemaking whose
benefits outweigh the value of the normal Administrative Procedure Act
(APA) notice-and-comment rulemaking process if the emergency is
implemented without prior public comment. Because this emergency is
being implemented after the opportunity for public comment, it is not
necessary to show the benefits of the emergency action outweigh the
value of the normal APA process.
Analysis indicates that providing up to 10 percent of the FY 2012
GOM cod sector ACE as carryover in FY 2013 would result in a total
potential catch that is 12 percent above the OFL of 1,635 mt. Though
the potential catch may not be fully caught in FY 2013, NMFS considers
that allowing a potential catch in excess of OFL poses
[[Page 26189]]
a serious conservation and management threat to the GOM cod fishery
that results from recent, unforeseen events. The updated stock status
and catch advice resulting from the December 2012 SARC 55 GOM cod stock
assessment was not finalized and presented until January 2013 just
before the January 29-31 Council meeting. Consequently, the potential
impact of a full 10-percent carryover was not fully evaluated until
March 22, 2013, when the Council formally submitted Framework 50. The
submitted analysis contained the critical examination of the potential
impact of not only the Council's recommended catch limits, but also the
potential impact of allowing up to 10 percent carryover for all stocks.
By this time it was clearly too late for the Council to act before the
beginning of FY 2013 and the only recourse to address the very real
potential of overfishing of GOM cod due to the carryover provision was
this emergency action. Accordingly, NMFS finds that all the necessary
criteria set forth in statute and guidance concerning emergency actions
under section 305(c) have been met. Therefore, to prevent potential
overfishing the GOM cod stock in FY 2013, NMFS is compelled, and
authorized, to take action to reduce GOM cod maximum carryover to 1.85
percent.
Carryover for other stocks in FY 2013. Current regulatory
provisions based on Amendment 16, allow up to 10 percent of unused FY
2012 ACE for all stocks except GB yellowtail flounder to be carried
over for use in FY 2013. GB yellowtail flounder ACE is not eligible to
be carried over because no such provision exists in the Understanding,
under which the stock is jointly managed. Neither Amendment 16, nor the
implementing regulations, however, clarified how allowed carryover was
to be accounted for in light of ACEs and ACLs and AMs. Without such
clarification, as NMFS has recently advised on several occasions,
carryover may result in sectors exceeding their ACEs and ACLs without
triggering AMs thus potentially jeopardizing conservation objectives.
Further, if all catch, including carryover is attributed to ACLs the
potential catch would often exceed ACLs and in some circumstances like
FY 2013 exceed ABC. NMFS has determined that allowing a carryover
system that provides a potential catch level greater than ACL or ABC is
not consistent with National Standard 1. More extensive discussion of
why the Amendment 16 carryover program is inconsistent with National
Standard 1 can be found in the preamble of the proposed rule and in the
Comments and Responses section of this rule.
This action provides clarification for 2013 on a transitional
basis, and for 2014 and beyond if the Council fails to take action to
address carryover concerns to address the apparent conflict between the
implementation of the carryover provision and the National Standard 1
Guidelines.
As more fully explained and justified in the proposed rule, and
taking into account comments on the proposed rule, NMFS will continue
in FY 2013 to account for any carryover catch used independent of the
sector sub-ACL as it has in the last 2 years. This means that for
carryover amounts for FY 2013 only, up to 1.85 percent for GOM cod and
up to 10 percent of the FY 2012 sector ACE for all other carryover-
eligible stocks, NMFS will first attribute FY 2013 catches to the
available carryover for each stock but not against the FY 2013 ACEs and
ACLs for accountability purposes. For example, if a sector harvests 97
percent of a carryover-eligible stock other than GOM cod, the sector
would be permitted to use 3 percent of its FY 2012 ACE in FY 2013. NMFS
would count this 3 percent first and, once the 3 percent is fully
utilized, begin counting any catch thereafter against the sector's FY
2013 ACE. AMs would not be triggered using catches attributed to
carryover amounts in FY 2013.
This approach has not been problematic for the last two years as
the total catch, inclusive of carryover utilized, has not caused any
fishery-level ACLs to be exceeded. The use of carryover caused the
total sector catch of white hake to exceed the sector sub-ACL in 2011;
however, given NMFS' carryover accounting practice and that the total
white hake ACL was not exceeded, no AM was required. Additional
information and discussion on the FYs 2010 and 2011 carryover
accounting is provided in the proposed rule preamble and Appendix V to
the Framework 50 EA and is not repeated here.
As more fully explained and justified in the proposed rule and the
responses to comments, NMFS found the timing complications previously
outlined in this section, at-sea safety concerns, and the need to
provide a reasonable and fair transition from the current carryover
accounting method to that for 2014 and beyond compelling reasons to not
change for FY 2013 how carryover has been accounted for in FYs 2011 and
2012.
NMFS is confident that continuing the past carryover accounting
practice on a transitional 1-year basis only will not result in
overfishing in FY 2013 and will not undermine longer term conservation
objectives. More extensive discussion and rationale for this conclusion
is provided in Appendix V to the Framework 50 EA, and is not repeated
here. NMFS acknowledges that this approach for FY 2013 does not
precisely meet all provisions of the National Standard 1 guidelines or
previously provided NMFS guidance. National Standard 1 guidelines
specify at 50 CFR 600.310(h)(3) that there are limited circumstances
that may not fit standard approaches to management measures set forth
in the guidelines, and, that alternative approaches may be used if they
are consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Although NMFS recognizes
that varying from the standard approach to management measures
specified in National Standard 1 Guidelines is not favored and should
be undertaken very sparingly, the unusual and intractable circumstances
presented for FY 2013 clearly qualify as the limited circumstances
contemplated by the guidelines for flexibility in complying with the
standard approach. NMFS finds, therefore, that it has authority and
justification for accounting for carryover catch in FY 2013 as proposed
and that this approach is consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
Carryover From FY 2013 to FY 2014 and Beyond
NMFS proposed new regulatory text under its Magnuson-Stevens Act
section 305(d) authority to clarify how to account for carryover for
purposes or ACE and ACLs beginning in FY 2014 and beyond in the March
29, 2013, proposed rule (62 FR 44421). Neither Amendment 16, nor its
implementing regulations, provided any type of implementation
provisions with respect to carryover, leaving it to NMFS to fill in the
regulatory gaps. As more fully explained in the proposed rule and in
response to comments, NMFS concludes that the application of the
current carryover provision, without this clarification, could lead to
inconsistencies with overarching provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act
and National Standard 1 concerning overfishing and appropriate catch
limits. The clarification provided by this action, therefore, is not
only justified, but compelled, by section 305(d) of the Magnuson-
Stevens Act, which authorizes NMFS, by delegation from the Secretary,
to promulgate regulations to ensure that carrying out Council
recommended measures are consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and
other applicable law.
[[Page 26190]]
To be clear, the new regulatory text does not change the allowance
of up to 10 percent carryover of uncaught allocations from the previous
year as contended by the Council and others in comments on the proposed
rule. Rather, the regulatory text specifies how carryover accounting is
to be approached for purposes of ACE and ACL. The new text specifies
that an automatic de minimus amount of carryover will not be counted
against ACE or ACL in order to provide some incentive for vessels not
to risk safety at sea in the last part of the fishing year. The de
minimus amount has not yet been determined and NMFS is seeking
additional comment on this before deciding the amount. The final rule
specifies that changes to the de minimus amount shall be specified and
announced at least 6 months before the end of a FY consistent with the
APA.
For carryover used above this de minimus amount, NMFS would count
any used carryover catch against the sector sub-ACL for the purposes of
determining the appropriate AMs, but not against the sector's ACE. If
the overall ACL for a stock is not exceeded, carryover would not be
counted toward the AM determination even if a particular sub-ACL was
exceeded. In a change from the proposed rule, to ensure that this new
text is a clarification and not a change to existing carryover
provisions, it provides that the amount of permissible carryover could
be reduced, on an annual basis, if requested by the Council. Such a
reduction may be warranted, for example, in years where the catch limit
is substantially reduced from one year to the next (e.g., FY 2012 to FY
2013 catch reductions).
Based on the public comments received and in acknowledgement that
there is sufficient time for carryover to be further discussed and
revised through the Council process, NMFS is implementing the proposed
measures as an interim final rule to become effective at the start of
FY 2014 on May 1, 2014. Additional public comment will be solicited on
NMFS's proposed measures for an additional 45 days. NMFS views this as
an appropriate approach to foster additional public discussion and
allow for possible Council development of carryover provisions that are
consistent with applicable legal requirements while ensuring approvable
carryover provisions act as a backstop should the Council elect not to
develop a new carryover approach for FY 2014 and beyond.
NMFS views the proposed post hoc clarification text as an
appropriate balance between the intent of the Council-developed
Amendment 16 program and the need to have in place compliant measures.
It preserves some amount of year-to-year carryover that can be counted
on by industry to promote at-sea safety and to better plan end-of-year
fishing operations, while ensuring that carryover does not interfere
with the ACL-ACE-AM system designed by Amendment 16. Specifically, NMFS
believes the proposed approach satisfies the requirements to attribute
all sources of fishing mortality to an annual catch component with
associated AMs, as outlined by the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The approach
allows for potential carryover but ensures that, if ACL overages occur
as a result of its use, accountability is maintained.
Because the measures are being implemented as an interim final rule
and have a 1-year delay in effectiveness, NMFS may conduct additional
rulemaking to make final these measures or to propose alternate NMFS or
Council-recommended measures before the start of FY 2014. NMFS will
further consider the comments received on Framework 50 as well as any
submitted on the interim final rule when either making final the
section 305(d) clarification or implementing Council-recommended
measures for FY 2014.
Comments and Responses on Measures Proposed in the Framework 50
Proposed Rule
NMFS received 486 comments during the comment period on the
Framework 50 proposed rule. Public comments were submitted by the
Council, two state marine fishery agencies, three non-governmental
organization (NGOs), six industry groups, 28 recreational fishermen,
including one charter boat organization, and 446 individuals. NMFS
requested specific comment on the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail
flounder, including the economic impacts of the FY 2013 catch limit,
NMFS's proposed carryover accounting approach for FY 2014 and beyond,
and the proposed common pool trip limits for FY 2013. Responses to
these comments are below, and when possible, responses to similar
comments on the proposed measures have been consolidated. Only comments
that directly addressed the proposed measures, or the analyses used to
support these measures, are addressed.
SNE/MA Winter Flounder Rebuilding Program
Comment 1: Two industry groups supported the revised rebuilding
program for SNE/MA winter flounder.
Response: NMFS agrees with these commenters. In May 2012, NMFS
notified the Council that SNE/MA winter flounder was not making
adequate rebuilding progress, and as a result, the Council was required
to revise the rebuilding program for this stock within 2 years, or by
May 1, 2014. The revised rebuilding program implemented in this action
is consistent with the Council's mandate to devise a new rebuilding
strategy for the stock while continuing to prevent overfishing. As
stated in Item 1 of this preamble, projections indicate that SNE/MA
winter flounder can rebuild by 2019 in the absence of all fishing
mortality. As a result, the maximum rebuilding period is 10 years.
Taking into account the needs of fishing communities, as provided in
section 304(e)(4) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the rebuilding strategy
adopted in this action would rebuild the stock by 2023 with a median
probability of success. In addition, the revised rebuilding program
appropriately accounts for scientific uncertainty associated with long-
term projections by providing that short-term catch advice can be
reduced from Frebuild.
Comment 2: One industry group commented that the biological
reference points for SNE/MA winter flounder are based on long-term
projections that are highly uncertain. The commenter stated that, as a
result, fishing mortality targets have been set below
Frebuild to account for this uncertainty, which will result
in forfeiting near-term yields.
Response: The revised rebuilding strategy implemented in this
action is based on the best scientific information available. NMFS
agrees that the long-term projections are uncertain. Considerable
evidence has demonstrated that many groundfish stock projections in
recent years have overestimated stock growth. Given the relative
infrequency of groundfish stock assessments, there is often a
considerable lag between the terminal year on an assessment and the
year of the catch advice. As a result, when catches are based on only
Frebuild, they are often based on assumptions used in the
projection, rather than any real evidence that the stock biomass has
increased. The rebuilding strategy implemented in this action
explicitly acknowledges this issue and allows short-term catch advice
to be less than Frebuild in order to account for
uncertainty. If an assessment indicates the stock is rebuilding more
rapidly than originally predicted, Frebuild will be
recalculated, and catches could be increased. An assessment update is
preliminarily scheduled for 2014,
[[Page 26191]]
although this schedule may change depending on assessment needs and
priorities. This action implements ABCs for FYs 2013-2015, so
presumably, if any update is completed in 2014, Frebuild
would be recalculated, and if the stock is rebuilding faster than
predicted, catches could be increased.
The SSC noted in its ABC recommendation for this stock that a
constant catch of 1,676 mt for FYs 2013-2015 is based on the long-term
yield expected if recruitment of the stock follows more recent trends,
as opposed to the longer term trend used in the assessment. The SSC
also stated that recent recruitment has been consistently below the
recruitment predicted in the assessment, which could be indicative of
an environmental change, or a poor model fit. Due to the uncertainty in
the projections, and recruitment that is consistently less than
expected, NMFS thinks it is appropriate to reduce catches below
Frebuild to account for these uncertainties even though this
may result in forfeiting near-term yields. This will help ensure that
the stock rebuilds on time, and will also help ensure that overfishing
does not occur.
Comment 3: One NGO stated that increasing fishing mortality on a
stock that is not making adequate rebuilding progress is inappropriate.
Response: Amendment 16 adopted a rebuilding strategy for SNE/MA
winter flounder that would keep fishing mortality as close to zero as
possible and rebuild the stock by 2014. NMFS notified the Council in
May 2012 that SNE/MA winter flounder was not making adequate rebuilding
progress, and as a result, was required to revise the rebuilding
program for this stock within 2 years, or by May 1, 2014. Framework 50
responds to this requirement consistent with Magnuson-Stevens Act and
National Standards. The Council calculated the maximum rebuilding time
period for this stock appropriately. Further, a rebuilding end date of
2023 has a median probability of success, which is consistent with the
relevant case law. Fishing mortality may increase compared to recent
years because the rebuilding strategy no longer aims to keep fishing
morality as close to zero as possible. However, the FYs 2013-2015 ABCs
are consistent with the revised rebuilding program, and are actually
lower than Frebuild in order to account for scientific
uncertainty in the projections. Reducing catches from
Frebuild will help increase the chances that rebuilding will
occur on schedule because the realized recruitment, which is less than
the recruitment predicated in the assessment, was used to inform catch
advice.
Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic Winter Flounder Management Measures
Comment 4: One NGO opposed reopening a directed fishery on SNE/MA
winter flounder to mitigate economic impacts of catch limit reductions
for other groundfish stocks. The commenter proposed that, if economic
mitigation was critical, the groundfish fleet could have been allowed
to land its bycatch of SNE/MA winter flounder that is caught while
prosecuting other fisheries.
Response: The new rebuilding plan and management strategy for SNE/
MA winter flounder is not being done only to mitigate economic impacts,
but rather to implement a new rebuilding strategy as allowed by the
Magnuson-Stevens Act when a management plan is not making adequate
progress. The revised management plan takes into account all National
Standards, including the requirement to mitigate negative impacts on
the fishing community, to the extent practicable, in light of
conservation requirements. The Groundfish Plan Development Team
presented the idea to the Council's Groundfish Committee that, if the
catches under the revised rebuilding strategy were too low to allocate
the stock to sectors, a trip limit could be used for sector and common
pool vessels. This trip limit would have allowed vessels to land a
small amount of SNE/MA winter flounder, which may have provided a small
economic benefit to the fishery. In this case, the reactive area-based
AM that was initially proposed in Framework 48 would have been
implemented. If vessels are allowed to land the stock, regardless of
whether trip limits were implemented, or the stock was allocated to
sectors, the FYs 2013-2015 ABCs were developed first, consistent with
the revised rebuilding program. Allocating the stock to sectors
provides a greater amount of catch accountability in the fishery, and
if a sector catches its entire ACE, it must stop fishing in the SNE/MA
winter flounder stock area, unless it leases additional ACE for this
stock. This helps prevent overages of the ACLs, and better ensures that
overfishing will not occur. Allocating the stock to sectors also
provides the greatest amount of flexibility for groundfish vessels.
Comment 5: One individual, one state, and two industry groups
supported the allocation of SNE/MA winter flounder to sectors and
stated that this will ensure accountability and would provide a small
amount of economic relief for groundfish vessels.
Response: NMFS agrees that allocating the stock to sectors ensures
the greatest amount of catch accountability. As noted earlier, because
sectors are prohibited from fishing in a stock area if they do not have
any ACE for the pertinent stock, this helps ensure that ACLs are not
exceeded, and helps ensure that overfishing does not occur. Based on
analysis completed by the Council for Framework 50, although other
stocks will still be limiting for groundfish vessels, it appears that
this measure could provide additional fishing opportunities, and
potentially provide an additional $5.4 million in ex-vessel revenues in
FY 2013.
FY 2013 GB Yellowtail Flounder Catch Limits
Comment 6: Two industry groups and one state marine fisheries
agency supported the Council's preferred alternative for GB yellowtail
flounder (a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt), and stated that this ABC proposed
by the Council in Framework 50 was based on the SSC's recommendation.
Two of these commenters were disappointed that a stronger effort was
not made to reconvene the TMGC in order to renegotiate the 2013 quota
for GB yellowtail flounder after the Council adopted a higher quota
than what was recommended by the TMGC, and that the industry should not
suffer because the Council did not reconcile the higher quota with the
TMGC. The state also noted that the TRAC assessment for GB yellowtail
flounder was at odds with a yellowtail flounder tagging study completed
by the University of Massachusetts Dartmouth School for Marine Science
and Technology (SMAST).
Response: This final rule disapproves the FY 2013 ABC for GB
yellowtail flounder that the Council proposed in Framework 50 because
it would likely not end overfishing for the stock and would not be
based on the best scientific information available, not because the ABC
recommended by the Council is inconsistent with the TMGC's
recommendation. These reasons are more fully discussed earlier in this
preamble, and are not repeated here (see Disapproved Measures and Item
4 of this preamble).
With respect to the comment regarding reconvening the TMGC, the
Council did not pass any motion to reconvene the TMGC and renegotiate
the TMGC's recommendation for 2013 catches of GB yellowtail flounder.
But, in addition, based on preliminary information during the
development of
[[Page 26192]]
Framework 50, the Council's ABC recommendation of 1,150 mt did not
appear to be based on the 2012 TRAC assessment, which Canada had
supported as the best scientific information available. Moreover,
Canada expressed concern for the SSC's recommendation of 1,150 mt in
that it appeared to be arbitrary, and not based on the 2012 assessment.
For all of these reasons, NMFS does not believe it would have been
appropriate, or warranted, to request that the TMGC re-negotiate the
2013 quota for GB yellowtail flounder.
There have been multiple instances in recent years where the TMGC
has reconvened, at the request of the Council and NMFS, in order to re-
negotiate the TMGC's recommendations. In one of these cases, for FY
2011, reconvening the TMGC resulted in the TMGC recommending a higher
GB yellowtail flounder quota than initially agreed upon in order to
respond to new U.S. law that had recently been enacted (the
International Fisheries Agreement Clarification Act). In this case, the
renegotiated quota was consistent with the best scientific information
available and other applicable law. NMFS agrees that, under special
circumstances, the TMGC should be reconvened if the respective U.S. or
Canadian management bodies have quota recommendations that differ from
the TMGC. However, the TMGC provides catch recommendations based on the
annual TRAC assessments that are conducted annually for each stock.
Therefore, special circumstances that would warrant reconvening the
TMGC would likely be the result of new, recently discovered information
that becomes available after the TMGC meets, or if the TMGC's
recommendations are determined to be inconsistent with the conservation
objectives of the FMP or Magnuson-Stevens Act requirements. Moreover,
as discussed in more detail earlier in this preamble, NMFS has made a
final determination that a 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt is not consistent with
the best scientific information available, would likely fail to end
overfishing for the stock, and would undermine the conservation
objectives of the FMP. NMFS voiced these concerns during the
development of Framework 50, and does not agree with the commenter that
NMFS did not provide guidance and advice on how best to approach the
ABC recommendation of 1,150 mt with Canada. For all of these reasons
mentioned above, NMFS does not agree that the TMGC should have been
reconvened given the results of the 2012 TRAC assessment, and the
inconsistencies in the SSC's recommendation with these assessment
results.
The SMAST yellowtail flounder tagging study was not submitted, or
presented, at the 2012 TRAC meeting, and as a result, was not able to
be considered as part of the 2012 assessment. However, since this issue
has been raised, the NEFSC has met with SMAST scientists to discuss the
results of the tagging study. NEFSC and SMAST scientists identified
additional analyses that should be conducted to address some concerns
with the initial results of the tagging study. These additional
analyses are scheduled to be presented at the June 2013 TRAC assessment
for GB yellowtail flounder. NMFS supports the continued discussions of
this tagging study in order to incorporate these results into the next
assessment, and agrees that additional information like this could
better inform the assessment.
Comment 7: Two industry groups and one state marine fisheries
agency opposed the proposed emergency rulemaking to implement a FY 2013
ABC of 500 mt for GB yellowtail flounder and stated that NMFS does not
have the authority to do this. The state marine fishery agency also
commented that the proposed emergency rulemaking is not consistent with
the SSC's recommendation.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it does not have the authority to
disapprove the Council's recommended ABC of 1,150 mt, and instead,
implement an ABC of 500 mt. As specified in the Magnuson-Stevens Act,
NMFS, on behalf of the Secretary, must ensure that any FMP (and by
extension framework and amendment) be carried out in accordance with
provisions in the Magnuson-Stevens Act. Thus, once a plan is submitted
to NMFS for review and approval, NMFS must make the final determination
that the plan, along with its corresponding measures, is consistent
with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and the National Standards. As discussed
at length earlier in this preamble (see Disapproved Measures), NMFS is
disapproving the ABC of 1,150 mt that was adopted by the Council in
Framework 50 because it would likely fail to prevent overfishing, and
is not based on the best scientific information available, which
violates National Standards 1 and 2 of the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
Through emergency authority, this final rule implements a FY 2013 ABC
of 500 mt that is consistent with the best scientific information
available and the SSC and TMGC's recommendation, as well as NMFS
guidance on emergency rules. This action is discussed at length in a
previous section of this preamble, and so is not repeated here (see
Item 4 of this preamble).
NMFS disagrees with the comment that a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt is not
consistent with the SSC's recommendation. The SSC's final report on
2013 catch limits for GB yellowtail flounder recommended a range of
ABCs from 200-1,150 mt. The Council selected the highest possible ABC
from this range, which NMFS has determined would likely not end
overfishing for this stock and is not consistent with the best
scientific information. The details of the SSC's recommendations have
been discussed in detail in previous sections of this preamble, and are
not repeated here. However, the SSC recommended a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150
mt as a backstop measure only for a bycatch-only fishery, and also
recommended a range of FY 2013 ABCs consistent with the range of catch
advice provided by the 2012 TRAC assessment (200-500 mt). Thus,
although the statutory requirement to abide by the SSC's recommendation
only applies to the Council, the emergency rulemaking is consistent
with the SSC's recommendations. Moreover, even if 1,150 mt was not
determined to violate Magnuson-Stevens Act requirements, selecting an
ABC that is below the highest catch level recommended by the SSC does
not make an ABC inconsistent with the SSC's recommendations. The SSC's
ABC recommendation is a limit, which the Council cannot go above.
However, this does not, and should not, preclude the Council from
selecting an ABC that is lower than the SSC's catch advice.
Comment 8: Two industry groups and one state marine fishery agency
commented that a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt will result in economic disaster
and fishery closures.
Response: Available analysis does show that a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt
(U.S. quota 215 mt) will have economic impacts on groundfish and
scallop vessels, and coupled with reductions in catch limits for other
key groundfish stocks, this action could have severe, negative impacts
on the fishery. These reductions are necessary in order to meet
conservation objectives and satisfy applicable Magnuson-Stevens Act
requirements that require conservation measures even if it results in
severe negative economic impacts. Nevertheless, there are numerous
mitigation measures that are already in place, or are being implemented
in connection with this action, to help mitigate negative impacts of
low catch limits in FY 2013. In addition, NMFS is
[[Page 26193]]
seeking other ways to reduce these impacts. Most directly related to
the availability of GB yellowtail flounder quota, the TMGC began
developing a quota trading mechanism to be used to trade quota between
the U.S. and Canada. In February 2013, the TMGC drafted a series of
guiding principles that should be used by both countries in developing
and implementing trades. In April 2013, the TMGC recommended these
guiding principles to the U.S./Canada Steering Committee, and also
recommended that a pilot project be developed with candidate stocks (GB
yellowtail flounder and eastern GB haddock). The U.S./Canada Steering
Committee agreed to move forward with development of a trading
mechanism. The next step for the Council and NMFS will be to outline
how a trading mechanism would be implemented in U.S., and what
modifications would be required to the FMP. NMFS is committed to
developing a trading mechanism that can provide for additional fishing
opportunities for U.S. vessels, and will support the Council in moving
this issue forward. Trading quota with Canada would provide additional
fishing opportunities for U.S. vessels faced with a dramatic reduction
in the GB yellowtail flounder quota, and if possible, NMFS supports any
potential trade that could occur in FY 2013.
This final rule provides additional fishing opportunities by
allocating SNE/MA winter flounder to sectors and allowing commercial
and recreational vessels to land this stock. This is expected to
provide additional fishing opportunities and has the potential to
provide an additional $5.4 million in ex-vessel revenue than if
possession of the stock continued to be prohibited in FY 2013. This
final rule also implements an emergency rulemaking to increase the FY
2013 ABC for white hake based on the new assessment that was completed
in February 2013. Additional white hake quota may provide additional
fishing opportunities as it reduces the likelihood that groundfish
vessels would be constrained by available white hake quota. In
addition, Framework 48 reduces the minimum fish size for yellowtail
flounder, cod, haddock, and other groundfish stocks. This measure is
expected to reduce regulatory discards for these stocks, which analysis
shows may increase trip revenues and help achieve the economic benefits
of OY. Framework 48 also adopts a measure that allows sector vessels to
request access to the year-round groundfish closed areas in order to
provide additional opportunity for vessels to target healthy stocks
that may be more abundant in these areas. NMFS is considering and
analyzing sector requests through a separate rulemaking in FY 2013 as a
potential way to increase the likelihood of achieving OY and mitigating
economic impacts of the FY 2013 catch limits. NMFS has also approved 23
regulatory exemptions requested by sectors in the final rule for FY
2013 Sector Operations Plans and Contracts, and Allocation of ACE.
These exemptions are meant to provide sector vessels the greatest
amount of flexibility possible to make business plans and harvest
available ACE in FY 2013.
More importantly, NMFS intends to pay for at-sea monitoring costs
for the groundfish fishery in FY 2013 to help provide some economic
relief to vessels. NMFS has also implemented emergency measures to
temporarily suspend monkfish trip limits for some groundfish vessels
and provide additional fishing opportunities that could increase
landings and revenues. Cumulatively, all of these measures are expected
to help mitigate the anticipated impacts of the catch limit reductions
for many key groundfish stocks in FY 2013. The Council, and NMFS, will
continue to develop measures that can provide some economic relief to
the fishery and help vessels target healthy groundfish stocks.
Comment 9: Three NGOs supported disapproval of the FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 for GB yellowtail flounder that was proposed by the Council in
Framework 50. Two of these organizations support the proposed emergency
rule to implement a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt; however one NGO opposed this
action, and stated that this situation does not meet the required
emergency criteria.
Response: NMFS agrees with the comments that the FY 2013 ABC of
1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder should be disapproved. NMFS is
disapproving this ABC in Framework 50, and through this final rule, is
implementing a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt through an emergency rule. This
issue is discussed in detail earlier in this preamble (see Disapproved
Measures and Item 4 of this preamble), and is not repeated here.
NMFS disagrees that this situation does not meet the required
emergency criteria. The commenter stated that the FY 2013 ABC of 1,150
mt proposed in Framework 50 should be disapproved and the issue be
remanded back to the Council for action. NMFS finds this suggestion
irresponsible and impractical, as it would pose harm to the resource,
cause severe disruption to the fishery, and undermine the joint
management of this stock with Canada under the Understanding. As
described at length in Item 4 of this preamble, setting an ABC of 500
mt for this stock meets emergency rule guidance provided by the NMFS.
The need for this emergency is based on recent, unforeseen events given
that the Council did not take final action on Framework 50 until
January 2013. This is nearly 2 months after the Council typically takes
final action on groundfish management actions in order to submit the
action to NMFS for review and implementation by the start of the
groundfish fishing year on May 1. As previously outlined in this rule,
there were a number of factors that contributed to the recent, and
unforeseen, events that justified an emergency action in this
situation. The commenter did not provide any realistic alternative to
the emergency rule to implement a FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt for GB
yellowtail flounder. In addition, the proposal to remand the issue back
to the Council for action ignores the negative biological, social, and
economic impacts that no action would have on the resource and the
fishery. As outlined here, and previously in the preamble of this rule,
this situation does meet the necessary emergency rulemaking criteria
and is consistent with the applicable Magnuson-Stevens Act
requirements, as well as the policy guidelines for the use of emergency
rules previously published by NMFS (62 FR 44421; August 21, 1997).
Comment 10: One industry group commented that the scallop fishery's
allocation of GB yellowtail flounder under a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt
would probably prevent overages, but does not provide 100 percent of
the scallop fishery's need.
Response: Framework 48 adopts a fixed allocation of the U.S. ABC
for GB yellowtail flounder. In FY 2013, Framework 48 implements an
allocation of 40 percent of the U.S. ABC, and in FY 2014 and beyond,
the scallop fishery will receive 16 percent of the U.S. ABC. The
emergency rule implemented in this action implements a FY 2013 ABC of
500 mt for GB yellowtail flounder, which results in a scallop fishery
sub-ACL of 83.4 mt (40 percent of the U.S. ABC of 215 mt). Framework 24
to the Atlantic Sea Scallop FMP (Framework 24) adopted management
measures for the scallop fishery for FY 2013. The amount of GB
yellowtail flounder expected to be caught by the scallop fishery under
the preferred alternative in Framework 24 was estimated between 40.7 mt
at the low end, to 152.8 mt at the high end. The medium
[[Page 26194]]
estimate of GB yellowtail flounder expected to be caught by scallop
vessels in FY 2013 is 83.4 mt. These estimates do have some
uncertainty. If the realized catch of the scallop fishery is between
the low and medium estimates, then it is unlikely that the FY 2013 sub-
ACL will be constraining for the scallop fishery, and that the scallop
fishery's AM would be triggered. If scallop fishery catches of GB
yellowtail flounder in FY 2013 are closer to the high end, the FY 2013
allocation could be constraining, and may trigger the scallop fishery's
AM. However, there are some measures that may help mitigate this, and a
bycatch avoidance program that will help ensure scallop vessels avoid
GB yellowtail flounder hotspots. These measures are discussed in more
detail below.
Due to the declining status of GB yellowtail flounder, and the low
U.S. ABC for the stock in FY 2013, it is possible that scallop vessels
could be constrained by their allocation. However, Framework 47 adopted
a measure that provides flexibility for the scallop fishery, and can
help mitigate low GB yellowtail flounder quotas. This measure specifies
that the scallop fishery's AM for GB yellowtail flounder is only
triggered if the scallop fishery exceeds its sub-ACL by 50 percent or
more, or if the scallop fishery exceeds its sub-ACL and the total ACL
is also exceeded. This measure functions as a ``pseudo'' quota transfer
from the groundfish fishery to the scallop fishery in order to balance
the need to achieve OY in the fishery, prevent loss of scallop yield,
and prevent overfishing for the stock.
In addition, the scallop fishery has used a bycatch avoidance
program developed by the SMAST. This program has been successful in
recent years to help scallop vessels target areas with high scallop
yield, while avoiding hotspots of yellowtail flounder. SMAST has
announced that it is expanding this program for the 2013 fishing year
to help mitigate the low quotas for GB yellowtail flounder. NMFS
expects that this program will continue to reduce the bycatch of GB
yellowtail flounder in the scallop fishery, and supports the expansion
of this program to maximize benefits to the scallop fishery.
FYs 2013-2015 GOM Cod Catch Limits
Comment 11: One industry group and one state marine fishery agency
opposed the GOM cod catch limits proposed in Framework 50 and stated
that these catch limits are too low. These commenters supported the
Council's request to NMFS to implement interim measures in FY 2013 to
further reduce but not end overfishing for GOM cod.
Response: NMFS disagrees that the FYs 2013-2015 catch limits for
GOM cod are too low in light of best available scientific information.
The catch limits adopted in Framework 50 are necessary to end
overfishing for GOM cod and allow some stock rebuilding. These catch
limits are based on the December 2012 benchmark assessment, which was
completed at the request of the Council and industry to address
outstanding issues from the December 2011 benchmark assessment for this
stock (i.e., discard mortality rates, fishery selectivity, etc.).
In May 2012, NMFS notified the Council that based on the results
from the December 2011 assessment for GOM cod, the stock was overfished
and overfishing was occurring. In addition, the results of the
assessment indicated that the stock was not making adequate rebuilding
progress. These assessment results resulted in a significantly revised
scientific understanding of the status of this stock. As a result, NMFS
notified the Council that it must implement a revised rebuilding
program for GOM cod within 2 years, or by May 1, 2014, and that it must
end overfishing within 1 year, or by May 1, 2013. For FY 2012, NMFS
implemented interim measures to reduce but not end overfishing for GOM
cod while the Council responded to the new assessment information and
developed appropriate management measures to end overfishing for the
stock.
The interim measures implemented by NMFS were only a 1-year
temporary exception to the Magnuson-Stevens Act requirement to end
overfishing immediately. Section 304(e)(6) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act
allows a temporary exception to the requirement to end overfishing
immediately in certain narrow circumstances during the development or
revision of a rebuilding plan. When NMFS implemented the interim
measures for FY 2012, it determined that the application of this
exception was limited to 1 year, as constrained by the limited
authority provided in 305(c). The Council and others have argued that
the Secretary may issue back-to-back interim actions to span the full 2
years the Council may take to revise the rebuilding program for GOM
cod. To be consistent with relevant provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens
Act, and in light of its clear mandate to end overfishing, a second
year of interim measures for GOM cod is not justified unless a change
in circumstances has created a new emergency situation that would
permit such action. There are no new circumstances that would give rise
to a new set of interim measures for FY 2013. Also, as noted by one of
the commenters, GOM cod abundance is low. NMFS has repeatedly said,
because of the status of the stock, allowing overfishing for another
year on this stock would not be prudent. Framework 50 adopts FYs 2013-
2015 specifications consistent with the best scientific information
available that will end overfishing for the stock. Thus, this final
rule appropriately responds to the Council's requirement that it must
end overfishing for GOM cod by May 1, 2013.
Comment 12: Three NGOs opposed the FYs 2013-2015 catch limits for
GOM cod and stated that these specifications are too high, and deviate
from the Council's ABC control rule. These comments also noted that the
preferred alternative for GOM cod is not consistent with the SSC's
recommendation.
Response: NMFS disagrees. The FYs 2013-2015 catch limits for GOM
cod are not too high because they are consistent with best scientific
information available. The GOM cod specifications implemented in this
action were developed using the results of the December 2012 benchmark
assessment for the stock and are consistent with the SSC's
recommendation. As discussed in detail in Item 4 of this preamble, the
SSC recommended two constant ABCs for FYs 2013-2015: 1,249 and 1,550
mt. Although the SSC preferred a constant catch ABC of 1,249 mt because
it increases the likelihood of stock rebuilding, the SSC also
recommended a constant catch ABC of 1,550 mt for reasons that are
summarized below and discussed more fully in Item 4 of this preamble.
The December 2012 benchmark assessment for GOM cod provided a
unique situation because two assessment models were approved. NMFS
discussed the details of these two models, which resulted in the two
ABC alternatives recommended by the SSC, as well as the SSC's rationale
for recommending an ABC for GOM cod that deviates from the Council's
ABC control rule, in Item 4 of this preamble. This discussion is not
repeated here. However, NMFS has determined that the SSC's
recommendation for a FY 2013-2015 ABC of 1,550 mt is consistent with
the relevant sections of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and Amendment 16, and
that the SSC adequately justified why the available information
provided a better understanding of the scientific uncertainty in the
assessment.
[[Page 26195]]
Moreover, both ABC alternatives are substantially lower than the FY
2012 catch limits, and will result in significant reductions in
commercial catches compared to FY 2012. Both ABCs would also result in
similar projected stock increases. Because both ABC alternatives are
consistent with the relevant provisions of Magnuson-Stevens Act and
would likely end overfishing in FY 2013, it is important to consider
the needs of fishing communities. Although the differences in revenue
between a FY 2013 ABC of 1,249 and 1,550 mt are relatively small, these
differences are not insignificant given the dramatic reductions the
groundfish fishery is facing in FY 2013. To ignore an alternative that
meets the conservation objectives of the FMP and the Magnuson-Stevens
Act and that could help mitigate some of the economic impacts of this
action would not be consistent with National Standard 8.
FYs 2013-2015 Catch Limits
Comment 13: A NGO commented that the FYs 2013-2015 specifications
are not precautionary enough given the uncertainties in the
assessments. One individual opposed the catch limits stating that they
are too high, but did not provide any specific rationale. The NGO, in
addition to 438 individuals, commented that there should be no directed
fishing for cod.
Response: NMFS disagrees that the FYs 2013-2015 specifications are
not precautionary enough in light of best scientific information
available. As discussed in detail in Item 4 of this preamble, and
Appendix I of the EA (see ADDRESSES), there are a number of stocks for
which constant catch ABCs are adopted for FYs 2013-2015 specifically to
account for the scientific uncertainty in the assessments and catch
projections. In these cases, ABC is set at 75% FMSY for FY
2013, consistent with the ABC control rule, but is held constant for FY
2014 and 2015. This results in a larger buffer between the OFL and ABC
in FYs 2014-2015 than the ABC control rule would, if applied, and as a
result is actually more precautionary to address uncertainties in the
assessments. A full description of the analyses completed to develop
the ABC recommendations is not repeated here.
Moreover, the commenter took an excerpt of the proposed rule to
this action out of context. The commenter cited language from the
proposed rule that explained the Council recommended the ABCs provided
by the SSC, which are the highest allowed, for all stocks except GB
yellowtail flounder as evidence that the specifications are not
sufficiently precautionary. However, this rationale in the proposed
rule was provided to explain why, under the Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Act (IRFA), there were no other alternatives to the FYs
2013-2015 ABCs proposed in Framework 50 that would mitigate the
economic impacts of this action. This comment was taken out of context,
and is not indicative that the catch limits in this action are not
precautionary enough. As already noted, the specifications implemented
in this action are based on the best scientific information available,
and are consistent with conservation objectives of the FMP and
applicable law. Also, as discussed in Items 1 and 4, for many stocks,
specific action has been taken to attempt to account for uncertainty in
catch projections (e.g., constant catch ABCs, catches lower than
Frebuild, etc.). NMFS believes that this increases the
likelihood that overfishing will not occur, and that stock rebuilding
occurs on schedule.
NMFS disagrees with the commenters' proposal that the fishery
should be closed to directed fishing for cod. Given the low quotas for
both cod stocks beginning in FY 2013, it is unlikely that cod will be a
primary directed species. Rather, most groundfish vessels will likely
use their available cod quota to prosecute other fisheries. The initial
FY 2013 cod trip limits for common pool vessels are so low that they
will likely preempt these vessels from any directed fishing on cod.
However, it is unclear whether the commenter intended that trip limits
should be extended for sector vessels in order to prevent directed
fishing, or whether possession of the stock should be prohibited.
Regardless, both the commercial and recreational groundfish fisheries
receive allocations of cod, which, in addition to other management
measures and AMs, help prevent catches from exceeding these sub-ACLs.
In addition, sector vessels have the flexibility to make business plans
and fish as efficiently as possible in order to maximize revenues with
available allocations. NMFS disagrees that trip limits would be
appropriate for sector vessels, and believes this is contrary to the
intent of Amendment 16 and the sector management program. The Council
is required to revise the rebuilding program for GOM cod by May 1,
2014, and the Council could consider a rebuilding strategy that would
keep fishing mortality as close to zero as possible, or that would
necessarily prevent directed fishing on GOM cod. Similarly, the Council
could adopt management measures in its next action that would
necessarily prevent directed fishing for GB cod.
Comment 14: One industry group opposed the FYs 2013-2015 catch
limits for GOM haddock that were adopted in Framework 50 and stated
that the management of GOM and GB haddock ignores known spillover of GB
haddock into the GOM.
Response: The FYs 2013-2015 ABCs for GOM haddock are based on the
best scientific information available, and are necessary to end
overfishing for the stock. The issue of GB haddock spillover into the
GOM was recently raised in early 2013. As a result, the Council tasked
the Groundfish Plan Development Team (PDT) and the SSC to examine the
potential spillover. The Groundfish PDT continues to analyze the
potential mixing of these two stocks. However, to date, no analysis is
conclusive, and it appears than even if mixing can be demonstrated, it
would be difficult to quantify mixing rates sufficient to adjust catch
advice. At its April 16, 2013, meeting, the Council's Groundfish
Committee passed a motion requesting that NMFS implement an emergency
action to allow 10 percent of the GB and GOM haddock catch limits to be
used interchangeably to address potential stock mixing.
Currently, there is no conclusive analysis on potential mixing of
GB and GOM haddock, and as a result, it does not appear that there is
any peer-reviewed scientific information available that would support
any management action at this time. NMFS supports the ongoing analysis
of this issue by the Groundfish PDT and SSC. Once the analysis is
complete, NMFS will continue to work with the Council on this issue.
Comment 15: One NGO generally supported the proposed catch limits,
with the exception of GOM cod and GB yellowtail flounder, but noted
concerns for the methods used to evaluate management uncertainty. The
NGO requested that NMFS and the Council should develop a more rigorous
analysis of the various components of management uncertainty.
Response: Appendix II to Framework 44 to the FMP (Framework 44)
discusses the elements of management uncertainty that are taken into
account to reduce the ABC to the ACL. This appendix can be accessed
here: https://www.nefmc.org/nemulti/. Framework 44 set the
default management uncertainty buffer for the groundfish fishery at 5
percent for most stocks. For stocks with less management uncertainty,
the ACL is set at 97 percent of the ABC (e.g., stocks with no state
waters catch), for
[[Page 26196]]
stocks with more management uncertainty (e.g., zero possession stocks),
the ACL is set at 93 percent of the ACL. These buffers are more fully
discussed in Appendix II to Framework 44 and Appendix II to Framework
50, and are not repeated here. However, the management uncertainty
buffers are revisited each time the Council sets specifications. Since
the adoption of the ``default'' management uncertainty buffers in
Framework 44, the Council has reviewed and modified the management
uncertainty buffers multiple times.
During the development of Framework 50, the Groundfish PDT reviewed
the management uncertainty buffers and recommended a number of changes
to the Council, which the Council adopted in this action. The Council
did discuss increasing the management uncertainty buffer for all stocks
because of evidence that fishing behavior may differ on observed and
unobserved trips, which could underestimate discards. However, the
Groundfish PDT was unable to estimate the amount of suspected bias of
observed trips in order to establish the correct buffer, and the
management uncertainty buffer was not increased. Because total catches
of most allocated stocks has been below 90 percent of the total ACL in
recent years, it was determined that this would likely reduce the risk
that actual catches would exceed the ACL if there was any potential
bias in discard estimates.
NMFS agrees that it would be beneficial to complete additional
analysis to attempt to quantify various components of management
uncertainty. However, it is often difficult to quantify these
components, or make definitive conclusions on these types of analyses,
since data must be used to infer activity that may not be observed or
documented. NMFS supports the continued improvement of available
analyses, and expects that as additional data become available, these
types of analyses will improve. NMFS will continue to urge the Council
to routinely review the management uncertainty buffers for their
appropriateness.
Comment 16: One state marine fisheries agency commented that the
amount of the ABC set aside for state waters catch is guesswork, and
does not reflect past history of what was caught from state waters by
state-only vessels.
Response: NMFS disagrees. The amount of the ABC set aside for
states waters is not ``guesswork.'' The Groundfish PDT provides
analysis to the Council that looks at recent years' catch of groundfish
stocks in state waters. This review is done each time specifications
are set for groundfish stocks. As additional years of catch data become
available, NMFS expects that the amount estimated for state waters
catch will become increasingly more accurate. However, it is often
difficult to anticipate how catch in state waters will change in
response to a Federal management action, state waters trip limits, or
variability in the catch limits for groundfish stocks. As the commenter
accurately points out, the amount of the ABC set aside for state waters
is not an allocation, and is not considered an ACL, because there is no
associated AM should state waters catch exceed the allotted amount.
NMFS also notes that the Council can adopt different percentages for
the amount of ABC set aside for state waters. The ABC distribution
implemented in this final rule is consistent with the Council's
preferred alternative for FYs 2013-2015 catch limits.
FY 2013 Common Pool Management Measures
Comment 17: One industry group supported the concept of the GOM cod
trip limit for Handgear A vessels to be no lower than 100 lb (45.4 kg),
and up to the maximum 300 lb (136.2 kg) allowed, and stated that trip
limits should be charged in 100-lb (45.4-kg) increments to make it
easier to quantify when the trip limit is increased. The commenter also
noted that the GOM cod trip limit should be low enough to prevent
shutting down the common pool fishery before the end of the first
trimester.
Response: NMFS agrees. This final rule implements an initial FY
2013 GOM cod trip limit of 100 lb (45.4 kg) for Handgear A vessels. The
initial GOM cod trip limit is reduced from the 300 lb (136.2 kg)
maximum, as required, to be the same as the trip limit applicable to
common pool vessels fishing under a Category A DAS. This low initial
trip limit is to ensure that the common pool fishery does not exceed
its Trimester TACs, or its sub-ACL. In addition, if catch information
indicates that the common pool fishery will prematurely catch its
trimester TAC for any stock, NMFS does have the ability to adjust the
applicable trip limits for common pool vessels and will do so to help
ensure that the trimester TAC is not exceeded. NMFS agrees that trip
limits, and any other applicable management measures, should be aimed
to allow the common pool fishery to approach, but not exceed its TAC
each trimester.
Comment 18: One individual commented that the trip limit for SNE/MA
winter flounder should be 500 lb (226.8 kg) per DAS, though it was not
clear whether the commenter supported this trip limit for common pool
vessels or the entire commercial groundfish fishery (sector and common
pool vessels). This individual commented that there should be no
differential DAS counting in SNE.
Response: Available information and analysis based on recent common
pool effort, indicates that the common pool fishery will likely only
catch approximately 18 to 65 percent of its sub-ACL for SNE/MA winter
flounder even with a possession limit of 5,000 lb (2,268 kg) per DAS up
to 15,000 lb (6,803.9 kg) per trip. As a result, NMFS implements this
initial trip limit for FY 2013 for common pool vessels. The RA may
adjust the trip limit inseason, so if available catch information shows
that the common pool fishery will exceed its sub-ACL, the RA would
reduce the trip limit for common pool vessels to prevent an overage.
The RA is not implementing any differential DAS counting in any
area for FY 2013 for common pool vessels.
Comment 19: One industry group opposes the Trimester TAC management
system for the common pool fishery especially given the extremely low
quotas for the common pool fishery. The commenter suggested eliminating
this regulation in the next framework or amendment to the FMP.
Response: The Trimester TAC AM provision was adopted in Amendment
16 in 2010. Indeed, this AM is only one type of reactive AM that the
Council may use, and the Council could develop a different AM for the
common pool fishery if it chooses. As the commenter correctly stated,
any changes to the Trimester TAC provision would have to be developed
through the Council process in a future management action. However, if
trip limits continue to be an effective proactive AM that keeps common
pool catch within allowable levels, the Trimester TAC AM will likely
not be triggered.
FY 2013 Recreational Management Measures
Comment 20: Twenty eight commenters (27 individuals and the one
charter boat organization) supported the FY 2013 recreational
management measures for FY 2013. The commenters stated that the bag
limits are reasonable and allow charter/party and recreational vessels
to make a worthwhile trip.
Response: NMFS agrees. The FY 2013 recreational measures
implemented in this final rule will balance the need for a reasonable
bag limit, and help ensure that the recreational fishery does not
exceed its sub-ACL for GOM cod or
[[Page 26197]]
haddock. Item 9 of this preamble more fully discusses these measures,
and detailed analysis is provided in the EA prepared for this action
(see ADDRESSES). These discussions are not repeated here.
Comment 21: One industry group and two individuals opposed the
proposed FY 2013 recreational management measures and stated that the
bag limits for GOM cod and haddock should be lower.
Response: NMFS disagrees. Analysis shows that the FY 2013
recreational measures implemented in this action would have more than a
50-percent probability of preventing overages of the recreational sub-
ACLs for GOM cod and haddock. As the preamble to this rule discusses
(Item 9 of this preamble), given the large reductions in the GOM cod
and haddock quotas, it would seem that the recreational measures should
be drastically different than the FY 2012 measures. The minimum size
for GOM haddock for recreational vessels will increase from 18 in (45.7
cm) to 21 in (53.3 cm). Due to changing stock conditions, the analysis
shows that recreational angler encounters of haddock that are 18 in
(45.7 cm) or larger will decline in FY 2013. For GOM cod, though
recreational anglers can keep up to nine fish that are 19 in (48.3 cm),
FY 2012 data shows that only a small fraction of trips encountered 9 or
more fish. Less than 15 percent of party/charter trips encountered 9 or
more fish in FY 2012, and only 25 percent of private boat anglers
encountered 5 or more fish. These low encounter rates of legal-sized
fish are based on the current assessment. In addition, FY 2012
recreational catch is expected to be well below the GOM cod sub-ACL,
and the relatively low effort is expected to continue in FY 2013. This
expected low effort is based on available analysis of what drives
people to fish, how much they are willing to pay for specific bag
limits, etc.
The commenter stated that considering the discard mortality
estimates for haddock, there must be a GOM haddock bag limit for
recreational vessels to prevent increased mortality by recreational
vessels. However, a key factor in the model results is that all haddock
discards are assumed to survive, consistent with the most recent GOM
haddock assessment. Thus, because fewer trips will encounter legal-
sized haddock, recreational landings for GOM haddock are expected to
decline, and therefore, only an increase in the minimum fish size was
required to ensure the recreational fishery does not exceed its sub-ACL
in FY 2013. In addition, there was no data to suggest that a bag limit
for GOM haddock would be effective. With respect to the bag limit for
GOM cod, as mentioned above, analysis shows that recreational removals
of this stock will also decline, primarily due to changing stock
conditions.
Economic Analysis
Comment 22: One individual commented that the socio-economic
impacts of the proposed measures lack clarity. The commenter also
requested that the socio-economic assessments need to be part of the
main document because they may not always be technologically available
to the public.
Response: NMFS disagrees. The analysis prepared for this action
meets all of the requirements of the relevant law and guidelines
available, and was actually expanded to provide a more meaningful and
informative analysis. There were only two alternatives for the FYs
2013-2015 specifications (No Action and the preferred alternative).
Under the No Action alternative, no catch limits would be specified,
and as a result, sector vessels would be unable to fish with ACE for
most groundfish stocks. Thus, comparing the impacts of the preferred
alternative to No Action (i.e., no fishing) would not provide a
meaningful or informative analysis for the public. This analysis would
have made it difficult for the public to understand the impacts of the
catch limit reductions in FY 2013. Therefore, in order to provide a
more meaningful analysis, the impacts of the proposed measures were
also compared to FY 2011. This comparison provides a more clear
understanding of the anticipated impacts of FY 2013 relative to the
most recent fishing year in which complete data are available.
NMFS assumes that the commenter meant that the socio-economic
assessments should be published as part of the proposed rule. NMFS
disagrees. The socio-economic impacts of the proposed measures are
contained in the EA/RIR/IRFA for this action. Publishing this analysis
as part of the proposed rule would result in an unwieldy document that
would likely be difficult and confusing for the public to read.
Further, in the proposed rule, the public was provided with multiple
options for accessing the EA/RIR/IRFA. The document is available on
both the Council and NERO Web site and https://www.regulations.gov/,
which is the same rulemaking portal that the public could use to submit
comments on the proposed measures. Further, the public was provided
with instructions on how to obtain a hard copy of the analysis
completed for this rulemaking. The proposed rule also provided the
public with a NERO staff contact, in the event that any assistance was
needed in: (1) Understanding the proposed measures and the associated
analyses; (2) accessing the proposed rule or associated analyses; and
(3) submitting public comments.
Sector Carryover
Comment 23: Three commercial fishery organizations, one state
marine fisheries agency, and the Council commented that NMFS cannot
adjust the Amendment 16-provided carryover of up to 10 percent of
previous fishing year unused ACE. These commenters assert that only a
Council action and/or Council recommendation to NMFS can modify the
previously implemented Amendment 16 carryover program. They object to
NMFS's use of Magnuson-Stevens Act 305(c) emergency rulemaking
authority to reduce the GOM cod FY 2012 to FY 2013 carryover from a
maximum of 10 to 1.85 percent.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it cannot modify carryover measures
through emergency rulemaking. One of the key objectives of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, and mandates to NMFS, is the prevention of
overfishing. National Standard 1, as stated in section 301 of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act states:
Conservation and management measures shall prevent overfishing
while, achieving, on a continuing basis, the optimum yield from each
fishery for the United States fishing industry.
Additionally, section 304(e)(3)(A) requires that management
measures for overfished fisheries ``end overfishing immediately.''
NMFS's use of the emergency GOM cod measures implemented by this
rule pursuant to 305(c) are necessary to ensure that the total
potential GOM cod catch in FY 2013 does not exceed the overfishing
limit. Analysis of the total potential catch (i.e., the fishery level
ACL + available carried over catch), if the full 10 percent of FY 2012
ACE provided under the Amendment 16 implemented regulations is carried
over, would exceed the overfishing limit by 12 percent. NMFS has
reduced by emergency measures the available GOM cod carryover to ensure
the total potential catch is approximately 6 percent below the
overfishing limit.
Amendment 16 briefly contemplated the potential for carryover to
increase the overfishing risk in situations where large reductions in
available catch occurred from one year to the next. However, the
amendment was silent on how to account for carryover catch as it
[[Page 26198]]
relates to National Standard 1 regarding preventing overfishing and how
to adjust carryover where carryover would result in potential catch
higher than the overfishing limit in clear violation of statutory
provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
As stated in the preamble, because the Council did not recommend
measures to address the GOM cod carryover issue in Framework 50, NMFS
is obligated to take action to reduce the total potential catch to a
level below the overfishing limit, to ensure that overfishing of GOM
cod does not occur. The only available option for so in a timely
fashion before the beginning of the 2013 FY is through use of emergency
rulemaking under section 305(c) of Magnuson-Stevens Act. As explained
in response to the next comment and elsewhere in this rule and the
proposed rule, emergency rulemaking to reduce the amount of carryover
of GOM cod is consistent with NMFS guidelines.
Comment 24: Some NGOs stated that the Magnuson-Stevens Act and NMFS
criteria for emergency rulemaking have not been met with respect to
carryover of GOM cod. The commenters indicate that the substantial
reduction in GOM cod catch and the potential for carryover when paired
with the long-anticipated low FY 2013 catch limit does not meet the
necessary emergency rulemaking criteria as the situation was not
unforeseen. These commenters cite in support of their argument several
letters between the Council and NMFS with respect to carryover
concerns. They also state that there is no evidence in the record that
the reduced carryover amount is needed to meet a serious conservation
or management problem. The commenters assert that the emergency action
should not be taken and the carryover issue addressed through the
deliberative and participatory Council process.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it is inappropriate to use Magnuson-
Stevens Act section 305(c) emergency regulation authority to reduce the
amount of available GOM cod ACE carried over from FY 2012. As stated in
the NMFS guidelines for emergency rulemaking (62 FR 44421; August 21,
1997), and as explained in the preamble, NMFS is authorized to
implement emergency measure to address serious conservation and
management concerns resulting from recent, unforeseen events. Analysis
indicates that providing up to 10 percent of the FY 2012 GOM cod sector
ACE as carryover in FY 2013 would result in a total potential catch
that is 12 percent above the OFL of 1,635 mt. Though the potential
catch may not be fully caught in FY 2013, NMFS considers that allowing
a potential catch in excess of OFL poses a serious conservation and
management threat to the GOM cod fishery that results from recent,
unforeseen events. Overfishing, therefore, could occur for GOM cod
without the measures contained in NMFS's emergency rulemaking.
Regarding the criterion for the need for the emergency to be based
on recent, unforeseen events, the commenters mischaracterize the nature
and timing of events which NMFS considers both recent and unforeseen
for both emergency actions. The updated stock status and catch advice
resulting from the December 2012 GOM cod stock assessment, which the
Council relied on, in part, to make its ABC recommendation, was not
finalized and presented until January 2013, just before the January 29-
31 Council meeting. It was not until March 22, 2013, that the Council
formally submitted Framework 50 which contained the critical
examination of the potential impact of not only the Council's
recommended catch limits, but also the potential impact of allowing up
to 10 percent carryover for all stocks. By this time it was clearly too
late for the Council to act before the beginning of FY 2013 and the
only recourse to address the very real potential of overfishing of GOM
cod due to the carryover provision was this emergency action.
The commenters assert that the GOM cod situation was predictable
and, therefore, foreseen based on the assumption that the stock
assessment for GOM cod conducted in December 2012 would produce stock
status and catch advice similar to the assessment conducted in December
2011. It would have been inappropriate to presuppose the results of the
2012 updated assessment and how the Council's SSC and ultimately the
Council would use the 2012 GOM cod assessment stock information to
recommend catch advice to NMFS at the Council's January 29-31 meeting.
In any event, because the Council did not address the carryover
concern--which NMFS did bring to their attention on several occasions--
without NMFS action, the full 10 percent carryover for GOM cod would be
allowed, thereby risking overfishing on this stock. Appendix V to the
Framework 50 EA has a detailed timeline and description of events in
the post-Amendment 16 carryover discussion spanning from late 2011
through the development of Framework 50 over 2012 and early 2013. This
includes description of two guidance letters sent by NMFS to the
Council on May 25, 2012, and July 26, 2012. To send this issue again
back to the Council, without any assurance that the Council would
reduce the carryover amount in a timely way, would leave the potential
that the full carryover for GOM cod could be fished in the meantime, in
excess of the overfishing limit.
With no possibility of the Council addressing the GOM cod carryover
concern in a timely way, NMFS's only available mechanism for so doing
is emergency rulemaking as provided for by section 305(c) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act. For these reasons, NMFS contends there is a clear
fulfillment of the emergency rulemaking criteria.
Comment 25: One comment stated the emergency rule implemented GOM
cod unused ACE carryover amount should not be touted as ``mitigating
adverse impacts to the extent possible,'' stating that such statements
were disingenuous because the carryover amount would provide
approximately $50,000 to the groundfish fleet. The commenter seemed to
infer that the reduced carryover does not sufficiently mitigate the
universe of negative impacts resulting from reduced catch limits across
the board.
Response: The comment pertains to information conveyed in the
Framework 50 proposed rule classification section IRFA summary
pertaining to carryover (78 FR 19389; March 29, 2013). The commenter
did not accurately cite the information. NMFS believes the commenter
misinterpreted the statement to suggest that the relatively minor
carryover and economic contribution in the context of the entire
groundfish fishery would somehow provide mitigation for the suite of
reduced catch limits for FY 2013. This is not the statement's intent.
To clarify, the IRFA summary conclusion in the specific carryover
discussion section states,
The proposed carryover amounts mitigate adverse economic impact
to the maximum extent possible while ensuring NMFS meets its
statutory obligation to propose catch limits, in this case FY 2013
ACLs plus the potential carryover that do not result in overfishing
stocks.
This statement refers to the NMFS clarification that allowing full
carryovers, except for GOM cod, help mitigate reduced catch limits
across the board. The reduced carryover amount for GOM cod, while
mitigating negative impacts to a lesser degree, is still the maximum
possible mitigation in light of legal requirement of the Magnuson-
Stevens Act. The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) analysis is required
to evaluate the impact of Federal proposed and final rules on small
business entities. Federal agencies are required in this analysis to
identify reasonable
[[Page 26199]]
alternatives that may mitigate impacts on small business entities. The
RFA does not compel specific regulatory outcomes. Moreover, the RFA
does not require agencies to consider or adopt alternatives that are
inconsistent with law or outside the scope and purpose of the
regulations.
With respect to the carryover analysis quoted here, the
alternatives under consideration were status quo wherein 10 percent of
the unused FY 2012 GOM cod ACE could be carried over or the NMFS
emergency action 1.85 percent of the unused FY 2012 ACE. An alternative
of no carryover was considered, and rejected by the agency. Because the
status quo would permit catches that exceed the overfishing limit, it
is inconsistent with NMFS's statutory obligation to prevent overfishing
and cannot be adopted by NMFS. The only remaining alternative, the 1.85
percent GOM carryover alternative, is the only alternative that best
meets the statutory requirements in light of conservation requirements
and mitigation of negative impacts. As such, it is the alternative
selected by NMFS and is the alternative that mitigates impacts to small
business entities to the extent possible, with respect to that
particular carryover measures, under law and within the scope and
purpose of this action. The IRFA and FRFA statements convey this.
Overall impacts of the suite of alternatives proposed by NMFS were also
analyzed in the IRFA summary contained in the proposed rule and are not
repeated here. In addition, as referred to in the IRFA and FRFA,
numerous other alternatives for mitigating negative impacts are already
included in the FMP, and in the recently announced emergency monkfish
action, Framework 48, and other measures included in Framework 50. See
response to comments 5 and 8 for a description of measures expected to
provide some level of small business impact mitigation in FY 2013.
Comment 26: One commenter objected to carryover of up to 10 percent
unused FY 2012 GB cod ACE because it increases the risk that
overfishing will occur. The commenter stated the stock is in bad shape,
in need of extreme protection, and the FY 2012 quota will go uncaught
because the assessment indicates fish available for harvest that simply
don't exist.
Response: NMFS agrees that that overfishing should be avoided on GB
cod. NMFS asserts that the Amendment 16 carryover amount of 10 percent
maintains a low risk of overfishing, even if fully utilized in FY 2013.
Analysis conducted in support of the continuation of 10 percent
carryover of unused ACE from FY 2012 to FY 2013 indicates that the
total potential catch (i.e., total ACL + maximum carryover) if realized
would be roughly 72 percent of the overall overfishing limit. Analysis
of projected FY 2013, performed as part of the Framework 50 impact
analysis, indicates projected GB cod utilization inclusive of carryover
would be 85 percent of the available sector sub-ACL. These data suggest
the likelihood of overfishing remains low in FY 2013, particularly as a
1-year transitional measure. NMFS is cognizant of the accuracy of past
stock projections and the propensity for fishing mortality to be
greater and stock size smaller than indicated by the most recent
assessment. However, even in considering this possibility, NMFS
concludes that the projected catch for FY 2013 presents a low risk of
overfishing even with 10 percent of unused catch carried over from FY
2012.
NMFS also notes a logical flaw in the commenter's arguments: They
state that ``. . .the fish are not there and they can't be caught. .
.'' when explaining why the FY 2012 GB cod quota will be substantially
underutilized. Current catch through early April was roughly 33 percent
of the FY 2012 sector sub-ACL and 15 percent below the FY 2013 sector
sub-ACL implemented by this rule. If the fish are not there and cannot
be caught, it is unlikely that catch will meet or exceed the potential
catch level in FY 2013 which, in turn, would mean the likelihood of
overfishing would be low.
Comment 27: Three NGOs submitted the most substantive carryover-
related comments. All three provided extensive comments, legal opinion,
and supporting documentation in opposition to carryover, both the
emergency action to reduce the GOM cod carryover amount and the
continuation of the Amendment 16 provision that provides up to 10
percent of unused FY 2012 ACE to be used in FY 2013.
The overarching general points raised in the comments in opposition
to NMFS's approach are: NMFS may not establish an ACL that exceeds the
SSC-recommended ABCs; it is not appropriate to use the overfishing
limit as the level total ACL may not exceed; permitting carryover
threatens the recovery of recovering groundfish stocks; and the NMFS
approach is inconsistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, National
Standard 1, and carryover-related advice provide to the Council by
NMFS.
Response: As discussed in the preamble, NMFS acknowledges that
permitting carryover in FY 2013 such that ACLs and ABCs could be
exceeded by the total catch deviates from the standard guidance. NMFS
finds that the alternative approach for dealing with carryovers for
2013 as a 1-year transitional measure is consistent with the Magnuson-
Stevens Act and authorized under the flexibility provision of the
National Standard 1 guidelines at 50 CFR 600.310 (h)(3). This response
elaborates on the rationale justifying this alternative approach.
As more fully explained and justified in the proposed and final
rule preambles, the continuation of accounting for carryover consistent
with the prior 2 years is intended as a 1-year transitional approach
resulting from the exceptional and intractable circumstances of the
2012 and 2013 FYs. This approach is intended to balance the need to
preserving consistency with the overarching statutory requirement to
prevent overfishing with the expectations concerning the specific
carryover intentions between FY 2012 and 2013 which have safety and
management consequences. NMFS believes it could not sufficiently
overcome reliance on carryover for the groundfish fleet to provide end-
of-year safety and business planning by taking a course of action late
in the fishing year that was completely different than the first two
years of sector ACE carryover.
As stated in the proposed rule, to do so would have raised conflict
with National Standard 10 by potentially compelling fishermen to make
additional trips before the end of the year to more fully harvest
available ACE on short notice. Neither the Council nor NMFS took a
positive action or alerted industry with sufficient advanced notice
that carryover might be modified or prohibited in FY 2013 in light of
the precipitous drops in 2012 catch limits. Indeed, none of the
commenters raised concerns about the potential for allowing full
carryover from year to year with respect to either Amendment 16 or last
year's specifications of catch limits in Framework 47. Faced with these
unusual circumstances, NMFS finds that it has the authority under the
National Standard 1 guidelines to propose this alternative approach for
carryover of 1-year only provided it is consistent with statutory
requirements to prevent overfishing.
In addition, through this action, NMFS is taking the proactive step
of clarifying the carryover accounting by proposing a system of
carryover accounting that is consistent with the standard provisions of
the National Standard 1 guidelines for FY 2014 and
[[Page 26200]]
into the future (see responses to Comment 24 for additional information
on FY 2014 carryover). As discussed in the preamble, NMFS will continue
to solicit and consider additional public comment on the proposed
clarification in order to foster additional public discussion and
possible Council development of legally consistent carryover provisions
prior to the start of FY 2014.
To be clear, the actions of this rule do not change Amendment 16's
carryover provision nor do they increase ABCs or ACLs above ABCs as
specified by the SSC. Commenters incorrectly equate NMFS's
characterization of the total potential catch (total ACL + available
carryover catch) as a new ``ACL.'' NMFS has made no such distinction
and taken no such action. This action merely adjusts how, for the
purposes of AMs, to account for carryover amounts. The difference is
important. NMFS has provided rationale and analysis indicating that
despite the total potential catch exceeding the ACL and ABC, it can be
reasonably demonstrated that stocks will not be subject to overfishing.
Appendix V to the Framework 50 EA outlines these analyses and is not
repeated here. NMFS finds that in light of the flexibility afforded
under National Standard 1 guidelines, the limited temporal scope of
these actions, and the aforementioned overfishing analysis, the
allowance of carryover in the manner described in this final rule is
consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
Comment 28: Many of the same commenters mentioned in the previous
Comment made very specific points about the carryover approach of this
action, which are enumerated and responded to point by point as
follows:
1. The approach NMFS is using is illegal and violates both the
Magnuson-Stevens Act and National Standard 1 because ACL cannot exceed
ABC.
Response: As explained in the previous response, NMFS concedes that
continuing to allow carryover following the approach undertaken in FY
2011 and FY 2012, including the emergency rule modified GOM cod amount,
is not wholly consistent with the standard approach specified in the
National Standard 1 guidelines; but, the alternative approach is
authorized by the National Standard 1 flexibility provision at 50 CFR
600.310(h)(3). Moreover, it is consistent with the statutory
requirement to prevent overfishing because the approach is designed to
prevent overfishing while maintaining consistency with other provisions
of the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
2. The commenters object to NMFS's FY 2013 carryover approach
stating that risk of overfishing should be tightly limited consistent
with National Standard 1 and the approach taken does not minimize such
risk.
Response: As outlined in NMFS's analysis, the risk of overfishing,
given the buffers between allowed mortality and overfishing levels and
the 1-year duration of this carryover approach, is low based on both
recent historic catch utilization information and model-predicted FY
2013 catch. NMFS believes the level of risk is acceptable for FY 2013
only as a clearly identified transition year to a revised, consistent
carryover system to be implemented in FY 2014.
3. The commenters state it is inappropriate to identify the OFL as
the level ACL cannot exceed, as NMFS has done in attempting to justify
the FY 2013 carryover approach.
Response: NMFS believes the 1-off reduction in the full scientific
and management uncertainty buffers is an acceptable risk for the FY
2013 transitional period. Although reduced, the remaining buffers
between the overfishing level and the catch level at which AMs will be
triggered are adequate for this 1-year transitional period and
consistent with the flexibility provision in National Standard 1
guidelines. This approach ultimately satisfies the statutory
requirement to prevent overfishing.
4. The commenters state that the requirement to set catch that does
not exceed the SSC-recommended ABC found at section 302(h)(6) of the
Magnuson-Stevens Act outlines the specific functions applicable to
Regional Fishery Management Councils.
Response: NMFS has specifically not modified or increased ACLs for
FY 2013 such that they are established above the SSC-recommended ABCs.
As previously explained, the total potential catch (i.e., ACL +
available carryover catch) is greater than the ABC for all stocks. NMFS
has outlined in this section why it believes this to be an acceptable
approach and risk for FY 2013.
5. The commenters state that the impact of allowing carryover was
never analyzed by the SSC. Carryover will hamper recovery of stocks.
Response: The FY 2012 catch projections for some stocks did
consider the expected utilization for the fishing year. For FY 2013
projections, the catch assumption is typically the ABC. The additional
fishing mortality above ABC but below OFL that would result if the
amount of carryover catch exceeds the ABC level would not have been
considered by the SSC. However, Council staff conducted analyses of the
potential biological impact of carryover utilization in FY 2013 (EA, pp
188-192). These analyses concluded that full utilization of carryover
(i.e., 10 percent of FY 2012 ACE) in FY 2013 is projected to have minor
and small impacts on fishing mortality (i.e., increased) and spawning
stock size (i.e., decreased) in comparison to the baseline catch
evaluation that did not consider carryover. This analysis indicted that
the 10 percent carryover for GOM cod would result in overfishing. This
is why NMFS has reduced the GOM carryover from 10 to 1.85 percent of
the FY 2012 ACE. Overfishing is not projected to occur at this reduced
level.
Carryover cannot be said to have absolutely no impact on stocks,
particularly those in rebuilding plans. However, from a biological
impact perspective, carryover can be demonstrated through analysis like
that contained in Framework 50 to have only minor impact to stocks,
particularly considering the carryover accounting approach is for 1-
year only. These impacts could be easily accounted for in catch
projections and stock analyses to ensure that rebuilding objectives are
not compromised. The more substantive issue with carryover is not the
biological impact but rather the regulatory requirements established
for annual catch limits through the National Standard 1 guidelines. As
outlined by the commenters and NMFS, going forward, carryover should be
accounted for in setting annual catch limits such that its use does not
cause catch in excess of ACLs or ABCs.
6. The commenters cite and provide correspondence from NMFS to the
Council that contradicts the carryover approach being permitted in FY
2013.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that previously provided guidance on
carryover contradicts the approach being used in FY 2013. However, NMFS
believes there is sufficient justification for this approach as a
limited, 1-year transitional approach.
7. Several objections were raised pertaining to the analysis and
rationale use by NMFS to support the determination that up to 10
percent of unused FY 2012 ACE can be carried over to FY 2013 for all
eligible stocks except GOM cod, which is reduced by emergency measures
to no more than 1.85 percent of the FY 2012 ACE.
Response: NMFS is relying heavily on the analysis as an important
component justifying the FY 2013 transitional approach. As outlined in
the Framework 50 Appendix V analysis, there is sufficient reason to
believe based on recent past catch limit utilization and
[[Page 26201]]
model predicted FY 2013 catches, that the OFLs will not be exceeded.
This analysis was necessarily conducted post hoc because the Council
took no carryover-related action in either Framework 48 or Framework
50.
In summary, NMFS asserts that the culmination of events leading
into FY 2013--Inaction by the Council to address carryover; protracted
discussions on carryover guidance that were not fully resolved until
late in the development cycle; late arriving stock assessment results;
later than usual catch limit recommendations from the Council; and
potential late season notice of a change to an already approved and
implemented program that would have potential safety and business
impacts--all coincided to create a challenging situation with no clear
solution.
Comment 29: The Council and some NGOs raised concerns with NMFS's
proposed Magnuson-Stevens Act section 305(d) clarification for
carryover accounting beginning in FY 2014. The Council specifically
objected to the use of section 305(d), stating that by doing so, NMFS
was subjectively evaluating the Council's Amendment 16 intent with
respect to carryover. The NGOs had specific objections with some
components of the proposed measures and offered various suggestions on
other ways carryover could be approached. These suggestions ranged from
ensuring that carryovers are counted against ACLs for AM determinations
to constraining carryover use only for stocks that are not overfished,
have recently been assessed, and have similar year-to-year ABCs.
Response: NMFS is not interpreting Council intent as to allowing
for carryover because this action does not change that provision.
Except for the emergency action reducing temporarily the amount of
carryover allowed for GOM cod, all of the carryover provisions remain
intact in the groundfish FMP. As explained several times, NMFS is
merely clarifying how carryover will be accounted for purposes of AMs
in order to ensure that NMFS can discharge its responsibility to
implement the carryover provisions in a manner consistent with the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, particularly provisions requiring the prevention
of overfishing.
NMFS believes that the proposed approach for FY 2013, as a
transitional measure, and a long-term approach for 2014 and beyond best
balances the Council's intent to allow for carryover and its benefits
and the need to prevent overfishing. The 2014 approach still allows
fishermen to rely on some guarantee of a de minimus amount of carryover
without consequences so as to promote safety at sea and management
predictability. In addition, this approach allows fishermen to manage
their carryover accountability measures by deciding whether to fish
their carryover on top of their ACE and defer accountability measure
until the next fishing year or to preserve their carryover from year to
year so as to maximize their catch level in any given year.
NMFS believes that it is in the public interest to allow for
additional public comment on the carryover provisions for 2014 and
beyond. As a result, to ensure sufficient dialog, NMFS will implement
the 305(d) clarification as an interim final rule and accept additional
public comment for 45 days. This will also allow additional time for
discussion and potentially the development of alternative carryover
approaches through the Council process. As a result, NMFS will respond
in full to the comments submitted on Framework 50 regarding the FY 2014
interim final carryover approach as well as additional comments
submitted during the interim final comment period.
NMFS believes this is the best possible approach to take at this
time. This approach provides, and encourages, more thorough public
review and comment, opportunity for Council review and deliberation, as
well as a default provision for FY 2014 in case the Council does not
develop additional measures to address the accounting for carryover
from year to year consistent with other Magnuson-Stevens Act
provisions. Allowing additional public comment will also better allow
NMFS to modify and refine the interim final measures based on
additional public comment, should the Council not take independent
action.
Other Comments
Comment 30: One NGO commented that Framework 48, Framework 50, and
the FY 2013 Sector Operations Plans and Contracts and Allocation of ACE
constitute segmentation of the environmental review process. The NGO
also commented that the management actions are a patchwork and burden
the public with multiple, overlapping public comment periods, which is
confusing to the public.
Response: The NGO's comment in this regard is based on the
presumption that the various actions at issue are either interdependent
or interrelated, connected actions, such that NEPA compels their
consideration and evaluation within the scope of a single NEPA document
prior to approval of the initial action. This is not the case. The
actions identified by the NGO are neither components of a larger single
action or connected. While they relate to similar issues and may have
synergistic impacts, Framework 48 and Framework 50 and sector operating
plans are discrete actions with independent utility, each supported by
an independent rationale. One action does not compel the other or
irretrievably commit resources as NMFS, through the Magnuson-Stevens
Act review and approval process, retains discretion at each decision-
making stage to choose to take action or not take action. While NMFS
has discretion to include similar actions in a single EA or
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) in appropriate circumstances, it
is not compelled to do so. Here, given the complexities and timing
challenges of the fishery management scenario with which it was
presented, NMFS chose to prepare the level of NEPA analysis appropriate
to the decisions being made. The EA for Framework 50 takes a hard look
at the direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts of this action, and
properly supports a Finding of No Significant Impact. Importantly, the
EA includes a robust cumulative effects analysis which identifies
Framework 50 as a reasonably foreseeable future action and predicts its
synergistic effects. NMFS has prepared a separate NEPA analysis for
Framework 48, which takes into account the pre-existing effects of
Framework 50, as it evaluates the direct, indirect, and cumulative
effects of Framework 48. Using this approach, NMFS will avoid the
perils of segmentation by ensuring that all effects of the related
actions are evaluated at the appropriate time and holding open the
option of preparing an EIS should any environmental impact prove to be
significant.
NMFS understands that there are multiple management actions under
review for implementation by the start of the 2013 fishing year on May
1, 2013. However, this year has presented a number of unusual
circumstances that has led to three separate management actions. NMFS
completes an annual rulemaking to implement sector operations plans and
allocate ACE to sectors. In addition, the Council typically completes a
framework action to respond to updated or new stock information and
implement the necessary specifications or management measures. However,
as described more fully in the background section of this preamble,
Framework 48 and 50 are parallel actions, and the specifications
adopted in Framework 50 were initially proposed in Framework 48. Due to
the drastic reductions in catch limits for FY
[[Page 26202]]
2013, the Council needed additional time to complete the specifications
portion of the action, and as a result, the specifications were removed
from Framework 48.
Although there were three ongoing rulemakings, and three public
comments periods with some overlap, NMFS does not believe this impeded
the opportunity for individuals to comment on the proposed rules. Many
individuals submitted one letter with comments that spanned multiple
actions. In addition, opportunity for public participation has extended
over 1 year, as development of Framework 48 began in spring 2012. There
were extensive public comment periods at the various Groundfish
Committee and Council meetings associated with the development of these
actions. Also, because of the unusual circumstances, the Council did
not take final action on Framework 50 until January 2013, which
provided additional opportunities for public comment and participation
on the development of this action. NMFS is also publishing the
carryover measures for FY 2014 and beyond as interim final measures and
is also implementing multiple emergency rules in this action, which
allow for additional public comment on these measures.
Comment 31: The Council and one state marine fisheries agency
opposed NMFS's modification of the Council's formally submitted
management action, and that this action confounds the statutory roles
of the Council and NMFS.
Response: To clarify, the alternatives, analyses, and
recommendations that support the Council recommendations were not, and
have not been, modified in analytical documents that the Council
provided to NMFS. NMFS clearly delineates measures, or additional
analyses, that were added by NMFS. NEPA is a process that requires
Federal agencies to consider the effects of their actions on the
quality of the human environment prior to making decisions. The current
NMFS guidance for NEPA compliance acknowledges that due to the close
relationship between NMFS and the regional fishery management councils,
compliance with NEPA is most effective if NMFS and the councils
coordinate. However, NMFS is responsible for the scope, objectivity,
and content of the NEPA document, and for ensuring overall NEPA
compliance. Although the Council prepares relevant sections of the NEPA
document, upon submission by the Council, NMFS adopts this document and
retains legal responsibility for NEPA compliance. Therefore, if NMFS
determines that additional analysis or supplementary information is
necessary to bring the document into full NEPA compliance, it is the
agency's responsibility to incorporate this information into the NEPA
document.
NMFS understands that, for multiple reasons, FY 2013 presented a
series of unusual circumstances. The Council did not take final action
on Frameworks 48 and 50 until December 20, 2012, and January 30, 2013,
respectively. This is well after the time that the Council typically
completes, and submits, management actions to NMFS for review and
implementation by May 1. Framework 48 also includes a measure that
gives the RA authority to adjust recreational management measures prior
to the fishing year, and NMFS was required to adjust these measures for
FY 2013 to ensure the recreational fishery does not exceed its sub-ACLs
in FY 2013. In support of this measure, the Council convened its RAP in
February 2013. All of this leaves an inordinately short amount of time
for NMFS to analyze and review the Council's recommendations and
complete the rulemaking process consistent with APA. Also, with no
possibility of the Council addressing the GOM cod carryover concern, or
the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder if it was disapproved, in a
timely way, NMFS' only available mechanism for addressing these
concerns was through emergency rulemaking, as provided for by section
305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act.
Thus, for all of these reasons, and due to the unforeseen events,
adding additional analysis to the Framework 50 document was the only
way to ensure necessary management measures were in place by May 1,
2013. Incorporating the necessary analyses into the Framework 50
document also provides ease of public review due to the relatedness to
the specifications adopted by the Council in Framework 50. NMFS is
committed to working with the Council to avoid the issue raised by the
Council. This issue has been added to the Northeast Region Coordination
Council (NRCC) agenda to with the intent of resolving differences
between the Council and NFMS concerning document timing and preparation
The NRCC is an executive level committee of the New England and Mid-
Atlantic Councils, the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission,
NERO, and NEFSC.
NMFS realizes there was some confusion on the availability of
Appendix V, which was prepared by NMFS to analyze carryover provisions.
This Appendix was not provided to the Council for posting on the
Council Web site until well into the public comment period. However,
this appendix was posted on the NERO Web site and https://www.regulations.gov, and links to both of these Web sites were provided
in the proposed rule. Further, a NERO staff contact was provided in the
proposed rule, and members of the public could have contacted this
staff member for assistance in accessing the document, or any of the
analyses supporting the proposed measures. As a result, the lateness in
which the Appendix was posted to the Council's Web site likely did not
impede access to the document.
Changes From the Proposed Rule
NMFS has made four changes to the proposed rule. First, this final
rule disapproves the Council preferred FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail
flounder, and implements an emergency rule to set a FY 2013 ABC of 500
mt. In the proposed rule, NMFS highlighted concerns with the ABC of
1,150 mt proposed in Framework 50, and requested specific comment on
this measure, and its consistency with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and
National Standards. In the event this ABC was disapproved, NMFS
proposed an emergency rule to implement an ABC of 500 mt. Based on
public comments received, and additional review, NMFS has determined
that a FY 2013 ABC of 1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder is not
consistent with the necessary provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act,
and is disapproved this measure in Framework 50. This rule implements a
FY 2013 ABC of 500 mt instead under emergency authority as further
discussed in Item 4 of this preamble.
Second, although NMFS is approving the FY 2013 ABC of white hake
that was proposed (3,638 mt), new information became available after
the Council took final action on Framework 50, and after the proposed
rule for this action published, that justifies a higher ABC for FY
2013. As discussed in more detail in Item 4 of this preamble, the FY
2013 ABC that was proposed in this action was based on the 2008 stock
assessment for white hake, which was the best scientific information
available to the Council when it developed and took final action on
Framework 50. A new benchmark assessment for white hake was completed
in February 2013, and the final results of this assessment became
available in April 2013. In the proposed rule for this action, NMFS
indicated that new assessment results were expected to become available
soon, and that, should this new information indicate a change to the FY
2013 catch
[[Page 26203]]
limit for white hake, the Council or NMFS could consider a separate
action to change the white hake catch limit for FY 2013. Thus, through
emergency authority, and based on the best scientific information
available, this final rule implements an increased FY 2013 ABC for
white hake (4,177 mt) in place of the ABC proposed in this action
(3,638 mt). This is a 15-percent increase.
In Sec. 648.85, white hake is removed from the list of stocks of
concern. The recent stock assessment for white hake indicates the stock
is not overfishing, overfishing is not occurring, and the stock is
projected to be rebuilt in 2014.
In Sec. 648.90(a)(1)(4), SNE/MA yellowtail flounder is added to
the re-estimation of expected scallop catch of yellowtail flounder for
the purposes of adjusting the scallop and groundfish fisheries sub-ACL
should expected scallop catch be less than 90 percent of the scallop
fishery sub-ACL. Currently, the regulations state that the re-
estimation will be completed for GB yellowtail flounder. This rule adds
SNE/MA yellowtail flounder to the re-estimation process as adopted by
the Council in Framework 50. As explained in Item 5 of this preamble,
this revision was inadvertently omitted from the proposed rule. As a
result, this measure is implemented in this action through an interim
final rule, and NMFS is accepting public comment on this measure for 45
days (see DATES).
Classification
Pursuant to section 304(b)(1)(A) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, the
NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that the management
measures implemented in this final rule are necessary for the
conservation and management of the NE multispecies fishery and
consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.
This final rule has been determined to be significant for purposes
of Executive Order (E.O.) 12866.
This final rule does not contain policies with Federalism or
``takings'' implications as those terms are defined in E.O. 13132 and
E.O. 12630, respectively.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1), the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries
finds good cause to waive the 30-day delayed effectiveness of this
action. Further, under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Assistant Administrator
for Fisheries finds good cause to waive the general notice of proposed
rulemaking for the emergency action to implement a higher FY 2013 ABC
for white hake. As described more fully earlier in this preamble, and
below, the reasons justifying promulgation of this rule on an emergency
basis make solicitation of public comment, or a delay in effectiveness,
contrary to the public interest. The effective date of this action
affects a parallel rulemaking approving sector operations plans for the
start of FY 2013 on May 1, 2013. In addition, this action sets FY 2013
catch limits, allocates SNE/MA winter flounder to sectors, and
implements three parallel emergency actions. Therefore, these actions
must be in effect at the beginning of FY 2013 to fully capture the
conservation and economic benefits of Framework 50 measures, emergency
rulemakings, and the FY 2013 sector operations plans. Due to unforeseen
circumstances related to FY 2013 catch levels, and the drastic quota
reductions necessary for many key groundfish stocks, the Council did
not take final action on Framework 50 until January 2013, and the
Council's submission of Framework 50 to NMFS was delayed until March
2013. Due to this time constraint, this rulemaking could not be
completed further in advance of May 1, 2013. Therefore, in order to
have this action effective at the beginning of FY 2013, it is necessary
to waive the 30-day delayed effectiveness of this rule.
Failure to waive the 30-day delayed effectiveness would result in
no catch limits being specified for FY 2013 for many groundfish stocks.
Without ACE for most groundfish stocks, sector vessels would be unable
to fish beginning on May 1, 2013. This would severely disrupt the
fishery, and could result in foregone yield and revenue reductions. The
groundfish fishery is already facing drastic cuts in the catch limits
for many key groundfish stocks. A delay in implementation of this
action would prevent groundfish vessels from fishing, which could
worsen the severe economic impacts groundfish vessels, and associated
fishing communities are facing in FY 2013. This action also allocates
SNE/MA winter flounder to sectors and allows commercial and
recreational vessels to land the stock. So, a delay in this action
could prevent vessels from maximizing the benefit of this measure.
Further, because recreational vessels would not be prevented from
fishing on May 1, 2013, if this action is delayed, there could be
significant confusion for recreational vessels and enforcement on
whether it is legal to land SNE/MA winter flounder. Thus, a delay in
this action could severely disrupt the fishery. Further, this action
implements FY 2013 recreational measures to help ensure the
recreational fishery does not exceed its GOM cod and haddock sub-ACLs.
If this action is delayed, recreational vessels could fish under the
old, less restrictive measures, which increases the likelihood that the
recreational fishery would exceed its sub-ACLs and trigger an AM. Also,
because the ACLs for GOM cod and haddock are so small in FY 2013, a
delay in implementing revised recreational measures could increase the
likelihood that overfishing would occur. For all of these reasons, a
30-day delay in the effectiveness of this rule is impracticable and
contrary to the public interest.
A FRFA was prepared for this action, as required by section 604 of
the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 604. The FRFA includes the
summary and responses to comments in this rule, the analyses contained
in Framework 50 and its accompanying EA/RIR/IRFA, and the IRFA summary
in the proposed rule. The FRFA describes the economic impact of this
action on small entities. A description of the action, why it is being
considered, and the legal basis for this action are contained in
Framework 50 and in the preamble to the proposed rule, as well as this
final rule, and are not repeated here. A copy of the full analysis is
available from the NMFS (see ADDRESSES).
NMFS's response to all comments received on the proposed rule,
including those that raised significant issues with the proposed
action, or commented on the economic analyses summarized in the IRFA,
can be found in the Comments and Responses section of this rule. As
outlined in that section, significant issues were raised by the public
with respect to:
The revised SNE/MA winter flounder rebuilding program;
FYs 2013-2015 ABCs for GOM cod;
the FY 2013 ABC for GB yellowtail flounder;
FY 2013 GOM cod carryover;
the FY 2014 and beyond carryover measures; and
the FY 2013 recreational management measures.
Comments 4, 5, 8, 10, and 25 discussed the economic impacts of this
action, or the IRFA prepared for the proposed rule. In addition, public
comments received on alternatives to the proposed ABCs that would
result in higher catch limits (e.g., 2013 interim action for GOM cod)
were considered to be indirectly related to the IRFA with respect to
alternatives to the proposed action that would help mitigate economic
impacts. Detailed responses are provided to the specific significant
issues raised by public comment, and are not repeated here.
As a result of the public comment received, the proposed FY 2013
ABC of
[[Page 26204]]
1,150 mt for GB yellowtail flounder was disapproved, and NMFS is
instead implementing an ABC of 500 mt, No other changes to the proposed
rule measures were required to be made as a result of public comments.
Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which the
Final Rule Would Apply
The Small Business Administration (SBA) defines a small business as
one that:
(1) Is independently-owned and operated;
(2) Is not dominant in its field of operation; and
(3) Has annual gross revenues that do not exceed--
[cir] $4.0 million in the case of commercial harvesting entities,
or
[cir] $7.0 million in the case of for-hire fishing entities; or
(4) Has fewer than--
[cir] 500 employees in the case of fish processors, or
[cir] 100 employees in the case of fish dealers.
This action would mainly impact commercial harvesting entities
engaged in the limited access groundfish fishery, as well as both the
limited access general category and limited access scallop fisheries.
The limited-access groundfish fishery is further classified as vessels
enrolled in the sector program and those in the common pool. In
general, sector-enrolled businesses rely more heavily on sales of
groundfish species than common pool-enrolled vessels. At the beginning
of the 2012 groundfish fishing year on May 1, 2012, there were 1,382
individual limited access permits. Each of these permits was eligible
to join a sector or enroll in the common pool. Alternatively, they
could allow their permit to expire by failing to renew it. There were
827 permits enrolled in the sector program and 584 enrolled in the
common pool. The limited access (LA) scallop fisheries can be further
classified as limited access and limited access general category (LAGC)
scallop permits. At the beginning of the 2012 scallop fishing year on
March 1, 2012, there were 342 active LA scallop and 603 active LGC
permits.
Individually permitted vessels may hold permits for several
fisheries, and may harvest species of fish that are regulated by
several different fishery management plans, even beyond those impacted
by this action. In addition, multiple permitted-vessels, and/or
permits, may be owned by entities affiliated by stock ownership, common
management, identity of interest, contractual relationships, or
economic dependency. For the purposes of this analysis, ownership
entities are defined by those entities with common ownership personnel
as listed on permit application documentation. Only permits with
identical ownership personnel are categorized as an ownership entity.
For example, if five permits have the same seven personnel listed as
co-owners on their application paperwork, those seven personnel form
one ownership entity, covering those five permits. If one or several of
the seven owners also own additional vessels, with sub-sets of the
original seven personnel or with new co-owners, those ownership
arrangements are deemed to be separate ownership entities for the
purpose of this analysis.
Ownership data are available from 2010 onward for the four primary
sub-fisheries potentially impacted by this action. These are the sector
and common pool segments in the groundfish fishery, and the LA and LAGC
scallop fisheries. Due to data limitations, only 1 year's gross
receipts are reported, and calendar year 2011 serves as the baseline
year for this analysis. Calendar year 2012 data are not yet available
in a fully audited form.
In 2011, there were 1,370 distinct ownership entities identified.
Of these, 1,312 are categorized as small entities, and 58 are large
entities, based on SBA guidelines. These totals may mask some diversity
among the entities. Many, if not most, of these ownership entities
maintain diversified harvest portfolios and obtain gross sales from
many fisheries, and are not dependent on any one fishery. However, not
all are equally diversified. The entities that depend most heavily on
sales from harvesting species that are impacted by this action are most
likely to be affected. So, for this analysis, we identified ownership
groups that are most likely to be impacted by the measures implemented
in this action. We identified these groups as those that derive greater
than 50 percent of their gross sales from sales of either regulated
groundfish or scallops. Using this threshold, 135 entities are
groundfish-dependent, of which 131 are small entities, and four are
large entities. There are 47 entities that are scallop-dependent, of
which 39 are small entities, and 8 are large entities.
This action also regulates the Atlantic herring fishery. The
herring fishery receives an allocation of GB and GOM haddock as a
result of bycatch of these stocks that occurs in the fishery. In 2012,
there were 3 large entities and 86 small entities that had limited
access herring permits. There were 1,984 small entities that had an
open access herring permit. Open access permits make up a very small
proportion of the landings in the herring fishery, and derive little
revenue from this fishery. Some entities that hold a limited access
herring permit have gross revenues greater than $4 million. However,
none of these entities reported any herring revenues during 2010-2012,
and as a result, these entities are unlikely to be affected by this
action. In addition, analysis predicts that it is unlikely that the
midwater trawl herring fleet would exceed its sub-ACLs for GOM or GB
haddock. As a result, the small regulated entities that derive revenues
from the herring fishery are not expected to be impacted by this
action.
In addition to the commercial harvesting entities, this action
would also impact the recreational harvesting entities that participate
in the groundfish fishery. Party/charter permits for the groundfish
fishery are open access. All party/charter fishing businesses that
catch cod or haddock may be affected by this action. During FY 2010,
762 party/charter permits were issued. Of these 762 permits, 332 permit
holders reported taking and retaining any species on at least one for-
hire trip. In FY 2010, 285 of these permit holders reported catching at
least one cod or haddock. Of the 285 permit holders that reported
catching at least one cod or haddock in FY 2010, 148 reported fishing
in the GOM stock area (the recreational fishery only has a quota for
GOM cod and haddock). In 2011, 170 party/charter vessels reported
landings of GOM cod or haddock. All regulated party/charter operators
are small entities. The median value of gross revenues from passengers
was just over $9,000, and did not exceed $500,000 in any year from 2001
to 2010.
Economic Impacts of the Approved Measures and Steps Taken To Mitigate
Adverse Economic Impacts of the Action
The economic impacts of the measures implemented in this action are
summarized below and are discussed in more detail in sections 7.4 and
8.11 of the Framework 50 EA. All of the measures are expected to have
impacts on a substantial number of small entities. The economic impacts
of this action on the groundfish fishery are expected to be severe and
negative. This action may also place small entities at a significant
competitive disadvantage relative to large entities, particularly those
small entities engaged in the commercial groundfish fishery. Analysis
shows that smaller entities, those generating less than $500K in annual
gross sales, will likely be the most
[[Page 26205]]
impacted. Total gross sales losses for these entities are estimated to
be approximately 20-25 percent. Gross sales losses from groundfish are
estimated to be 50-80 percent. Profitability of many small entities
will also likely be significantly reduced under the groundfish catch
limits.
Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic Winter Flounder Management Measures
The revision to the SNE/MA winter flounder rebuilding strategy is
expected avoid a loss of an estimated $40.2 million in net present
value compared to the no action. Five rebuilding scenarios were
analyzed in addition to the no action alternative. Two of these
scenarios failed to rebuild the stock within 10 years, and thus, would
violate rebuilding requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act. The other
rebuilding strategies would meet Magnuson-Stevens Act requirements, but
would rebuild in a shorter timeframe than 10 years, and as a result
would have lower net economic benefits than the revised rebuilding
program implemented in this action. As a result, the revised rebuilding
program implemented in this action help mitigate the economic impacts
of this action to the maximum extent practicable compared to the other
rebuilding scenarios analyzed, and results in the largest net economic
benefit.
In FY 2013, landings of SNE/MA winter flounder are estimated to be
worth $5.4 million in ex-vessel gross revenues. Approximately $4.3
million of these estimated revenues will likely accrue to sector
vessels, and the rest to common pool vessels. Landing of this stock has
been prohibited since FY 2009. As a result, it is difficult to
anticipate the economic impacts of the revised ABC/ACL for this stock
because there are not enough trips to help characterize future fishing
activity. If the Council did not take any action, possession of SNE/MA
winter flounder would be prohibited, and fishing vessel revenues would
have been lower than those expected from this action. In addition, if
possession of the stock remained prohibited, revenues of other
groundfish stocks would have also been reduced since there would have
been fewer groundfish trips as a result of the inability to land SNE/MA
winter flounder.
This action also modifies the commercial fishery AM for SNE/MA
winter flounder in conjunction with allocating the stock to sectors.
There is a risk that sectors could catch their ACE prematurely within
the fishing year and no longer be able to fish in the SNE/MA winter
flounder stock area. This would be expected to have negative economic
impacts due to lost revenue from the catch of other species, or
increased costs as a result of having to fish outside of the area.
However, analysis shows that it is unlikely that sector vessels will
catch their entire allocation of SNE/MA winter flounder. As a result,
this action provides sector vessels greater flexibility and will likely
result in higher revenues and lower costs, which is expected to help
mitigate some of the negative impacts anticipated in FY 2013.
Annual Catch Limit Specifications
This action also sets specifications for FYs 2013-2015 for most
groundfish stocks. The new ABCs are based on the latest benchmark stock
assessment information, which is considered the best scientific
information available and consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act
requirements, and other applicable law. Because NFMS can only approve
or disapprove measures recommended in Framework 50, the only other
possible alternatives to the ABCs implemented in this action that would
mitigate negative impacts would be higher catch limits. Alternative
higher catch limits are not viable or permissible under the law because
they would not be consistent with the goals, objectives, and
requirements of the Magnuson-Stevens Act and the FMP, particularly the
requirement to end overfishing immediately. The Magnuson-Stevens Act
and case law prevent implementation of measures that conflict with
conservation requirements even if it means negative impacts are not
mitigated. For all stocks, except GB yellowtail flounder, the Council
recommended the highest ABCs allowed given the best available science,
the SSC's recommendations, and Magnuson-Stevens Act and FMP
requirements to end overfishing and rebuild fish stocks. The only other
legally available alternatives to the catch limits in this action would
be lower limits, which would not mitigate the economic impacts of this
action to the fishery. Further information on the GOM cod
specifications adopted in this action, and why higher ABCs for this
stock would not be consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, is
provided in the response to Comment 11. Also, this action disapproves
the Council's recommendation for GB yellowtail flounder because it is
not consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and this is described in
more detail in the response to Comment 6. The ABC implemented in this
action through emergency rulemaking is the highest ABC possible to
avoid overfishing based on the best scientific information available.
For the reasons mentioned above, the specifications implemented in
this action are the only reasonable and legal alternatives for catch
limits that would mitigate the economic impacts of this action to the
extent possible. Although there are no other viable alternatives to
mitigate negative impacts in the narrow scope and context of Framework
50 regarding catch limits per se, there are numerous mitigation
measures that have been extensively discussed, considered, and
implemented in Amendment 16, and parallel measures that are being
implemented for implementation in FY 2013. All of these mitigating
measures are discussed previously in this preamble, and are not
repeated here. All of these existing and new measures can be found at:
https://www.nero.noaa.gov/sfd/sfdmulti.html.
The analysis to estimate the economic impacts of this action
considered three different scenarios using a low (Scenario 1) and high
(Scenario 2) ACL for both GOM cod and GB yellowtail flounder, as well
as the increased ACL for white hake implemented in this action through
emergency rulemaking (Scenario 3). All of these scenarios have similar
estimated groundfish gross revenues for FY 2013. Compared to FY 2011,
groundfish gross revenues are expected to be approximately 28-30
percent lower. Gross groundfish revenues are expected to be 18 to 20
percent lower than those predicated for FY 2012. Under this action,
gross revenues for all species on groundfish trips are expected to be
23 to 25 percent less in FY 2013 when compared to FY 2011, and 11 to 13
percent lower compared to the predicated FY 2012 revenues. However, the
emergency action to increase the FY 2013 white hake quota is expected
to increase gross revenues by approximately $400K compared to the lower
white hake quota that was proposed in Framework 50. This is expected to
help mitigate some of the economic impacts of this action.
Net revenues are expected to decline much less substantially than
gross revenues. Gross revenues on sector trips in FY 2013 are expected
to decline by approximately $26 million to $27 million from FY 2011,
which is a 23 to 25-percent decrease. Net revenues are expected to
decline by a range of only $2 to $3 million, or approximately 4 to 6
percent, from FY 2011. This is due in part to limitations of the
analysis, which underestimates actual trip costs, and in part to
efficiency gains that are predicted to occur. Maintaining net revenues
would most likely occur at the
[[Page 26206]]
expense of smaller vessels operating at a low profit margin that would
be forced to lease their quota, or sell their permits. Crew-days, days
absent, and total sector trips are also be expected to decline
substantially compared to FY 2011, since only the most efficient trips
are expected to occur under such highly restrictive quota allocations.
Fewer operating vessels and days absent would translate into a
reduction in earning opportunities for crew members.
The home port states of Connecticut, New Hampshire, and New Jersey
are expected to have the largest percentage declines in landings value
compared to FY 2011. Massachusetts would likely see the largest overall
decline in gross revenue since FY 2011, with an expected decrease of
approximately $21 million. All ports are expected to be negatively
affected by this action. Chatham, MA, is expected to have the largest
percentage decline in landings value since FY 2011.
The impacts of this action are expected to be non-uniformly
distributed across vessel length classes. The economic impact is
expected to fall heaviest on the smallest vessel length class (less
than 30 feet (9.1 m)), and is expected to taper off as vessel length
increases up to the largest vessel length class (greater than 75 feet
(22.9 m)). This result is not surprising; relative to larger vessels,
small vessels have less scalability in terms of landings, and have a
smaller geographic range.
This ABCs implemented in this action will reduce the scallop
fishery allocation for GB and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder by 47 and 52
percent, respectively, compared to FY 2012. If the scallop fishery
exceeds its GB yellowtail flounder allocation by more than 56 percent
in FY 2013, scallop vessels would not have access to Closed Area II the
following fishing year, and revenues would decline by $16.2 million. If
an overage occurs, and is less than 56 percent, the AM areas for the
scallop fishery would be open to fishing part of the year, and fishing
effort could likely be moved to other months. Shorter scallop fishing
windows could increase operating costs and have potential negative
price impacts from short-term supply increases. If effort was shifted
to other seasons when the meat weights are highest, there could be some
positive impacts on the long-term revenues, which could offset some
negative economic effects. The response to comment 10 discusses some
mitigating measures available to the scallop fishery.
Carryover
This action continues to allow up to 10 percent of unused FY 2012
sector ACE to be used in FY 2013 in conjunction with the catch limits
implemented by this action, except for GOM cod. This action reduces the
allowable GOM cod unused ACE from a maximum of 10 percent down to a
maximum of 1.85 percent to better ensure overfishing does not occur.
The actual amount of carryover to FY 2013 depends on the amount of ACE
not harvested in FY 2012.
The economic impact analysis conducted for Framework 50 assumed
that the full 10-percent carryover amount, including GOM cod, was
available and utilized for all carryover-eligible stocks. As such,
carryover contributes to the projected $64.3 million gross groundfish
revenues expected from the catch limits in this action. The analysis
also evaluated if no carryover of GOM cod was permitted in FY 2013.
This reduced projected gross groundfish revenue by $2.6-61.7 million.
NMFS estimates that the 1.85-percent GOM cod carryover will likely
contribute approximately $50,000 to the FY 2013 gross groundfish
revenue (i.e., roughly 1.85 percent of the $2.6 million value of GOM
cod carryover). Consistent with the overall findings on FY 2013 catch
limit economic impacts, the reduction in GOM cod carryover implemented
in this action through emergency authority is expected to have the
largest impact on vessels under 30 feet (9.1 m) in length. The
carryover amounts are expected to help mitigate adverse economic
impacts in FY 2013 to the maximum extent possible while ensuring NMFS
meets its statutory obligation to implement catch limits, in this case
FY 2013 ACLs plus the potential carryover from FY 2012), that will not
result in overfishing.
FY 2013 Recreational Management Measures
This action increases the minimum fish size for GOM haddock in the
recreational fishery. Total potential losses in gross revenues for
party/charter vessels operating in the GOM as a result are estimated to
be approximately $974 thousand. Total potential losses in gross
revenues were estimated by multiplying the projected FY 2013 decline in
fishing trips (7,109 trips) by the estimated average access fee paid by
party/charter anglers ($137). Assuming the number of actively
participating party/charter vessels in FY 2013 is the same as in FY
2011, this action is expected to result in an average gross revenue
loss of $5,729 per vessel ($974 thousand divided by 170 vessels).
Actual losses may be lower than estimated, since some anglers may
switch to other species besides haddock and cod (striped bass,
bluefish, black sea bass, scup, etc.) not considered in this analysis.
For-hire businesses that are able to offer more non-groundfish fishing
trips specifically marketed towards alternative species may be able
offset some of the estimated losses.
Description of the Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements
This action contains no new collection-of-information, reporting,
or recordkeeping requirements. This action does not duplicate, overlap,
or conflict with any other Federal law.
Small Entity Compliance Guide
Section 212 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness
Act of 1996 states that, for each rule or group of related rules for
which an agency is required to prepare a FRFA, the agency shall publish
one or more guides to assist small entities in complying with the rule,
and shall designate such publications as ``small entity compliance
guides.'' The agency shall explain the actions a small entity is
required to take to comply with a rule or group of rules. As part of
this rulemaking process, a small entity compliance guide will be sent
to all holders of Federal permits issued for the NE multispecies
fisheries, as well as the scallop and herring fisheries that receive an
allocation of some groundfish stocks. In addition, copies of this final
rule and guides (i.e., information bulletins) are available from NMFS
(see ADDRESSES) and at the following Web site: https://www.nero.noaa.gov/.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 648
Fisheries, Fishing, Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
Dated: April 29, 2013.
Alan D. Risenhoover,
Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, performing the functions and
duties of the Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, 50 CFR part 648 is amended
as follows:
PART 648--FISHERIES OF THE NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES
0
1. The authority citation for part 648 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
[[Page 26207]]
0
2. Section 648.82 is amended by adding paragraph (n)(2)(vii) to read as
follows:
Sec. 648.82 Effort-control program for NE multispecies limited access
vessels.
* * * * *
(n) * * *
(2) * * *
(vii) SNE/MA winter flounder AM. If the common pool fishery sub-ACL
for SNE/MA winter flounder is exceeded, including the common pool's
share of any overage of the total ACL, as specified at Sec.
648.90(a)(5), by an amount that exceeds the management uncertainty
buffer, the AM described in this paragraph would be implemented in the
following fishing year. The AM would be effective for the entire
fishing year. Common pool vessels fishing on a NE Multispecies DAS with
trawl gear may only use a haddock separator trawl, as specified in
Sec. 648.85(a)(3)(iii)(A); a Ruhle trawl, as specified in Sec.
648.85(b)(6)(iv)(J)(3); a rope separator trawl, as specified in Sec.
648.84(e); or any other gear approved consistent with the process
defined in Sec. 648.85(b)(6) in the SNE/MA Winter Flounder Trawl Gear
AM Areas. The AM areas are defined below, and are bounded by the
following coordinates, connected in the order listed by straight lines,
unless otherwise noted.
SNE/MA Winter Flounder Trawl Gear AM Area 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. Latitude W. Longitude
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1........................... 41[deg]10' 71[deg]40' \1\
2........................... 41[deg]10' 71[deg]20'
3........................... 41[deg]00' 71[deg]20'
4........................... 41[deg]00' 71[deg]40'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Point 1 connects to Point 2 along 41[deg]10' N or the southern
coastline of Block Island, RI, whichever is farther south.
SNE/MA Winter Flounder Trawl Gear AM Area 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. Latitude W. Longitude
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1........................... 41[deg]20' 70[deg]30'
2........................... 41[deg]20' 70[deg]20'
3........................... 41[deg]00' 70[deg]20'
4........................... 41[deg]00' 70[deg]30'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SNE/MA Winter Flounder Trawl Gear AM Area 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. Latitude W. Longitude
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1........................... 41[deg]20' 69[deg]20'
2........................... 41[deg]20' 69[deg]10'
3........................... 41[deg]10' 69[deg]10'
4........................... 41[deg]10' 69[deg]20'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SNE/MA Winter Flounder Trawl Gear AM Area 4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. Latitude W. Longitude
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1........................... 41[deg]20' 69[deg]20'
2........................... 41[deg]20' (\1\)
3........................... (\1\) 69[deg]00'
4........................... 41[deg]00' 69[deg]00'
5........................... 41[deg]00' 69[deg]10'
6........................... 41[deg]10' 69[deg]10'
7........................... 41[deg]10' 69[deg]20'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(\1\) The southwest-facing boundary of Closed Area I.
* * * * *
0
3. Section 648.85 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraphs (b)(5) introductory text, (b)(5)(i),
(b)(6)(iv)(D), (b)(8)(v)(F), and (b)(8)(v)(H), and
0
b. Adding paragraph (b)(5)(iii).
The added and revised text reads as follows:
Sec. 648.85. Special management programs.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(5) Incidental Catch TACs. Unless otherwise specified in this
paragraph (b)(5), Incidental Catch TACs shall be based upon the portion
of the ACL for a stock specified for the common pool vessels pursuant
to Sec. 648.90(a)(4), and allocated as described in this paragraph
(b)(5), for each of the following stocks: GOM cod, GB cod, GB
yellowtail flounder, CC/GOM yellowtail flounder, American plaice, SNE/
MA winter flounder, and witch flounder. Because GB yellowtail flounder
and GB cod are transboundary stocks, the incidental catch TACs for
these stocks shall be based upon the common pool portion of the ACL
available to U.S. vessels. NMFS shall send letters to limited access NE
multispecies permit holders notifying them of such TACs.
(i) Stocks other than GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder. With the
exception of GB cod and GB yellowtail flounder, 100 percent of the
Incidental Catch TACs specified in this paragraph (b)(5) shall be
allocated to the Regular B DAS Program described in paragraph (b)(6) of
this section.
* * * * *
(iii) GB yellowtail flounder. The Incidental Catch TAC for GB
yellowtail flounder specified in this paragraph (b)(5) shall be
subdivided as follows: 50 percent to the Regular B DAS Program
described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section and 50 percent to the
Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP described in paragraph (b)(8) of this
section.
* * * * *
(6) * * *
(iv) * * *
(D) Landing limits. Unless otherwise specified in this paragraph
(b)(6)(iv)(D), or restricted pursuant to Sec. 648.86, a NE
multispecies vessel fishing in the Regular B DAS Program described in
this paragraph (b)(6), and fishing under a Regular B DAS, may not land
more than 100 lb (45.5 kg) per DAS, or any part of a DAS, up to a
maximum of 1,000 lb (454 kg) per trip, of any of the following species/
stocks from the areas specified in paragraph (b)(6)(v) of this section:
Cod (both GOM and GB), American plaice, witch flounder, SNE/MA winter
flounder, and GB yellowtail flounder; and may not land more than 25 lb
(11.3 kg) per DAS, or any part of a DAS, up to a maximum of 250 lb (113
kg) per trip of CC/GOM yellowtail flounder. In addition, trawl vessels,
which are required to fish with a haddock separator trawl, as specified
in paragraph (a)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, or a Ruhle trawl, as
specified in paragraph (b)(6)(iv)(J) of this section, and other gear
that may be required in order to reduce catches of stocks of concern as
described in paragraph (b)(6)(iv)(J) of this section, are restricted to
the trip limits specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
* * * * *
(8) * * *
(v) * * *
(F) Landing limits. Unless otherwise restricted under this part, a
vessel fishing any portion of a trip in the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock
SAP under a NE multispecies DAS may not fish for, possess, or land more
than 1,000 lb (453.6 kg) of cod, per trip, regardless of trip length. A
common pool vessel fishing in the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP under
a NE multispecies DAS is subject to the haddock requirements described
in Sec. 648.86(a), unless further restricted under paragraph
(a)(3)(iv) of this section. A common pool vessel fishing in the Eastern
U.S./Canada Haddock SAP may not land more than 100 lb (45.5 kg) per
DAS, or any part of a DAS, of GB yellowtail flounder, up to a maximum
of 500 lb (227 kg) of all flatfish species, combined. Possession of
monkfish (whole weight) and skates (whole weight) is limited to 500 lb
(227 kg) each, unless otherwise restricted by Sec. 648.94(b)(3), and
possession of lobsters is prohibited. Possession limits for all other
stocks are as specified in Sec. 648.86.
* * * * *
(H) Incidental TACs. The maximum amount of GB cod and GB yellowtail
flounder, both landings and discards, that may be caught when fishing
in the Eastern U.S./Canada Haddock SAP Program in a fishing year by
vessels fishing under a Category B DAS, as
[[Page 26208]]
authorized in paragraph (b)(8)(v)(A) of this section, is the amount
specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(ii) and (iii) of this section. All
regulated species and ocean pout caught by a vessel on a sector trip
will be applied against the ACE for each stock that is specified for
the sector in which the vessel participates.
* * * * *
0
4. Section 648.86 is amended by revising paragraph (l) to read as
follows:
Sec. 648.86 NE Multispecies possession restrictions.
* * * * *
(l) Ocean pout, windowpane flounder, and Atlantic wolffish. A
vessel issued a limited access NE multispecies permit, an open access
NE multispecies Handgear B permit, or a limited access monkfish permit
and fishing under the monkfish Category C or D permit provisions may
not fish for, possess, or land ocean pout, windowpane flounder, or
Atlantic wolffish.
* * * * *
0
5. Section 648.87 is amended as follows:
0
a. Revise paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and (c)(2)(ii)(A);
0
b. Suspend paragraph (b)(1)(i)(C); and
0
c. Add paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(F) and (b)(1)(i)(G).
The added and revised text reads as follows:
Sec. 648.87 Sector allocation.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) Allocated stocks. Each sector shall be allocated a TAC in the
form of an ACE for each NE multispecies stock, with the exception of
Atlantic halibut, ocean pout, windowpane flounder (both the GOM/GB and
the SNE/MA stocks), and Atlantic wolffish based upon the cumulative
PSCs of vessels/permits participating in each sector during a
particular fishing year, as described in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(E) of this
section.
* * * * *
(F) (1) Carry-over. For FY 2013, with the exception of GB
yellowtail flounder, a sector may carry over an amount of ACE equal to
up to 10 percent of its original ACE allocation for each stock that is
unused at the end of one fishing year into the following fishing year;
except that for GOM cod, for a period of 180 days after publication of
this rule, a sector may only carry over an amount of ACE equal to up to
1.85 percent of its original GOM cod ACE.
(2) Eastern GB cod and haddock carryover. Any unused ACE allocated
for Eastern GB stocks pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this
section will contribute to the 10-percent carry-over allowance for each
stock, as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(i)(F)(1) of this section, but
will not increase an individual sector's allocation of Eastern GB
stocks during the following year.
(3) Carry-over when vessels leave or change sectors. Carry-over ACE
remains effective during the subsequent fishing year even if vessels
that contributed to the sector allocation during the previous fishing
year are no longer participating in the same sector for the subsequent
fishing year.
(G) Carryover accounting. (1) For FY 2013, carryover of a
particular stock attributed to a sector shall not be counted against a
sector's ACE or the overall ACL for groundfish stocks.
(2) Beginning in FY 2014, carryover of a particular stock
attributed to a sector, other than the NMFS-specified de minimus
amount, shall be counted against the sector's ACE only for purposes of
determining an overage subject to the AM in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of
this section in circumstances when the overall stock-level ACL has been
exceeded.
(3) NMFS shall determine and announce the de minimus amount for FY
2014 and may modify each subsequent year. De minimus announcements
shall be made consistent with the APA on or about 6 months before the
end of the fishing year.
(4) In instances where the overall stock-level ACL has been
exceeded and sectors have utilized available carryover in excess of the
NMFS specified de minimus amount, the sector will be subject to the AM
provision, inclusive of the carryover amount in excess of the stock-
level ACL, as outlined in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section.
(5) The Council may request, on an annual basis, for NMFS to reduce
the amount of the available eligible carryover amount to ensure the
total potential catch, the stock-level ACL plus the carryover amount,
does not exceed the stock overfishing limit. Any such reduction of
carryover amount shall be done consistent with the APA.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) Trip limits on NE multispecies stocks for which a sector
receives an allocation of ACE pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section (i.e., all stocks except Atlantic halibut, ocean pout,
windowpane flounder, and Atlantic wolffish);
* * * * *
Sec. 648.89 [Amended]
0
6. Section 648.89 is amended as follows:
0
a. Remove paragraph (c)(7); and
0
b. Redesignate paragraph (c)(6) as paragraph (c)(5); paragraph (c)(8)
as paragraph (c)(6) and paragraph (c)(9) as paragraph (c)(7).
0
7. Section 648.90 is amended to read as follows:
0
a. Revise paragraphs (a)(4)(iii)(C) and (a)(5)(i)(A); and
0
b. Remove paragraph (a)(5)(i)(D)(4).
Sec. 648.90 NE multispecies assessment, framework procedures and
specifications, and flexible area action system.
* * * * *
(a) * * *
(4) * * *
(iii) * * *
(C) Yellowtail flounder catch by the Atlantic sea scallop fishery.
Yellowtail flounder catch in the Atlantic sea scallop fishery, as
defined in subpart D of this part, shall be deducted from the ABC/ACL
for each yellowtail flounder stock pursuant to the restrictions
specified in subpart D of this part and the process to specify ABCs and
ACLs, as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. Unless
otherwise specified in this paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(C), or subpart D of
this part, the specific value of the sub-components of the ABC/ACL for
each stock of yellowtail flounder distributed to the Atlantic sea
scallop fishery shall be specified pursuant to the biennial adjustment
process specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The Atlantic sea
scallop fishery shall be allocated 40 percent of the GB yellowtail
flounder ABC (U.S. share only) in fishing year 2013, and 16 percent in
fishing year 2014 and each fishing year thereafter, pursuant to the
process for specifying ABCs and ACLs described in this paragraph
(a)(4). An ACL based on this ABC shall be determined using the process
described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section. Based on information
available, NMFS shall project the expected scallop fishery catch of GB
and SNE/MA yellowtail flounder for the current fishing year by January
15. If NMFS determines that the scallop fishery will catch less than 90
percent of its GB or SNE/MA yellowtail flounder sub-ACL, the Regional
Administrator may reduce the pertinent scallop fishery sub-ACL to the
amount projected to be caught, and increase the groundfish fishery sub-
ACL by any amount up to the amount reduced from the scallop fishery
sub-ACL. The revised GB or SNE/MA yellowtail flounder groundfish
fishery sub-ACL shall be distributed to the common pool and sectors
based on the
[[Page 26209]]
process specified in paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(H)(1) of this section.
* * * * *
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) Excessive catch by common pool vessels. If the catch of
regulated species and ocean pout by common pool vessels exceeds the
amount of the ACL specified for common pool vessels pursuant to
paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(H)(2) of this section, then the AMs described in
Sec. 648.82(n) shall take effect. Pursuant to the distribution of
ABCs/ACLs specified in paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(H)(2) of this section, for
the purposes of this paragraph (a)(5)(i)(A), the catch of each
regulated species or ocean pout stock not allocated to sectors pursuant
to Sec. 648.87(b)(1)(i)(E) (i.e., Atlantic halibut, ocean pout,
windowpane flounder, and Atlantic wolffish) during fishing years 2010
and 2011 shall be added to the catch of such stocks by common pool
vessels to determine whether the differential DAS counting AM described
in Sec. 648.82(n)(1) shall take effect. If such catch does not exceed
the portion of the ACL specified for common pool vessels pursuant to
paragraph (a)(4)(iii)(H)(2) of this section, then no AMs shall take
effect for common pool vessels.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2013-10460 Filed 4-30-13; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P